MIS609 Ass 1 Data Management and Analytics Assignent Sample

Report

Task Instructions

1. Please read the attached case scenario.

2. Write a 1500-word data management pre-proposal for the organisation.

3. The pre-proposal should not only discuss the technical but also the managerial aspects (cost, manpower, resources, etc.). Please keep in mind that you are writing a pre-proposal and not a detailed proposal.

4. Please ensure that you remain objective when writing the pre-proposal.

5. Your pre-proposal should ideally answer (but not be limited to) the following questions:

a) What would the data management strategy be?
b) Which kind of data would be managed by your organization and how?
c) How many staff members at your organization would manage data of this retailer; what would be the team hierarchy and what would their expertise be?
d) What resources would be required from the retailer?
e) What deliverables (hard and soft) would be provided to the retailer?
f) What would general data management operations look like?
g) How would data management policy be set and how would it be implemented?
h) How would metadata be managed?
i) How would data quality be managed?
j) How would data management practices be audited and how would quality be assessed?
k) How will user and business requirements be collected from the clients?
l) Which data architectures and platforms would be used?
m) How would legacy data be taken care of?
n) How would risks be managed?
o) What benefits would the retailer have as a result of outsourcing this service to your organisation?
p) Others....

6. The questions mentioned above are written randomly, in no particular sequence. When addressing these questions in your pre-proposal, please ensure that you write in a systematic way. Make use of the web to find out what pre-proposals look like.

7. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment. This will give you a clear picture of what a successful pre-proposal looks like.

Solution

Introduction

Data management function is a necessity to operate Slow Fashion Pty Ltd. to process and manage datasets developed from organisational proceedings holding the non-core operational data. The given report addresses a pre-proposal identifying the data management function variabilities and requirements that is to be met by the company.

Benefits of outsourcing the data management function

Outsourcing data management services for assignment help would increase operational efficiency as the non-core executive of the company can be more focused on their performance with easy access to client, customer and employee information as needed with increased accuracy in the data obtained. It will help in easy retrieval of data without need to update information manually as it will ensure auto-update standards while managing the data (Bayrak, 2015). Data loss can be reversed, which is often the most common risk when handling data management and their activities single-handedly by the company executives in Slow Fashion due to changing company production demands.

Resources Needed

The major resources needed from the retailer are based on the following:

- Objective of the company is to establish data management function priorities and the overall objective of each non-core activity to process information focusing on the objective while presenting information during retrieval accordingly.

- Gathering information on external and internal assets of Slow Fashion that will be impacted by the non-core operations of the company.

- Company’s existing IT infrastructure design to develop a clear protocol and data management architecture that aligns with the existing structure

- Budget to proceed with the development and the overall human resource availability to run and maintain the data functions

Deliverables to be provided to the retailer

The deliverables to be provided to Slow Fashion Ltd are stated as follows

Software: A data management system software that will be linked with the non-core operations of the company along with the main database system of the company to retrieve information of the core operations. The software system will be installed with the major hub of the computing devices in the form of a website application form where information regarding company operations, production development, supplier data, and other customer services can be stored and retrieved as needed (Rahul and Banyal, 2020).

Hardware: A pre-installed processor to be provided to the retailer containing four or more 3.3GHz Intel Xeon class servers with an internal memory of terabytes.

Data Management Strategy

The data management strategy is based on the roadmap that Slow Fashion would follow steps and formats identifying the potential effectiveness of the data management function to be developed. The management strategy is to be based on the DAMA framework that involves eleven functions that are to be taken into account by the data management system or function being outsourced for development.

Figure: DAMA Framework
(Source: Damadach.org, 2021)

The DAMA framework further identities the strategies to be present in the form of developing data architecture, modelling and designing of the function system, storage and operation development, maintenance of data security, integration of information regarding governance, documentation and content management, warehousing data, metadata and establishing standards of data quality to be managed.

Data management operations to look like

The general data management operation to be followed is based on the core recruitment for the data management function by Slow Fashion. It should include operations that are focused on the data pipeline for four major functional data, which are sales data, CRM data, Third-party data, and non-core activity data. The data warehouse would be able to conduct three primary activities, which are analytics, business intelligence, and ML modelling through the data obtained.

Types of data to manage and its strategies

There would be three major data types that are to be managed by the data management function system to be developed. The data are based on the non-core operations such as employee performance management and training need updates, everyday employee attendances, workplace equity information, team meeting updates, logistics operations in terms of delivery to customers, and data that include market research and future forecasts for the company growth’s requirements. The strategies to be followed are based on identifying the general objectives of each data type obtained, identifying tools to assess the data and formulating the data retrieved as needed to meet retail goals (Tekinerdogan et al. 2020).

Management teams and their responsibility along with hierarchy pattern

The management team of the data management function would include data scientists, data engineers, and data analysts. Hence, the data management team will be based on a three-level structure that will be following the consulting model (Vassakis et al 2018).It would include the CEO of Slow Fashion on the top, the analytics group, business units and functions at the second level while the data management executives at respective sections to be present at the third level reporting directly to their team leads, which then reports to the managers, present at the second level. The role of data scientists is to analyse, model, process data, and further interpret data as needed. The engineer is to develop the system and maintain them while the data analyst will interpret the data obtained by the data scientists.

User and business requirement collection process

The user and business requirements will be collected from the clients by using email networks. On the other hand, the data management system will be holding a segmented structure to upload requirements of the Slow Fashion clients, which will be analysed and directed to the company executives according to their designations and production responsibilities.

Data architecture and platforms used

The data architecture will be based on three-tier architecture as the given data management function system will be outsourced (Lee et al. 2015).Hence the application of the three-tier architecture would be effective as it will hold the inclusion of a third layer between the client machine and the server machine leading to an indirect communication with the server application that would be acting as the outsourcing team that uses the internal database system of the company provides the necessary information. The platform to be used is SAS Data Management Suite to ensure minute detailing of the information to be obtained by capturing, migration, data mastering, analysis, management, integration, and quality control. Data management policy setting strategies and their implementation

Figure: Data management strategies
(Source: Altexsoft, 2021)

Data management and privacy policy : Slow Fashion Pty Ltd has followed strategies such as defining data architecture by implementing the role of the data architect. The data modeling will be based on key business concepts of clicks and mortar and the role will be implemented by data modeler and data scientist. The database administration is done with database management and ensuring the availability of data (Babar et al. 2019).

Data quality management policy: There has to be quality management by the company's quality data engineer so that the business infrastructure will be governed by data requirements. There will be the management of integration and consolidating data into a single place. This helps in monitoring data analytics.

Metadata management and quality management

Good data is manifested through the implication of metadata management and quality management. The retail company has to look into their SOX for financial data, HIPAA for healthcare data and regulatory compliance of the data program has to be managed with accurate data definitions. Data quality management will be increased so that the affirmativeness of the data error will be increased from 2% to 7%. This will help in the control of data with appropriateness with proper data profiling. This will help in the reduction of time and resources that are manifested within metadata management and data quality management (Anuradha, 2015).

Strategies to Audit data management practices and quality assessment

The strategies to audit data management and quality assessment will be done with a DQA tool that will help in understanding the indicators of problematic data transfer. This will provide agility to the data management system of Slow Fashion Pty Ltd. Integration of the data audit will be done in 19 steps and 6 phases. Access to all the 50 places within the reporting period is required. There will be notification and documentation as per national standards. The audit visits will be taken into consideration and the documents are to be reviewed in all the steps. There will be the inclusion of data management systems review with trace and validity results. Data aggregation and consolidation management will be found with DQA tools.

Figure: Data auditing system
(Source: Measure evaluation, 2021)

Managing legacy data

The management of legacy data will be done with state and federal regulations and this will provide information to all the complex legal issues that are based on data-driven frameworks of Australia and New Zealand where Slow Fashion Pty Ltd is functioning. The cost, analytics, security, and retention of data will be upgraded as per federal government laws and this will help in the understanding of IT resources and budget that is included. The data migration and legacy system had to be made with concise network and security systems (Fan et al. 2015).

Managing Risks

The data risks can be based on the better decision-making process and it should involve the inclusion of information and resource management. The financial health of the organization is to be considered. The management will help in the monitoring and management of data with proper synchronization. The brand reputation is to be measured with the data management systems. Preventive measures are to be taken such as patches, firewall and help in the management of centralized data management. This will help in the management of accessible, searchable, and customizable features.

Conclusion

Thus, the outsourcing of data management functions would be critical to ensure Slow Fashion Pty Ltd attains sufficient information to manage its non-core operations that usually consumes a major performance ability of the employees. The data management function will be following a three-tier architecture using the SAS Data Management platform to increase the efficiency of the data management activities.
 

References

3155IBA Operational Management Assignment Sample

Report

The Research Report should begin with a concise, informed overview of the chosen organisation. Outline what the organization does and how it does it. Mention should be made of the context (e.g. product market and the business environment) that the organization operates in. The core of the report however, should (ideally) focus and describe a particular operational issue and appropriately analyse it. From the analysis practical solutions should then be put forward, stating how well the proposed solution integrates into existing processes. Topics and points that could be considered include:

1. The business environment in which the organisation operates.

2. Background and purpose of the organisation.

3. Organizational structure

4. Organizational strategies (corporate strategy, business strategy, and operations strategy)

5. Products and Services

6. Service system or Production system and job design

7. Process measurement and analysis

8. Aggregate planning, inventory management systems and procedures, revenue management

9. Locational decisions for facilities and operations

10. Sustainability and pollution control programs

It is important that your group not only cover the relevant issues, but also integrate them in an overarching and coherent fashion (reflecting the systemic nature of production processes). The analysis should be critical in nature, and the use of unsupported rhetorical statements should be avoided, (e.g. ‘This organization is devoted to quality’). You should explain and support your recommendations. Look for evidence of support for all such recommendations. The report should identify the important issues and challenges facing operations managers in the organization. Don’t forget to include references and a bibliography. The report should be submitted through the online link found on the Learning@Griffith course website through the Assessment tag.

Solution

1. Introduction of the Business Environment

‘P-Bicycle’ is the bicycle manufacturing firm taken into account in this research report. Phil Greene, the owner of the company looking for profitability improvement and management of operations (OM) due to the impact of Covid-19. It's a typical business environment where the organisation takes new orders from respective clients for bicycle making, manufactures them in the garage and finally sends those for the purchasing & selling team.

2. Background and Purpose

Bicycle industry is broadly classified with cycling and bicycles. Generally, it includes bicycle part manufacturing, accessory manufacturing & bicycle manufacturing. At the beginning the design was on paper and then built with raw materials.

The purpose of this research report for assignment help is to identify OM issues for the chosen organisation and then recommending proposed solutions for the same. Understanding the key problem statement, it has been possible for an individual researcher to do product market analysis, looking for practical solutions that integrate with bicycle manufacturing processes.

This report is divided into few sections where inventory management, revenue management, service system design are the key aspects of P-bicycle company’s operations & facility.

3. Identification of Key Issues

3.1. Justification of Problem (OM) issue and rectification

The key issue faced by the P-bicycle manufacturing firm is the ‘workshop OM problem’ and ‘profitability challenges’. Regarding the OM issues in the respective bicycle manufacturing firm, globalization, sustainability, ineffective communication with the workers, system design problems are valuable (Galvin, Burton & Nyuur, 2020, p. 120235). On the other hand, regarding the profitability challenges faced by the P-bicycle firm are: low productivity, high-budgeted bicycles are not profitable, low stock of accessories and other goods, non-availability of bicycle exporters, profit-margin issue etc. Thus, to rectify these two issues, P-bicycle contracts with Oscar Smith, a quality improvement consultant who understands better and solves the problems in the big picture.

- To understand the O&M issue well first need to verify the service and company’s existing product markets.

- Developing a key strategy for profitability and growth is an important rectification aspect (Reyes-Mercado & Berumen-Cantú, 2019, p. 70).

- The impact of work orders, performing services, and responsibility of the sales team is also considered to improve profitability.

- More investment on the bicycle brand manufacturing.

- Innovative warehouses, standard workplace, a work-friendly environment, and suitable employee relationships are the major areas of rectifying those problems.

4. Organisational structure and Strategies

P-bicycle firm consists of three major departments: (i). Manufacturing; (ii). Purchasing, Inventory and Service;

(iii). Distribution. The following relationship map shows the organisational working procedure and the overall process of supplier to customer base.

Figure 1: Departmental structure and their relationships in P-bicycle
(Source: Case Study Relationship Map)

Understanding the organisational structure, relationship with each of the organisational department it has been possible to recommend these organisational strategies:

- Operations Strategy of P-bicycle:

According to Liu et al. (2021, p. 126581), the company, P-bicycle operated through client orders and after getting approval of work orders from the customers. The main objective of operational strategy is to have reliable economic cost, flexible and convenient approach.

- Corporate Strategy of P-bicycle:

In the bigger picture, the company wants to implement the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) framework to improve its profitability and resolve the business problems (Chang, Chen & Huang, 2019, p. 8). Moreover, particularly for this bicycle manufacturing firm, Research & Development (R&D) is considered as the most important aspect for the revolution of corporate strategy.

- Business Strategy of P-bicycle:

The company wants to implement a ‘Lean mass manufacturing’ business strategy to improve its profitability, logistics performance and supply chain management (Saurabh & Mehta, 2021).

5. Products and Services

P-bicycle manufactures new bicycles and open workshops for its servicing. Generally, product or service starts with written work orders and approved by the customers. The engineering department is engaged to design the product and bicycle specs as per market demand. Based on the conversation between Phil (Owner of P-bicycle) & Oscar (Consultant Management), it is clear that the company focuses on its product as per customer requirement. Bicycle products are in terms of inventory management and each of the orders takes place in a good retail profit margin (Reyes-Mercado & Berumen-Cantú, 2019, p. 80). As mentioned earlier products & services of P-bicycle company depend on its Bicycle component distributors, manufacturers, accessory producers.

6. Service System and Design

6.1. Implementing the solution with existing framework

On the basis of the existing relationship map model, the bicycle production system and design approach has been easy to understand. Following design model is appropriate to solve the OM issues in P-bicycle (Yadav et al. 2020, p. 118276). As a quality improvement consultant, Oscar wants to implement this design framework and understand the workshop operations better. The system design framework is beneficial for: customer categorization, design of a new supply chain, engineering sub-selection, craft workplace design for bicycles, working schemes, designing bicycles, making the bicycles as per customer demand. It is good evidence of lean manufacturing system design for P-bicycle.

Figure 2: P-bicycle system design approach
(Source: Galvin, Burton & Nyuur, 2020, p. 120235)

7. Process Measurement and Analysis

7.1. Customers for the business part

They are the key ‘stakeholders’ for P-bicycle's business. Customers provide the work order to the manufacturing firm and all departments of P-bicycle accept it, review it and work on it.

7.2. What outputs customers received?

Customers get an update on a daily basis when the bicycle manufacturing is going on. As P-bicycle focuses on improved customer service thus customers can expect to meet their requirements in each of the company's bicycles (Fargnoli et al. 2018, p. 395). Customer gets a faster response from the manufacturing team whenever he/she needs P-bicycle’s service. For each of their orders, the customer gets an invoice which has been prepared by the sales & inventory team. Moreover, customers can expect promotions from the P-bicycle manufacturing team and regular basis offer as well. Last, but not the least, customers get quality products from the distribution team and expect after buying assurance from the P-bicycle company.

7.3. Business suppliers

Suppliers of P-bicycle business associated with the purchasing department when a purchasing request is made. As per the customer requirement of bicycles, suppliers export or import products (logistics/supply chain suppliers), accessories and all the relevant components. Moreover, suppliers are also engaged to provide assistance to customer service (Liu et al. 2021, p. 126581). Thus, P-bicycle’s business suppliers are associated with the inventory, manufacturing and purchasing department to deliver a new bicycle as per customers’ demand and support to make profitable business growth.

8. Aggregate Planning, Inventory & Revenue Management

This is the most important part of this business report because the overall profitable growth totally depends on the inventory & revenue cycle of P-bicycle. On the basis of stock orders, the firm creates a revenue cycle to configure its accounting information systems. This cycle works throughout the manufacturing-inventory-purchasing section after an order has been confirmed. As per the guidance of Guo et al. (2018, p. 420), inventory & revenue cycle is good for customized business processes thus when some bicycle parts are bought outside the inventory department, a new request to be filled and sent to the P-bicycle management.

Figure 3: Inventory and Revenue Lifecycle process of P-bicycle
(Source: Self via draw.io)

9. Locational Decisions for Facilities

9.1. Critical connections

Depending on the customers’ delivery location, bicycle distribution and pick-up system set. When a customer makes a service request from this bicycle manufacturing firm then it is necessary to find nearby stores and establish a link with them first. But in case of non-availability of the parts, the service management teams decided to reject customers’ requests. Long-distance product distribution systems are not that profitable after Covid-19. As per the guidance of Bahadori, Gonçalves & Moura, (2021, p. 554), Critical connections between the Oscar, Phil and their employees proposed practical solutions to the existing challenges faced by the P-bicycle company. Moreover, Climate is a major concern for the bicycle manufacturing firm. For new store openings as well as business expansion, the organisation needs to think about the customer base of that particular location, demand of bicycles by the people, service center/garage facilities, and a good operating environment.

10. Sustainability Concern

Operations & Management team (O&M), Production team, Manufacturing team of P-bicycle firm wants to meet the sustainability criteria as well for their new business expansion (Ma et al. 2018, p. 58). The key concerns are as follows:

- Lowering the energy requirements, carbon foot-printing.

- All the materials & accessories used to manufacture bicycles should be recyclable.

- The manufacturing section should be climate friendly and not produce any harmful substances.

- Use of bicycles produced by P-bicycle companies can reduce 53% of carbon dioxide emission.

- Along with the lean manufacturing approach, additive manufacturing strategy should be recommended as a sustainable approach for P-bicycle firms (Ma et a. 2018, p. 68).

- Conducting pollution control event, sustainable promotion is another key aspect.

11. Conclusion

This business report derives the systematic nature of P-bicycle production processes. Based on the critical discussion and review, the identified OM issue can be solved if the firm follows a proper relationship map, inventory lifecycle. Finally, not yet importantly, by fulfilling customer demands, meeting product & service requirements P-bicycle can improve its profitability in the post Covid-19 days.

12. References

MGT502 Business Communication Report Sample

Instructions

1. Write a critical argument up to a page on the topic selected in Assessment 1 Part A.

2. Use the annotated bibliography resources from Assessment 1 Part A for sourcing evidence and ideas for your argument. Review the resources critically and select at least 5 to be used as references for this assessment.

3. Please consider the following factors, when forming the argument:

- A good argument is convincing whereby the premises are acceptable, the supporting evidence is relevant to the claim and provides sufficient grounds for acceptance of the claim.

- You will be expected to form an academic and financial argument in favour, or against, utilizing the communications solution in the modernworkplace.
- Make a clear point and justify it.

4. Please structure your argument as follows:

- Title page
- Introduction: provide a short introduction with a claim.
- Main body: with a logical structure including supporting evidence from academic sources.
- Conclusion: a concise conclusion which restates your claim and summarises your argument.
- References: please provide the reference list on a separate page.

5. Please use at least 5 in-text citations. Indicate logical connections and use connecting words

6. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful forming an argument looks like.

Solution

Introduction

The purpose of the study is to explore how communication in the context of business environments influences profitability. Communication is considered to be a great tool for improving business performance and bridging the gap between the different stakeholders. There is a strong link between business profitability and business communication. Communication for assignment help is the main driver of growth or development in a profit-making company. Employee management and client management are performed using balanced and effective communication.

Evaluation

Communication is a method or process that develops a proper and effective resolution. It enables the transfer of the opinion from one person to another person within the organizational task leading the worker towards productivity and performance to approach the organizational objective or goal. Intelligent leaders value prosperity as an ultimate straightforwardness. As expressed by Kim 2019, the effective communication of corporate social responsibility helps to improve brand reputation and enhance customer trust in the business leading to the reduction of customer acquisition cost and improvement of the organizational market share and customer loyalty. Nayati et al (2019) further revealed that marketing communication in the context of the business helps to improve organizational effectiveness and efficiency within the business context.

Small and medium enterprises focus on expanding their network using the mobile communication system for marketing purposes. Zhu et al 2020 believe that the organization considers the referral process as a means of communication that helps to improve the business network and enhances the firm's profitability in the context of the market. This process of referral reduces the competition and increases the market share with the profit-sharing process. According to Sanina et al (2017), the good relationship between the stakeholders especially the Government and the management of the organization is largely dependent on proper communication and transparent reporting of the financial transaction of the organization. Lucas & Rawlins (2015) found that the company reports transparently to the government regarding the profitability income and also depicts the taxation process of the organization leading to better compliance. An employee with a good and effective ability for communication increases the firm's profitability and enhances its effectiveness within the context of the organization.

Conclusion

It can be said that the argument that has been developed in favour of the business communication positively influencing the business is justified as the proper communication and effective approach of the organization provides a high degree of profitability to the business protecting it from compliance and enhancing customer loyalty to the businesses. It is the proper and effective communication within the organizational culture that helps to improve the productivity and performance of the organization with a high degree of profitability among the stakeholders.

References

BIS2005 Enterprise architecture Report Sample

Assessment Details:

This assessment is designed to assess develop your skills in Enterprise Architecture (EA). You are required to develop knowledge on EA methodology, EA Framework, data model and emerging EA. In completing this assessment successfully, you will be able to know major widely accepted Enterprise Architecture (EA) domains, layers, frameworks and governance, which will help in achieving ULO-3, ULO-4, and ULO-5.

Report: Part-I (Case Study)

Techbank is a mid-size financial company. A couple of years ago Techbank decided to establish a full- fledged EA practice to accommodate with the growing problems around non-transparency of its IT investments and poor business and IT alignment in general. To boost its EA initiative, the company decided to purchase a specialized software tool for enterprise architecture. For this purpose, its IT leaders studied the available offerings on the EA tool market, contacted most promising vendors, organized meetings with vendor representatives and listened to their presentations. As a result, Techbank had selected and acquired a rather powerful and expensive tool for enterprise architecture from a well-known vendor. Then, the company had installed and configured the tool, established a central repository for storing architectural information and sent its architecture team to a special training supplied by the tool vendor. After the training, architects had documented most areas of the organizational IT landscape and associated business processes in the EA repository and started to update this information to keep it current. Architects were also impressed with the modeling, visualization and analytical capabilities offered by their new EA tool.

However, Techbank’s CIO is sceptical towards the chosen EA tool. He believes that the company is only wasting money on the tool as it is essentially nothing more than a sophisticated repository of current-state information. Furthermore, the tool is used by only 4-5 people in the entire organization (all architects), does not facilitate informed decision-making among business stakeholders in any sense and does not contribute to achieving the original objectives of the EA initiative to improve business and IT alignment.

As a newly manager at Techbank, Techbank’s CIO has asked you to provide a report that addresses the following:

1. Discuss 5 reasons why the implementation of the EA tools at Techbank is NOT a waste of money.

2. Discuss the five key difference between EA Tools and CMDBs(Configuration Management Databases)

3. Based on your lecture notes, discuss 4 archetypes of architects that would be employed at

Techbank

Report: Part-II

Data#7 is a diversified, multi-profile company. Essentially, it is a conglomerate company consisting of three diverse strategic units acting as independent businesses under separate brands in different industry sectors: Unit Alpha, Unit Beta and Unit Gamma. Data#7 is governed from the central head office, which oversights the three subsidiary business units and their financial performance indicators, though without any operational interventions. Each strategic business unit has its own managing director with full discretion and responsibility over its competitive strategy, investment priorities, budget allocation and ensuing yearly profits.

Unit Alpha is in the food manufacturing business. The unit produces and distributes a variety of goods including, but not limited to, vegetables, groceries, meat and dairy products. Each of these product lines requires unique production processes, storage arrangements, transportation approaches and underlying equipment and is organizationally implemented by a separate specialized product department. However, these products are delivered largely to the same circle of customers, including both major retailers and local food shops. All product lines are also served by a number of common unit-wide functions, e.g. HR, finance, accounting, logistics, legal, marketing and sales support.

Unit Beta competes in the restaurant business with 450 IT staff. Specifically, the unit controls a chain of small fast-food restaurants occupying the low-cost market niche. In total, the chain includes more than 159 restaurants located in different geographies and more restaurants are planned to be opened in the foreseeable future. All restaurants offer same interiors, menus, prices, meals and services to their customers and imply standardized policies, working procedures and supporting equipment. However, each restaurant is run separately by a chief manager responsible for its overall financial well-being and all necessary business processes, e.g. recruiting, training, procurement, cooking, servicing, cleaning and complaints management. With the exception of Unit Beta’s lean central office, where chain-wide branding, marketing and other strategic decisions are made, the restaurants operate independently from each other and even have their own profit and loss statements.

Finally, Unit Gamma runs a chain of resort hotels. These hotels gravitate towards the high-end price segment and offer premium-quality services to their customers. Unit Gamma’s competitive strategy implies improving its brand recognition and achieving consistent customer experience. For this purpose, the unit’s leadership plans to standardize all customer-facing and, to a lesser extent, back- office processes across all hotels of the chain as well as all its suppliers and service providers.

Moreover, Unit Gamma also intends to become “closer” to its customers and build lifelong customer relationships. This strategy requires collecting more information about customers, their individual preferences and transaction histories, aggregating this information globally and leveraging it for providing customized services, launching loyalty programs, developing special offers and promoting personalized discounts.
As an EA manager at Data#7, you are required to write a report that discusses the following:

1. Describe five major roles that OUTLINE as EA Artifacts will play in Data#7.

2. Discuss four reasons why outsourcing of EA practice is NOT a good option for Data#7

3. Discuss three type of consulting engagement that Data#7 would consider and; recommend consulting engagement that would be approved by Data#7’s CIO

4. Discuss 5 reason why implementation of Architecture Debt is very important in Data#7

5. Based on IT staff ratio model and degree of decentralization as a factor, name and discuss architects positions that would be required in Unit Beta.

Report: Part-III

Yepstock is a large financial and stockbroker company. 8 years ago Yepstock decided to establish a full-fledged EA practice to accommodate with the growing problems around non-transparency of its IT investments and poor business and IT alignment in general. The establishment of EA practice was successful, and it was completed last 1 year. Due to recent advancement in technologies, Yepstock wants to implement Cloud Computing technologies that would empower their staff and customers for example, implementation of analytical Cloud Computing Technologies that would enable Yepstock staff to approve credit card application within 30 minutes of the submission of the application.

However, Yepstock’s CEO is sceptical towards the implementation of cloud computing technologies. He believes that the company is only wasting money on the cloud computing technologies as it is essentially nothing more than a sophisticated collection of data.

As a newly promoted IT manager at Yepstock, you are required to write a report that discusses the following:

1. Four (4) types of cloud computing that Yepstock could use or implement.

2. Five (5) challenges that Yepstock may have with implementation of Cloud Computing Technologies and how the challenges should be resolved.

3. Five (5) characteristics of cloud computing and explain 4 major cloud computing services that you would recommend to Yepstock.

4. Five (5) IT Governance and IT Service Management, recommend with 5 reasons if COIB or ITIL framework should be implement in Yepstock organization

Solution

Introduction

This is a report for assignment help containing three parts that are all geared toward providing a reflection of an individual’s capability in interpreting and handling Enterprise Architecture(EA). The first part of the report focuses on establishing Enterprise Architecture(EA) practices in Techbank, a medium-scale finance organisation. This part of the report focuses on describing the benefits of Enterprise Architecture(EA) practices on Techbank’s goals and operation, along with the attributes that differentiate it from CMDBs. It also describes the architect archetypes that will be implemented in Techbank. The second part of the report focuses on Data#7, an amalgamation of three strategic units operating in different industries. How can OUTLINE, an enterprise artifact that can help Data#7 improve its functionalities, negative implications of Enterprise Architecture practices, and other elements of Enterprise Architecture will be discussed. The third part of the report will focus on factors and aspects of cloud computing such as perceived challenges, beneficial types of cloud computing, attributes of cloud computing, and others on the operations of Yepstock, a large company that operates in the finance sector.
Report Part I

1. Discussing the five reasons for implementing the and seeking benefits of EA

Techbank can be benefited from the use of enterprise architecture in many ways, shapes, or forms. The infrastructural changes that have been taken up by Techbank, since when it decided to design and adapt a complete set of Enterprise Architectural methods, must have had a severe impact on the foundational information systems. EA has been proven beneficial for companies. Enterprise architecture can allow Techbank to achieve prosperity by making sure that the operations taken up by the bank are coherent and adaptable. Utilising Enterprise Architecture framework and techniques allows the bank to incorporate modern and updated technologies which are being invented continuously. It allows the company to develop its organisational goals, organisational performance, and organisational operations in such a way so that it can keep up with the continually changing market. Enterprise Architecture (EA) can also be beneficial for the company by providing the company with control over its investments. Cost-effectiveness is the main focal benefit of the Enterprise Architecture (EA) framework, which is why the integration of the Enterprise Architecture (EA) framework is not a waste of money. Enterprise Architecture (EA) helps Techbank focus on Enhancing the ways that the company uses to communicate with its customers. The creation of customer journey maps and Customer Satisfaction Index, a major element of the Enterprise Architecture (EA) framework, can be beneficial in making sure that the company is maximising the experience of its customers while interacting with or utilising its products and services. It can also help the company to gain a competitive advantage over its competitors in the international and domestic market by letting the company be more aware of trends and shifts in the market along with new technical requirements by successful analysis provided to the company by the usage of Enterprise Architecture (EA). Enterprise Architecture (EA) frameworks also help companies such as Techbank to analyse, organise and categorise huge volumes of digital information that is being created each second. Techbank can also use various services data provided by Enterprise Architecture (EA) frameworks such as data modelling, application linkage, detail image, and others to make sure that it is abiding by various governmental regulatory acts while collecting and analysing personal information. Visibility and transparency are associated features of incorporating Enterprise Architecture (EA) practices. So it can be said that Enterprise Architecture (EA) is a beneficial addition to Techbank’s technological arsenal. The perception of the CIO of Techbank is inaccurate.

2. Key differences between Enterprise Architecture (EA) tools and CMDBs (Configuration Management Databases)

- Configuration Management Databases (CMDBs) and Enterprise Architecture (EA) tools are extremely distinct. A configuration management database (CMDB) is a normalised database that can withhold various pertinent datasets regarding organisational information technology facilities and the link between various parts, such as hardware and software parts. It is essential for making sure that company representatives can easily access the configuration of the facility and can analyse the saved information. On the other hand, enterprise architecture is a guide that helps company representatives shape and leads the changes that the organisation is adapting to keep up with an evolving market.

- Even though both EA tools and CMDBs help companies accelerate their response to any sudden shifts in the business climate, increase the visibility of the system and improve the customer experience, they are significantly different in their usage and utilisation.CMDBs help the organisation by providing an all-around view of the core assets supporting its IT infrastructure. It facilitates metadata transfer (Oberhauser, 2018). Enterprise Architecture tools are lacking in this regard as the visibility provided by CMDB is unparalleled by the capabilities of any Enterprise Architecture tools.

- Enterprise Architecture tools, on the other hand, are fully focused on providing a seamless connection between business strategy and IT strategy. The linkage between these two strategies is beneficial as it helps organisations understand how to properly utilise and apply their IT capabilities in such a way that can boost profitability. However, CMDBs are not equipped to do this task, as figuring out the applicability of IT systems is not their forte.

- CMDBs are beneficial for highlighting the interconnectedness of various components of the IT infrastructure, which is not a task that Enterprise Architecture tools can handle.Enterprise Architecture tools are more apt for handling situations and point out a way to reduce managerial issues, which are not the main focus of CMDBs.

- The main purpose of CMDBs is to optimise IT activities by reducing errors, providing better access to IT configuration, and recognising the correct occasion for change. On the other hand, the main purpose of AE tools is to provide company representatives in scheming, evaluation, plotting, and performance enhancement of operations.

3. Archetypes of architechts

There are four types of archetypes which are mentioned below.

Solution archetypes

It is seen that the solution archetypes are one of the most narrow architects that help to focus non-planning the IT initiatives. The methods of this process help to specialise the concrete technologies that help align the specific technical EA domains. The idea behind this process is straightforward, which helps to find the problems. It also helps the person to figure out the way so that they can immediately solve the situation. The process is based on the different arrangements made by the individual companies.

Domain archetypes

The process of the domain architect helps to focus on the comprehensive planning of the companies, which are based on the specific EA domains on the data or the business (Haki &Legner 2021). The processes are responsible for the adjacent domains based on infrastructure and security. The employee can work on high-level projects so that they can make sure that the process has fallen in line with the business.

Business unit architects

This method helps the employee focus on the IT planning for the separate business unit. The formal title of this business helps to reflect the business areas. This helps the employees to find out the problems so that they can solve them immediately. The unit can carry out the strategic planning so that the company can participate in the initiative delivery process.

Enterprise architects

The process of the enterprise architects can help to focus on the IT planning of the companies based on the EA domains. The formal positions of this method help to title the enterprise appropriately.

Report Part II

1. Roles concerning OUTLINE as EA artifacts in Data#7

Enterprise architecture artifacts are defined as distinct documents that contribute to forming Enterprise Architecture. As its definition suggests, architecture artifacts are the cornerstones of enterprise architecture practices that enable companies to make accurate decisions and form proper plans regarding information technology implementation. OUTLINE is one of these artifacts that can enable Data#7 to properly implement and execute information technology-related operations that will help each of the three strategic units of Data#7 to achieve success. It is one of the six EA artifacts.

- OUTLINE can be utilised by Data#7 and its strategic units by making sure that superior quality representation of certain information technology-related processes that were taken up by the independent strategic units such as Unit Alpha, Unit Beta, and Unit Gamma is provided to the central head office which will help the head office to assess the performance of these independent units.

- The head office and the strategic units can also utilise OUTLINEs to make sure that fund requests for implementing novel information technology-related processes and procedures are justified by evaluating Certain relevant elements of these projects.

- EA artifacts related to OUTLINE can help Data#7 ensure that the strategic units are performing as expected and are creating the maximum amount of value for Data#7 stakeholders.

- OUTLINE can also be useful in making sure that the investments that are being made by the company's strategic units are fruitful and efficient.

- Data#7 can also utilise OUTLINE as a tool for evaluating the progress and success rate of certain projects.

2. Disadvantages of outsourcing EA practices for Data#7

Even though outsourcing of information technology services is being opted for by many companies because of the cost-efficiency of the process and the benefits this provides to the companies regarding decluttering operations, outsourcing of enterprise architecture cannot be recommended to Data#7. There are many reasons why outsourcing cannot be recommended to Data#7. the most important reasons are recorded below.

- Outsourcing can only work If the existing enterprise architecture has core parts that can be separated from each other without causing damage to the entire structure. This is not possible for Data#7 as it is an amalgamation of three separate and independent business units. This complexity in organisation structure can severely impact the outsourcing of EA practices.

- The processes that are a part of the entire EA structure of Data#7 are severely dependent on each other. For example, for providing customer service and loyalty programs, Unit Gamma, the resort hotel chain, needs to acquire information regarding its customers, such as their preferences and transactional histories. Outsourcing a singular part of this entire EA structure cannot be possible because of the horizontal entanglement of these kinds of processes in the operations of the company's strategic units.

- Outsourcing is not optimal because of how outsourced parts of EA structures communicate with other parts. As parts of many Data#7 communicate with each other by using communicational standards only seen in Data#7, outsourcing will make for increased chances of miscommunication.

- Because of the severe emphasis on standardisation which improves the ability of a company to outsource parts of its enterprise architecture, Data#7 is encouraged to standardise its information technology-related processes. However, standardisation limits the scope of the enterprise architecture structure to be updated with new technology. This is also not advisable to Data#7.

3. Recommendation of consulting engagement will be approved by Data#7

There are four major types of consulting engagements practised by various reputed consultancy firms. The three possible consulting engagement types that can be suggested to Data#7 are; Consulting engagement focused on business strategy, consulting engagement focused on Information Technology implementation, and consulting engagement focused on proper management of Human resources.

Consultancy engagements focused on organisational strategy can help Data#7 improve the accuracy of its decision-making process regarding evaluating the sectors each strategic unit operates in, evaluating the performance of the competitors of the units in those sectors, along with other elements of operational strategy design. For example, it can help unit alpha better its product inauguration strategy, marketing, and logistics-related strategies. Information technology-related consultancies focus on improving IT-related infrastructure and services, which can also be beneficial for Data#7. For example, it can help in assessing the capability of unit gamma to provide loyalty programs and personal discounts by taking a look at the amount of personal information that is acquired by the unit and help with the implementation and infrastructure of the project. Human resources consultancy can benefit Data#7 by optimising and increasing the amount of value that the employee of the organisation creates. It can suggest enhancement approaches that can be taken up by Data#7 in order to manage human resources properly and maximise employee engagement. Employee engagement increases productivity (Agarwal 2017).

The chief information officer of Data#7 monitors the human resources, technological infrastructures, and operational processes part of Data#7. information technology-related consultancy engagement can be recommended to the CIO as various Data#7 require information technology-related enhancements.

4. Implemeentation of Architecture Debt

Architectural debt is essential as it allows to avoid myopic thinking and irresponsible architectural borrowing. It also helps to implement tactical IT solutions so that the company can undermine the future strategic positioning. The entire process can also help the company stay on their track so that the employees can maintain the quality of their IT landscapes. It is seen that the architectural debt is also based on the measurements of the coupling based on the different approaches (MacCormac& Sturtevant 2016). This helps to note the various perspectives which can produce the complementary insights. It can also help the company to build a positive development. The process of the architectural debt can also help the company to represent a step in the architectural direction which can give a great benefit. It can also create a distance for the company from its ultimate design. The managers can assess the cost of the efforts after accessing the process of the architectural debt. It can also help to combine the data on the costs of the components in the architectural categories.

5. Discussing the architects position

The IT service desk staff has become swamped after working for long hours and trying to keep the IT infrastructure functioning for a period. It is crucial to determine the staffing levels for the IT, which can also help the company solve their complicating factors. This ratio is based on dividing the number of managers in an organisation by the number of employees working on a particular project. Technically complicated processes may require a smaller management ratio (Weiss 2018). It has become more significant for the interaction and coaching so that the employees follow the rules correctly. The larger ratio for the managers is best as they are already experienced in their skills and knowledge. This helps them train the employees in the technical systems so that they can also achieve success. The employees with the smaller ratios try to support the new managers so that they can gain experience in their roles. The smaller ratios help the employees to enhance their effectiveness by making sure that the managers are not too pulled in critical situations.

Report Part III

1. Four Types of cloud computing

Yepstock can use various types of cloud computing to optimise its operations. Four major types of cloud computing platforms are- Public, Private, Hybrid, and Community (Bokhari, Makki, & Tamandani 2018). Public clouds refer to the complete computing system on the server-side, which is the cloud computing service provider. Public clouds are known for their higher scalability and zero upkeep cost, which makes this type of cloud rather lucrative. However, various security risks plague the benefits of the public cloud because of its utilisation of shared resources to provide service to multiple parties. Private clouds share some similarities with public clouds. However, a private cloud dedicates resources to entertain the requests of a singular entity that is the owner of the private cloud. Private clouds are known for their enhanced security measures and offering far more control over resources than what public clouds provide. Hybrid clouds are clouds that share some characteristics of public and private clouds. In a hybrid cloud, arrangement companies use the facilities of public and private clouds to some extent. The public cloud facilities are used for processes that require less security, while storing and handling private information is done through private clouds. Hybrid clouds are known for heightened security measures and the flexibility it provides to their users. However, the usage of hybrid cloud requires being adaptive and being able to segregate components of certain tasks from others. Community cloud is another type of cloud that resembles public clouds but is only used by a select number of entities. These clouds are cost-effective but provide far less flexibility and safety than private clouds. All of these clouds can be used by Yepstocks and come with their particular advantages and disadvantages.

2. Five Challenges of implementing cloud computing

Various challenges come with implementing cloud computing technologies which can obstruct the progress of YepStock. These challenges are important to handle efficiently. Some of the highly important challenges are-

- Security issues that rear its head while implementing cloud services. In recent years, the rate of cybercrime has increased heavily (Bossler & Berenblum 2019). Breaching cloud databases to access information has become a serious concern for companies. YepStock must make sure that the cloud services that they will use are as secure as possible. Security features such as safe management of identity, proper verification, and authentication processes must be considered while choosing to incorporate cloud computing.

- Even though cloud computing helps companies with saving a fortune by not having to invest in maintaining relevant technological tools, there are some significant costs associated with scaling cloud computing facilities. Access to a lesser amount of information regarding the facility can create obstacles in predicting the amount of financial investment needed for seamless operation. However, YepStock can incorporate enhanced analytical capabilities to evaluate the investments that are needed properly.

- Cloud computing also needs to be done by capable individuals that have significant knowledge regarding how the whole system operates. Utilising cloud computing services leaves YepStock open to risks of employee discontentment and the lack of skilled individuals that can increase the efficiency of the cloud computing system.

- Utilising cloud computing can often mean relinquishing control over the operations. Without pre-established stringent governance policies, YepStock will be heavily inconvenienced by the lack of control over information technology-related assets.

- YepStock has to make sure that it abides by the government regulations and data protection acts while implementing cloud computing. If these regulations are not complied with, YepStock can face serious legal actions from the regulatory authorities.

3. Five Characteristics of cloud computing and recommendations for Yepstock

Cloud computing services can often be identified by the unique characteristics and attributes linked to such facilities.

- Cloud computing can grant companies access to on-demand self-services (Ali 2019). The facilities that provide the cloud computing services provide complete control of the digital assets to the users so that they can overview, handle, and process information as they see fit.

- It also has the characteristics of being accessible from different devices anywhere in the world. It is accessible through the internet (Alshammari et al. 2017). Reputed large-scale cloud computing services provide significant accessibility options which can enhance the convenience of the users.

- Because of no requirements of upgrading hardware and software on the user side, cloud computing is hugely scalable, which is a significant attribute.

- Cloud computing also uses a huge centralised system to provide its users.

- Unlike traditional computing facilities, cloud computing services only charge an entity based on how much of the resources were used by said entity. This makes cloud computing services more affordable than traditional services.

Many IT giants such as Microsoft, Google and others have committed to providing improved cloud computing services. Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, and IBM cloud are some of the cloud computing services that are known for their service integrity and security. Google Cloud has its advantages (Dutta & Dutta 2019).

The four major cloud computing services

The IaaS mainly functions on a specific pay-as-you-go model where it accepts payment from the user to give services, which includes basic services of cloud infrastructure like networking services, renting IT infrastructure and others. IaaS could help to the company to gain and hold a upgraded networking system in a profound manner.

PaaS provides a suitable infrastructure for the IT development works which includes tools for testing, developing, delivering and others. It could help company to do projects without taking headaches of setting and maintaining infrastructure, servers, storage and others.

SaaS offers on demand software for various IT works on a subscription through cloud which help the user to get access on a variety of softwares at a rate and on multiple devices. It could help the company by providing a profound reach of the software easily and it also helps to be a flexible user.
FaaS offers the concept of serverless computing, where the client company or user will be able to do the stuffs without the worry of virtual servers. It reduces the hassles of maintaining and working on a virtual server which can be an easy going for a company.

4. Recommending five IT governance and service management concerning ITIL framework

Implementation of ITIL framework can be recommended to the company over COIB framework for various reasons. ITIL has an extensive model for procedures (Lopes 2021). This can be usable by Yepstock to improve process management. Some of the other reasons are-

- ITIL has been proven and tested regarding its capability to meet the continual shifts in the digital landscape that surrounds the company.

- ITIL framework has a flexible structure that can be utilised by the company to foster enhancements of certain services.

- ITIL framework is merged with every relevant operation of the company, which can enable better coordination and lessen chances of miscommunication.

- ITIL framework focuses on innovation and novelty, which enforces effective service through creative ideas.

- ITIL framework has been developed for international usage, which means that it can satisfy the demands of a large-scale financial company such as Yepstock.

Conclusion

Usage of Enterprise Archetype frameworks and cloud computing in businesses of different sectors is the main theme of this report. The first part of the report describes how the utilisation of EA tools by Techbank can improve its operations and provides a distinction between CMDBs and EA tools. After rigorous evaluation, the benefits that can be achieved using EA tools are established to be beneficial for Techbank. The second part of the report describes how OUTLINE enhances Data#7's capabilities. It provides necessary information that establishes that the company should not outsource its EA structural components because of the dependence and interconnection of processes in many of its strategic business units. The third part of the report identifies various types of cloud computing. The identification along with advantages and disadvantages of cloud computing are described. Major attributes and challenges of cloud computing implementation are discussed, along with recommendations of industry leaders to Yepstock to incorporate cloud computing. Reasons are also provided why the ITIL framework can be more beneficial than the COIB framework for Yepstock.

References

BRH606 Business Research for Hoteliers Assignment Report

For this assessment, students are required to revise the research context, literature review and methodology sections of their research proposal, taking into account the feedback received in Assessment 1 and 3. To do this, students will be required to address the following:

- Research context: Describe the research problem with evidence from industry report(s), Identify the aims/objectives of the proposed research, and stage 1-3 research questions and/or hypotheses with appropriate scope

- Literature review summary: Present a conceptual map OR present a summary of the overall literature reviewed with an explanation of key concepts relevant to the proposed research AND identify the gap in literature AND how your proposed study will contribute to this gap.

- Method: Define, justify and apply research design choices. Definitions and justifications should be supported by academic references. This section will include:

The research approach to be applied: Specify whether the proposed study will be designed as an exploratory, explanatory, descriptive or causal research.

Details of methodology to be applied: For example: qualitative, quantitative or mixed-methods. Include a justification as to why this method would be appropriate and aligned with the overall research approach.

The population of the study, including a discussion on the overall population size.

The proposed sampling method including where (the sampling frame) and how (sampling technique) the sample will be obtained, estimates of sample size, etc.

The proposed data collection method(s) – For example: focus groups, interviews, surveys, experiments and/or observation

Solution

 Research context

COVID-19 has impacted every region throughout the world, and the hotel business is amongst the hardest hit. Study advocates that healing to pre-COVID-19 might take till 2023—or more. The hospitality business is considered as the most impacted by the outcomes of the pandemic. The undetermined perseverance of the plague increases anxiety about the ability to get over these dramatic situations (Davahli et al., 2020). Incidentally, the cause for this proposal is to explain the COVID-19 risk care of the hospitality sector. The impact is massive and not so far conventional on both income and supply chains. Based on a story printed by the American Hotel and Lodging Association, the predictable US lodges defeats are almost eighty three billion dollars in room profits in 2020, evaluated with 2019, whilst work losses in 2020 are predicted to be almost sixty three thousand. Additionally, approximately half of hotel marketplaces, on behalf of seventy-two per cent of hotel accommodation in the US, are yet in a slump or depression (Giousmpasoglou et al., 2021). Choices being taken to close hotels, eateries, theme parks, cinemas, not to cite the complete disrupting outcome of the travel system, all have a major impact on global tourism.

This study for assignment help has the aim to examine the effect of the coronavirus on the hospitality sector in numerous aspects like social, economic, service, efficiency and so on.

• “What are the concerns and disputes met by the hospitality sector because of Covid-19?”
• “What are the chief aspects in organizations impacted with the plague in the hospitality industry?”
• “What are the chief approaches that can be organized by the business to lessen the impact of covid-19 competently?”

The scope of the research is to shed light on the concerns experienced by the hospitality sector due tpo the pandemic.

Literature Review Summary

The negative effect of the COVID-19 catastrophe is mostly impacting service-oriented segments like the hospitality business. It is directly and indirectly accountable for local growth, several types of work, businesses and sub-sections, increasing several economic actions. Throughout the COVID-19 disaster, governments have undertaken diverse actions in the wellbeing, community and financial areas (Jones & Comfort, 2020). These interferences were intended to enclose the virus's multiplication to reduce the unfavourable effects of the pandemic on the fitness and financial areas. A concise evaluation of such invasion discloses that governments forced diverse actions, like abandoning public meetings, shutting down offices and schools. Also, social distancing, offering financial support, generating contact tracking, and presenting COVID-19 testing plans were done (Antón & Almeida, 2020).

COVID-19’s Effect on The Hospitality Business

The plague had an unparalleled pessimistic effect on the hospitality business. The broad condition of the travel and tourism business is moreover under immense danger. Based on the financial effect account by the World Travel and Tourism Council, before the plague, the journey and tourism divisions, both straight and circuitously, comprised one in four of all novel work produced around the globe, ten per cent of all work, and ten per cent of worldwide GDP. In 2020, sixty-two million occupations were lost, symbolizing a fall of eighteen per cent (Ntounis et al., 2021). Insight regarding the brutality of the risk and the vulnerability to it can cause “travel fear,” which causes suspicious behaviours regarding travel preferences. Also, “travel fright” can remind diverse approaches that boost people’s emotional pliability and acceptance of careful travel actions (Fu, 2020). Significantly, the pandemic has not just impacted the hospitality business operations but moreover formed collateral damage which may implicitly harm it. The text proposes many potential added features behind the unfortunate action of the hospitality business that may hinder its potential renewal (Huang et al., 2020).

Impacts of Government Interference Throughout COVID-19

The consequence of government interference is restricted in degree and range. The closing of offices and schools lessened liquidity stages in rising marketplaces, whilst COVID-19 data operations encouraged trading action (Knight et al., 2020). It is observed that the rising figure of lockdown times, financial rule results and global journey limitations brutally impacted the stage of general financial action and the concluding, opening, lowly and maximum stock prices of the chief stock marketplace directory (Alonso et al., 2020). Policies lessening interpersonal links like shutting schools and community transport considerably lessened the increase of sickness, though they were not money-making (Baum, 2020).

Literature Gap

The area of the research is vast, and therefore the literature review might have missed out on some areas because of the time constraint and limited research done. There was also not enough research done on the particular hospitality sector present in the libraries searched, which narrowed the literature. There were issues with budget for which only secondary data was collected and primary data collection was avoided. This also limited the literature gathered.

Method

Research approach

Research design has a chain of procedures or actions that can be employed for data collection and analysis. Explanatory research design aids in knowing diverse motives, sources, and general effects. It moreover assists in uniting diverse thoughts and its centre over the reason of an event.
For this research, the researcher has used an explanatory design. The explanatory design offers thorough data on pandemic and its result on the hospitality sector.

Research method

To fulfil the study objectives, the qualitative research method has been taken under deliberation. The chief cause for utilizing a qualitative method is, it can be utilized for a small sample size (Kothari, 2004). Here, the researcher utilizes this method as it offers an overall study and report of the effect of the pandemic on hospitality sector and does not limit the extent and nature of this study. The researcher has utilized secondary data with the help of online articles, journals, books.

Data collection method

For conducting this research, information will be gathered from the research and certified papers that were available on the covid-19 effect on the hospitality business. Therefore, different recognized libraries like science direct, semantics scholar, IEEE, Mdpi, and Springer etc., will be utilized (Kothari, 2004). To assemble only appropriate proof, keywords like “Hospitality business”, “employment market in covid-19”, “effect of covid on hospitality" will be used. This kind of data collection plan can be considered to be suitable because it helps in increasing the visibility of the supportive evidence.

Reference list

2128IBA Business Processes Report Sample

Task Description

There are two options to do this assignment.

Option1. Select an organisation where you can investigate one of its main business processes. This organisation can be large or small; for profit or not for profit. You could select an organisation you work for, an organisation you have previously worked for, or an organisation where a relative/friend works. Then, select one key business process where you can access information for your report.

Option2. You can select a process in your personal life, for example, focusing on conveyancing and the processes involved in achieving this; or the process you need to follow to obtain a drivers’ license. If you use this alternative, please send an email to the course convenor to check the adequacy of your selected process. Provide a brief account of the process you have in mind.

The key point is to be able to access information about the main processes your selected organisation performs to produce goods or services.

Your report must provide the following:

1) A short introduction indicating what you will do, what concepts you will use, and a brief about the selected organisation. Indicate the goods or services produced, number of employees, location, market target. Identify the business process you will focus on, and explain why you have selected this BP. Provide a summary description (goals, inputs and outputs) of the process.

2) (a) One relationship map, describing the selected process; (b) one relationship map identifying disconnects and proposing improvements of the same process; (c) provide explanations of what your relationship maps describe.

3) (a) One Cross-functional map describing the selected process; (b) one cross-functional map proposing improvements of the same process; (c) provide explanations of what your cross-functional maps describe.

4) Based on the cross-functional map:

(i) Determine two appropriate performance measurements;
(ii) Pinpoint where in the map would be appropriate to measure,
(iii) Explain/justify your selection of performance measures

Use a minimum of two references to sustain your arguments (hint: see Topic 5 content).

5) One Flowchart.

(i) Develop a flowchart illustrating selected process
(ii) Pinpoint and explain line of visibility and 2 fail-safing points.

6) Process synthesis.

Provide a critical analysis of your selected process based on the concepts of art and science processes. Use a minimum of two references to sustain your arguments. (hint: see topic 1C and reading Hall, J. & Johnson, M. (2009).

Solution

Introduction

Organizations create goods and services through business processes. In this report, the business process of Domino’s Pizza of Australia will be analyzed. The business process of Domino’s Pizza Australia has been selected since I used to work here through, I am not employees here anymore. For assignment help From my personal experience the whole business process of the organization will be well understood and the online Domino’s Pizza delivery process of the business will be represented through the flowchart, relationship map and the cross functional map in this report.

There are more than a hundred employees who are currently being employees in this organization and deliver pizza services in various parts of Australia. The quick services are provided through the home delivery system of the organization. The relationship between the customers and the organization will be shown through the relationship map. Furthermore, the workflow within the business organization will be shown using a cross-function map in this report. Lastly, in this report, a flow chart will be added for showing the flow of work within the organization.

Discussion

Relationship Map

The relationship maps are the visual displays that are used for showing the relationship between the various individual elements within the organization. it helps in visualizing and analyzing the links that lie within the various elements in all situations. In this case, the relationship map of Domino’s Pizza of Australia has been designed. The relations in complex situations need not necessarily fit in the hierarchical structures. The links that are created between the elements of the organization can be in any direction. Through this given diagram the total business process can be understood. Through this diagram, the logical relationships among the factors of the organization can be easily determined. This can bring the vital causes to the attention of the people so that the employees can focus on the efforts which matter for the organization.

Figure 1: Relationship Map of Domino’s Pizza of Australia
(Source: Author)

The above figure describes the relations between the various elements of the business process of Domino’s Pizza of Australia. There are three main elements of the whole system, the suppliers, the employees, and the customers of the system. The customer’s request the orders online. After this the system checks for the availability of the food supplements. If the supplements are available then accept the order and start processing it. If the supplements are not available in the shop, then they contact the suppliers for supplying them with the food supplements (Mukherjee, 2017). The suppliers accept the requests for the supplements and deliver the items to the shops.

The shops then accept the order requests from the customers and then start processing. After processing the orders, the pizzas are delivered to the customers at their respective addresses. The customers can either pay before the delivery or can pay after the delivery of the pizza. After the delivery of the pizza, feedbacks are given based on the quality of the food and the services.

Cross-functional Map

The cross-functional maps are part of the mapping processes. The relationship map only shows the overall view of the organization. The various departments within the organization and the process by which they interact with each other are shown through the relationship map. Whereas the cross-functional map shows each step that is being performed by each of the departments of the organization along with the inputs and the outputs in each of the steps. Many of the business processes are considered to be cross-functional since they transcend the boundaries between the sales, manufacturing, and marketing processes of the organization. This map cuts the traditional organizational structures by grouping the employees who are from various functional specialties for completing the work.

Figure 2: Cross-Functional Map of Domino’s Pizza of Australia
(Source: Author)

The cross-functional map shows the overall view of the business process of the organization. The Domino’s pizza shop checks for the availability of the supplements and if available accepts the order requests from the customers else request for supplements to the suppliers. The suppliers accept the requests and then give the delivery to the respective shops. After the delivery of the supplements, they get the payments from the shops. Whenever a customer requests an order, it is accepted by the shops. The shops process the orders and then give the delivery of the pizza to the respective addresses of the customers. the customers can make payments before or after the delivery of the pizza. After the delivery of the pizza, the customers give feedback.

Cross-functional map performance measurement

The two requirements of the performances that are required for measuring the success of Domino’s Pizza. The process to be measured is the productivity and the quality of the products. These measures can strengthen the business process of Domino’s Pizza of Australia. They can even get advantages from the corporate strategy of the business processes. It has been found by various researchers that there are seven vital types of performances that are used for managing the processes including the productivity of the organization and maintenance of the quality of the products. the measurements will help in understanding the productivity and hence determine how efficiently, Domino’s Pizza provides customer services.

For customer-oriented organizations, the main aim is to improve the productivity that leads to the efficient use of the resources of the organizations. Moreover, it includes saving the costs, proper growth of the organization, and making profits and hence reducing the managerial decisions of the organization (Kovalchuk, & Verhun, 2017). Productivity is measured through the various activities that are performed by the organization. As observed in the above-given figure representing the cross-functional map of Domino’s Pizza of Australia, there are two performance measure areas.

The partial measurement of the productivity of the organization suits best in this process as the inputs do not share common variables among themselves. the partial productivity can be measured through the success rate of the Domino’s Pizza organization of Australia (Ferraris, Monge, & Mueller, 2018). The productivity is (Accredited customer/ Domino’s Pizza Customers). the organization can use this process for measuring and comparing the success rates of Domino’s Pizza of Australia against the annual productivity of the organization as expected soon. Compared to the data of other industries or the market competition of the organization, productivity can also be measured.

The first performance is measured through the quality of the Pizza supplements that are provided by the suppliers of the organization. With a high quality of the food supplements, the organization can provide higher quality foods and hence gets better feedback from the customers. in this way, more and more customers get involved in ordering food. This can lead to higher productivity of the organization. in this way, the organization can increase its market level from the other organizations.

The second performance measurement lies with the customer feedback after the delivery of the food. The customers based on the quality of services and the quality of the food give feedback to the organization (Chelliah, & Swamy, 2018). If the quality of services and the food are high then the organization can get higher market ratings. Hence the productivity increases and the organization can make more and more profits by selling the products. In addition to this, competitive benchmarking can be applied where Domino’s Pizza Australia benchmarks itself against the other available companies in the market.

Flowchart

The process flowchart is the graphical representation of the whole business process of the organization. It is used for getting a top-down understanding of the working of the whole business process. This also helps in determining the steps and the events that are involved with the business. Flowcharts are used for understanding the business processes. This also helps in improving the business processes by figuring out the area of potential improvements. The organization can even change the working processes. Using the flow charts, the employees can figure the various ways of carrying out the processes.

Figure 3: Flow Chart of Domino’s Pizza of Australia
(Source: Author)

The given figure displays the graphical structure of the whole business process of Domino’s Pizza of Australia. It displays the business process starting from placing an order till the delivery of the pizzas. First of all, the customers’ requests for the order of pizza. The pizza shop accepts the requests. after this, they check for the availability of the food supplements. If it is not available then, requests the supplier for the food supplements and hence rejects the orders of the customers. the suppliers after receiving the requests process them and deliver the food supplements to the irrespective shops.

After getting the stock, the customers accept the orders and hence start preparing the pizza. After the preparation, they check if the customer has already paid for the pizza or not (Flores-Jimeno, & Jimeno-García, 2017). If already paid then it is delivered to the respective customers and if not paid then the customers are requested to pay after the delivery of the pizza. At the time of delivery, it is checked whether the customers have paid for the pizza or not. If paid then they hand over the order to the customer and then gets the feedback and if the payment is not cleared then they request the payments and after the payment, they request feedback from the customers. hence the process ends.

The fail safe is the point beyond which the users can not go without special instructions. It is generally designed to work automatically and hence prevents the breakdown of the other processes. Here, if it is found that proper pizza supplements are not available then the customer’s order gets automatically cancelled and prevents the system form being processed further. The line of visibility denotes the separation up to which the customer can see and hence interact. In the given flowchart, the customers can only request for the order other steps such as how the order is being processed and from where the organization is getting the food supplements are kept away from the customer’s interactions.

Process Synthesis

The business plan is the part of the total business process which includes the designed plan, taking necessary actions, achieving the results, and lastly, following up. The business plans of any organization need to be very simple so that it can be understood easily, needs to be very specific so that it contains measurable plans, it needs to be realistic so that the sales goals can be achieved very easily and complete so that it includes all the elements that are necessary within the organization. First of all, a customer requests the order of pizza. The pizza shop accepts the requests. After this process, the shops check for the availability of the food supplements. If it is not available then the shop requests the supplier for providing the food supplements and hence rejects the orders of the customer. The suppliers after receiving the requests process them and deliver the food supplements to the irrespective shops.

After getting the stock, the customers accept the orders and hence start preparing the pizza. After the preparation, they check if the customer has already paid for the pizza or not. If already paid then it is delivered to the respective customers and if not paid then the customers are requested to pay after the delivery of the pizza (Baklizky et al., 2017). At the time of delivery, it is checked whether the customers have paid for the pizza or not. If paid then they hand over the order to the customer and then gets the feedback and if the payment is not cleared then they request the payments and after the payment, they request feedback from the customers. in this way, the whole process of the Pizza delivery system continues. The customers can either choose the option of home delivery of the pizza or can even go to the pizza shop for getting the pizzas.

Conclusion

In this report, the business process of Domino’s Pizza of Australia has been analyzed for understanding the creation of goods and services throughout the business processes. A relationship map has been designed for understanding the relationships among the various elements of the organization. At the same time, some of the improvements have also been proposed through the relationship map to the organization. Furthermore, a cross-functional map has also been designed that shows the workflow within the organization. Moreover, a flowchart has been designed that gives a clear view of the working of the business process starting from the placing order till the delivery of the pizzas. Lastly, a process synthesis has been given in this report which provides a critical analysis of the selected business process.

References

MBA401 People, Culture and Contemporary Leadership

Your Task

There are two components to this activity:

1. Develop a draft framework (plan) as a group in-class activity in preparation for the individual report.
2. Use that framework (plan) to create an individual report based on an ASX-listed company’s organisational performance and culture change initiatives.

Assessment Description

PART A (in-class group activity)

In Weeks 4 and 5 during class, groups (of 4 students) will be formed. Each student will need to select an Australian publicly listed company from one of the following industries: Tourism, Media and Entertainment, Healthcare, Mining, Education and Retail. The list of companies is available via the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX): https://www.asx.com.au/

The choice of industry should be one that interests you for the future.

You should confirm your choice with your facilitator before commencing your assessment.

As part of the in-class activities, you will work within a group to share ideas, discuss your company and arrange how you will develop your report framework using a mind-map or similar tool (that is approved by your facilitator) to assist you in preparing your individual report. Each student will individually submit a copy of their individual framework (developed as part of the in- class group activities) via Moodle.

PART B (individual)

By thoroughly reviewing the company’s website and by sourcing additional insights via credible business publications, journal articles and Annual Reports, address the following:

1. Identify how your selected company is seeking to improve the performance of its workforce. Use at least two (2) performance-related initiatives to discuss the ways in which the company could measure the success of their initiatives.

2. Identify the key components of the company’s corporate culture. Use at least two (2) culture- related initiatives to discuss how the company is trying to improve its culture and the most appropriate measures for determining the success of the initiatives.

Assessment Instructions

- You must use the same company in both Part A and Part B.
- Using a standard report format, include the following components:

- Introduction (150 words)
- Performance-related initiatives (600 words)
- Culture-related initiatives (600 words)
- Conclusion (150 words)

- Reference List (using the Harvard Referencing Convention throughout your report and reference list at the end)

- Refer to at least two (2) theories to support your discussion of the performance-related initiative sand at least two (2) theories to support your discussion of the culture-related initiatives.

- Include a minimum of four (4) references (such as Morningstar, IBISWorld, credible business publications and journal articles). While many of your references will rely on the company’s website, you cannot use this as your only source of information.

- Please refer to the Assessment Marking Guide to assist you in addressing all the assessment criteria

Solution

Part A Mind Map

Figure 1: Mind Map for the Report
(Created by Learner)

Purpose of Report

The main aim of this report is to examine as well as to measure Woolworth Group's organisational and cultural performance. The report will focus on culture related as well as performance-related initiatives.

Reason for choosing industry

Retail is wide sector and it has a major impact on Australia because it provides job opportunities to several people. Woolworth Group is selected since it is the leading retail sector company in Australia.

Key points related to performance and culture practices in Woolworth Group

- Work Values
- Decentralized model
- Diverse cultural backgrounds
- Fly in and fly out background

Primary and Secondary Resources

For this report, secondary sources utilise which are information from learning outcomes, literature of scholars, website of the company as well as other data for the retail industry in Australia.

Defining the key terms

Innovation, Culture, Human Resource Management, Employment, Rewards, Customer services, research, and development.

Part B

Introduction

Organisational culture is simply set of values, expectations as well as practices that guide and inform the actions of team members. In addition to this, great culture exemplifies positive traits which result in enhancing performance, while dysfunctional culture of company results in coming up with qualities that can hinder successful business also (Jacobs, 2018). Moreover, it also impacts all aspects of the business from punctuality as well as tone to contract terms and benefits of staff members. For Assignment Help Business firms need to maintain positive culture because this has wide impact on the production of staff members. This report is based on Woolworths which is an Australian chain supermarket as well as a grocery store that owned by Woolworth Group. It was founded in 1924 as well as according to the data of 2019 Woolworth is Australia's biggest supermarket chain. Furthermore, this report is based on scenario analysis of performance as well as culture-related initiatives within Woolworth Group which is Australian retail sector company.

Performance-related initiatives

Every business form has their own characteristics with defining its performance as well as management of human resources. Organisation performance is based on a complex relationship which includes 7 performance characteristics like effectiveness, efficiency, quality, productivity, work quality, innovation as well as profitability. As per the contingency theory, the organisation should find a fit between its structure, technologies and its requirements (Safari, and Saleh, 2020). Only then the organisation will be able align its organisational goal with the output. Then the productivity will also increase. This performance is highly important which must be focused by the Woolworth group for enhancing their staff members engagement (Brook, 2020). Furthermore, it can be said that appreciation for employees is the best and suitable method for enhancing productivity as well as inhibition. Employee engagement and FIFO method is the technique that help in changing major performance and Woolworth company needs to implement this method for changing the performance of their company. Company can achieve target of reducing cost by implementing this method and it helps in secure success and building unified culture within company. Concerning Woolworth Company up to focus on FIFA approach for appointing employees and enhancing partnership, Such methods are integrated within process to improve and enhance the change management leadership alignment which accelerated Woolworth to accomplish their goals and determine objectives (Frankish, 2021). The condition of the FIFO approach is great for the company as it used for cost reduction-initiated cost of goods sold calculation smoothly. Involvement of such methods regards the fact which oldest product present with inventory of company is sold out first and cost paid for that old one calculation. Such approaches were initiated by following the company for acquiring a true idea of replacement cost and keeping track of its inventory value.

The performance-related initiative which Woolworth Group can adopt

Woolworth Group is largest retail sector company based in Australia as well as it has been observed to have traditionally hedged its market price risks with derivatives. The company according to the system theory need to focus on the arrangements and relations between the parts that connected them into a whole (Sindhuja, 2021). This theory considers that the organisation needs to make changes and adapt itself to those changes to remain competitive in the market. Along with this, it has been analysed that cash flow at risk is major reason related to corporate treasury defining the degree of vulnerability of future receivables as well as payable of company to possible variation in the target market (Odor, 2018). Moreover, with due reference to Cash Flow at Risk model, the facts which diversification impact has been exploited in portfolio content calls for discontinuing its prevarication activities as well as considering numerous performance-related initiatives in relation to same. There are some more effective initiatives which can be taken for further development are mention below:-

- It is important to design and deliver training that is needed for contributing in the development of senior management team capabilities as well as strategies.

- Integrated six-sigma initiative also focus on change management as well as deployment practices. Because implementation of six sigma help in managing performance in better manner and results in gaining effectual outcomes.

- Along with this, company must have to provide extra benefits to their employees because such practices provide better assistance in their development and managing performance.

These strategies will help Woolworth Group in managing their employee’s performance in better manner and also assist in accomplishing desired outcomes (Soboleva and et. al., 2018). Along with this, performance related initiatives can be accomplished when retail company will be able to satisfy their customers’ needs and wants in better manner. Furthermore, utilisation of such initiative assists in measuring performance by exploration as well as production which is required for operation all assets of Woolworth company. All such measures result in enhancing betterment of business and accomplishing desired outcomes.

Culture related initiatives

Organisational culture relies on understanding as well as sharing values of each other’s. Thus, employees are considered as important resources which need to be measured as well as Woolworth Group concentrated on normative culture and long term orientation culture explanation are as follows :-

Inclusive of Woolworth Group

The organisational culture of Woolworth Group is outlined with the development of a vision and meeting the purpose as well as values of the business firm. It is difficult to manage the cultural diversity within the organizational culture. The effective use of inclusive measures improves the cultural development and enhances the cultural development within the context of the organization. The focus of the inclusive cultural growth helps to enhance the organizational effectiveness and efficiency. The use of the concept of cultural diversity helps to improve the organizational effectiveness within the organizational effectiveness. In addition to this, vision statement of following company is brief. Woolworth vision statement is brief as well as comprehensive that communicate the essence of business as well as its future plan for assisting stakeholder understanding its business philosophy and business strategy. Gross, and Wilson (2020)stated that per the normative theory, there are three layers which explain organisation culture. In case of Woolworth, these are Artefacts, values and assumptions. In simple terms it can be said that company focus on their customers as well as employees both because satisfaction of both help in long-term sustainability and a completion desired outcome (Gardasevic, Ciric, and Stanisavljevic, 2021). Along with this company solid foundation which is to work hard and integrity is resolved and companies proud to have down-to-earth culture and this celebrate family friend values. In company most of the senior leaders start their career with them on the shop floor which results in maintaining better relationship with each other. It can be said that company work mainly for values and making their customer and other partner satisfy which results in creating positive culture of company.

Long term orientation culture and connection of people to purpose in Woolworth Group

After some time for better outcome and accomplishing desired results company evaluate within their culture over time as the lead by their customers main purpose behind this is making life customer simpler, easier as well as better. Hofstede in his Cultural dimension theory pointed out the importance of long term orientation culture in the organisation (Beugelsdijk, and Welzel, 2018). They keep their customers at the heart of every decision they make as well as strive to open, honest, fair and transparent in all dealings (Althaus, and O'Faircheallaigh, 2019). Outcome company serving 28 million customers every single week and they are happy family of more than 190000 members which 6500 of them are from 25 year and more than that with them. It can be said that such changes in culture help company not completing their desired outcome by making their customers satisfied which is important for-profit maximization and long-term sustainability in business environment. Customer stakeholder both are important for company and working for them help business in a competition desired results which is necessary for every company to compete with their competitors. The use of transformational leadership will enable to build a strong and effective culture within the organization. It will improve the cultural relationship and enhances the workforce towards a better organization of resources. The leadership will build a good connection of people to purpose and develops transparencyand communication among the employee.

The reason behind such evolution

Changing time results in inflation which also modified the ratio of organisational culture. Moreover, the reason for such cultural changes in Woolworth Group is changing market demand as well as customers’ needs and wants. In addition to this, company should keep the power at a difference place like the Board of directors which rely on the management of skills as well as experience matrix which can manage the efficiency of every staff member. Furthermore, sustainability need increase with the measurement of approach, health, safety of staff, changing environment, tailing the storage facility and many more. This can be local or global, people as well as ethical behaviour. Thus, within every scenario of the business culture favours the progression of experience as well as distribution in same manner.

Conclusion

After going through overall discussion, it has been concluded that initiatives related to performance focus on enhancing strength as well as financial statistics. Whereas, culture related classify measurement of evaluating cultural practices in Woolworth Group. In addition to this, report suggest to enhance performance initiatives which is based on the challenge of developing infrastructure cost-saving and skill management. Along with this, there is requirement of implementing six-sigma performance rule which focus on small objects of cost saving that can assist in long term. Furthermore, recommendation focuses on fly-in fly-out for enhancing performance of Woolworth Group within retail sector. In addition to this, cultural demographics suggest that power culture should see in following company for evaluating need and inflation. Skills development is best practice because it helps in conducting activities within more effective manner and accomplishing desired outcomes.

References

MBA642 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution Assignment Report

Your task individually, you are required to prepare a 1600 word report in which you are to analyse the success and failure factors of a major Australian project by considering its ethical compromises.

Assessment Description

In this individual assessment, students will be given an opportunity to analyse the organisational factors that promote effective project management. The success and failure factors, along with ethical considerations for each of the 5 IPECC phases, will need to be considered.

Assessment Instructions

Please choose one of the following projects as the basis for your research (For your chosen project you are to focus on the construction and implementation of the project, following the IPECC phases, and not its current operations beyond what is required in closure).

Cross river rail project Brisbane
(https://crossriverrail.qld.gov.au/ )

National Broadband Network Project
(https://www.nbnco.com.au/blog/the-nbn-project)

The new Royal Adelaide Hospital
(https://www.cpbcon.com.au/en/our-projects/2011/nrah )

Please note that the above links are provided to give only an initial outline of what the project delivered, and substantial additional research will be required to complete your assessment successfully.

Once you have conducted thorough research about your chosen project, you are then required to prepare a 1800 word report in which you are to:

- Analyse in detail both the steps critical for your chosen project’s success and the critical pitfalls that could have lead to its failure. Relate the specific success and fail factors to your nominated project and do not just describe a generic theory or simple definitions.

Solution

 Introduction

The paper will share its concern for the project New Royal Adelaide Hospital in terms of project management. As per the 5 stages of IPECC the evaluation will be done and for each stage success and failure factors will be discussed. For Assignment help, Theoretical support even will be there to confirm the justification. The paper even will offer ethical considerations for each stage to confirm that project management even needs to share a concern for ethical consideration.

Analysis

The analysis of the construction of project “Royal Adelaide Hospital” has been assessed by the 5 steps of IPECC.

Initiation - 5 stages of IPECC start with initiation. Initiation of the any construction project such as hospital in this case was the most crucial aspect or stage to confirm the success of the project as the objectification was most advanced, accessible world class care hospital. Making such a hospital was important and crucial as the needs of the project needed to be served by the budget and time as the health sector is an emergency service sector and could not be delayed anyhow (Ika et al. 2020). Research helped the project to secure efficiency for further stages by being properly acknowledged what needs to be done to make it most advanced hospital and how that could be accomplished. In order to confirm success for a project like Royal Adelaide Hospital, effective research was very important to confirm, regardingwhat were the prime requirements and what were the secondary requirements to accomplish. During initiation, selection of stakeholders was important to confirm success, as ineffective stakeholders or shareholders could lead to the failure of the project. Thus, for the same networkingwas also an important factor to be considered, as if not considered it can be led to failure for the project. In the networking consideration, a network diagram helped much by offering a visual representation of progress. Without having the proper type of network or stakeholders ‘support, the project could not accomplish its deliverables and thus would lead to the failure of the entire project. In order to confirm success for the entire stage, it is very important to take care of ethical consideration as the hospitality project belongs to emergency service and ethics is a vital part of it (Demirkesen&Ozorhon2017). Considering the success and failure factors, it was important to take care of ethical consideration of trust. If trust would not be there among the stakeholders, then neither schedule nor networking could serve its purpose, and eventually, the project could not proceed with smoothness.

Planning- After initiating the project, effective planning was most important. Initiation only showed the direction where planning ultimately leaded to the direction. The effectiveness of the planning confirmed possibilities of success for the project. Inclusion of construction milestone from September 2014 to June 2017 reflects that planning has done carefully with inclusion of smart goals confirming like “mapping concrete structure in September 2014, functional and Architectural design completion in December 2014, completion of High Voltage infrastructure aligning with the connection of two 66Kv supply in December 2014from South Australian power networks to the construction site substation, the last tower crane has been removed in May 2015, Certificate of Occupancy has been seen in October 2016, all of the technical task has beencompletion in March 2017. After completion of the task, the commercial Acceptance is approved in June 2017 (CPC construction 2021). All this have confirmed the importance and reliability of each deliverable for the project (Dasovic, Galic&Klansek 2020). Objectification of smart goals further helped to evaluate the status of the project anytime by aligning the activities with the goals supported by timeframe. Time was the most important factor for a project like Adelaide hospital. The planning could be a complete failure if the schedule cannot really support the deliverables. If moderate flexibility would not be there in scheduling, then project success can be at stake. Planning was a theoretical part and it is convenient enough to understand that theory cannot be completely similar in the practical scenario, thereby; scheduling was an important consideration to make the planning ineffective or failure for the entire project. In order to confirm effective scheduling, a PERT chart as a network diagram gets used. Program evaluation and review techniques successfully represented the timeline for the project by helping the managers in estimating the duration for the project as per the task sequence to not lead the planning to failure (Moselhi et al.2021). Considering planning as an important stage for the project, it was important for each and every stakeholder to play their role effectively and successfully, thereby, each stakeholder had to carry the ethical consideration such as, participating in proper planning and clear communication among the team member and other responsibility on their part. If every stakeholder has not showed their responsibility towards the project while planning, then eventually it would not confirm that the planning is effective enough to be followed by success in the project closure.

Execution - In the execution stage basically, stakeholders were expected to accomplish their job roles to achieve the main goals as described in planning. Maintaining the schedule was even an important factor for the execution stage (De Vito et al. 2018). Hence, it was most important for each and every stakeholder to offer their best contribution to confirm success for which team motivation was a crucial factor to lead to success. By proper maintaining of the schedule, it had prepared 800 beds, with inclusion of 100 same-day beds, with Economically Sustainable Initiatives in the design. It has even helped to sustain 100% single inpatient rooms carrying open windows for natural light with better access to the outdoor areas along with green space; and 40 technical suites for operating theatres (CPC construction 2021). If the motivation of the team would be high, then the accomplishment of goals within time would not be an issue and thus the possibility for project success gets increased. In order to confirm the best motivation in the team, project manager has incorporated Maslow's hierarchy of needs so that every employee would be satisfied and motivation eventually would play its role. In the execution stage, resourceallocation was very important and crucial. Ineffective resource allocation not only confirms lacking experience and efficiency on the part of the project manager, rather can lead the entire project to failure (Zhang et al. 2019). Thereby, it was important for the project manager to allocate the resources as per the goals of the planning stage. In the execution stage as motivation and resources play significant roles, hence cooperation and collaboration were even important to exercise. In such context, showing respect to each other reflected best ethical consideration to exercise to confirm for the success as showing respect to each other even confirmed initiation of motivation level as well as exercise the allocated resources effectively.

Controlling -The success of execution even depends on controlling. Execution needed to be properly monitored and controlled to confirm that the deliverables are being accomplished within the allotted time and budget. In order to confirm success and effective control over the entire process without making the employees irritated by constant monitoring, the best way can be to appreciate the contribution of every employee in the process (Daniel & Daniel 2018). Appreciation confirms recognition which eventually initiated motivation leading to positivity for the organizational culture and eventually confirmed success for the phase by sustaining open green spaces, gardens for relaxation to better heal, underground car park for 2,300 bays, commercial precinct with creche, restaurant, mini-mart, cafes along with gymnasium. The project manager needed to sustain such a work culture in the organization that employees would work actively without any short of pressurization. Implementation of classical management theory helped appreciating the contribution of the workforce by reward and recognition. Apart from appreciation,organizingwas another important factor for controlling. Ineffective organizing could lead the entire project towards failure. Exercising emotional intelligence was really important for organizing everything as otherwise; consideration would be a complete failure for the project (Gablas, Ruzicky & Ondrouchova 2018). In order to control better without exercising power project management hasincorporated ethical considerations by accomplishing basic human rights in the work culture. The ethical consideration needed to address proper nutrition, drinking water, and sanitary system so that the work culture can be positive from a physical and mental aspect.

Closing- last stage of the project New Royal Adelaide Hospital was announcing the closure of the project where the main criteria to be evaluated alignment of deliverables with time frame. The success of the closing for the project mostly depended on effective decision-making. During all the stages if decision-making plays the best role, then the closing would be successful in terms of use of resources, budget, time, and deliverables. In order to confirm effective decision making for the project, brainstorming and the Pareto principle were best way out where brainstorming helped to judge the alternatives before taking a decision and Pareto principle confirmed minimum input to have a maximum output which was very important for the success of the type of project (Gunduz, Naji& Al-Salahi 2020). In order to announce the closing of the project, productive creativity was very important. Productivity would be a complete failure if there would not be creativity as in the present context without creativity nothing can really survive long. Innovation played a significant role for most of the industries and construction industry, specifically making a hospital needed to be supported with productive creativity to avoid failure for the project during the closing. The best way to optimize effective decision-making and secure productive creativity for successful closure of the project implementation of professionalism was very important as the ethical consideration for the entire project (Chaniotaki& Sharma 2021). For any professional, professionalism was the basic ethics and to confirm success for the project by announcing the closure through the timely accomplishment of the deliverables, professionalism played a significant role.

Conclusion

The paper has shared its concern for the project new Royal Adelaide Hospital by IPECC 5 stages. Each stage has its own success and failure factor as the accomplishment of those factors can decide success or failure for the entire project. As per the discussion, it is even relevant to say that ethical consideration even plays a significant role in the accomplishment of the project as effective incorporation of ethical consideration in each stage can successfully initiate the chances of success for the project removing negative factors from the work culture to avoid scopes of failure.

References

MBA632 Knowledge Management Assignment Report

Your Task

There are two core components to this activity based on the Case Study that your lecturer will give you by Week 3 to develop a draft report framework as a group In-Class activity. Using that framework, create an individual report for a Knowledge Management Plan using the areas already covered in the subject.

Assessment Description

PART B. (Individual)

Based on the Case Study, you will be required to discuss and analyse the core components of

Knowledge Management and the impact on Organisation Practices to address the following:

1. Identify and critically analyse the core components of the Knowledge Management Lifecycle identified in the Case Study

2. Develop a Knowledge Management Plan that includes technological solutions

Research in addition to the Case Study is required. You should refer to at least three (3) relevant theories that you have covered during the subject to support your responses.

Please refer to the Assessment Marking Guide to assist you in completing all the assessment criteria.

Solution

Introduction

The paper will share its concern for knowledge management in the case of Athena. By providing a background of Athena and what type of process, issues it is having, it will identify core components of the knowledge management cycle with the help of a case study. For Assignment Help, Having enough justification for each and every component, it will further offer technological solutions to have a better knowledge management life cycle. In its discussion, it will try to identify what type of technological solution would be placed and it would even offer an implementation plan of each technological solution for Athena. Theoretical analysis even would be there in the paper.

Background

Athena is a consulting business that helps clients to develop business strategies.It has several employees having different types of technical experience which used to be coded before they can have a conversation with experienced former industry leaders. It helps the system to be used as per need. The recent merger is there with another consulting business and the employees are threatened with layoff which is not the actual scenario, still, C.E.O does not want to inform employees to initiate productivity.

Core components of the Knowledge Management Lifecycle

The knowledge management life cycle has six core components (Davenport, 2011). The core components of the knowledge management life cycle help the organization to be more effective to address its goal. It has the components like identifying and creating, storing, sharing, using, learning, and improving. The life cycle starts with identifying and creating. By the core component, Athena can identify the gaps in the process. So that it can create the strategy or process accordingly to generate the method. Effective identification and creating the method can help an organization to confirm the best direction for decision making. The second component of it is storing. It can be said that after identifying and creating the method, it needs to stored to avoid future complications and to implement it in the process. It would help the process of the organization to be efficient, leading to better ability of decision making. Storing even is important for the knowledge management cycle for Athena to have a track record of its organizational culture which can be influential in the future to understand the entire process for the organization for further improvement. The third component of the knowledge management life cycle is sharing (Riege, 2005). The main objective of the knowledge management life cycle is to achieve organizational objectives through the best use of knowledge. Employees are the key driving force for any organization and it is not an exception in this regard as the technical experience and efficiency helps Athena to develop. In such context, identifying the created and stored concepts regarding knowledge management needs to be shared with the employees of Athena so that they can act accordingly. It is much helpful for employees to have access to the expertise, excellent culture of the organization to be updated as a smart workforce who can be quick enough to take the effective decision for making the organization beneficial (Dalkir, 2011). After being informed about the created knowledge, the employees can use it accordingly, so that the main purpose can be served. The main purpose of knowledge management is to make the organization efficient and effective enough to address the objectives. Accomplishing the objectives is the goal of employees of Athena. By proper sharing of the knowledge, they can use it as per need. It even can help them to be updated about the recent procedure. While using the newly created knowledge, most importantly, the employees of Athena can learn several things. In the present context, up-gradation is most important for any organization, and as per the case study Athena at the verge of merging where the employees need to be more efficient in the technical field to accomplish their job roles. Hence, while using the newly created knowledge employees can learn several new things which eventually can help them to improve. It is a basic thing that operation also demands improvement and without learning, improvement cannot be achieved. The core components of the knowledge management lifecycle, hence, helps the process to be updated and employees to be improved for future challenges. The life cycle can be better if it would use SOAR analysis Matrix in it. By the matrix while identifying and creating the knowledge, the strength and opportunity can better be evaluated to confirm that the identified or created knowledge is effective to address the objectives (Atlassian et al. 2020). During the employee acknowledgment, specifically during sharing and using, aspiration can confirm better results during learning and improvement to make the process entirely effective and efficient to address objective.

Suggestion for a Technological Solution

As per the case study as Athena is going to merge with another consulting agency, hence, cloud-based technical solution for better storage, collaborative document creation solution for sharing the knowledge, messaging solution through video meeting calls, messages, and text for effective communication, and business social network application for better exposure is really important. The CEO of Athena is more interested in technical excellence considering the digitized age and the technological solutions in the referred aspects are really important for it.

Cloud-based storage solution - Dropbox replacement can offer better functionalities for Linux users which would be similar for Own-cloud. It is the self-hosted file sync and share driver (Fichtner, Anyacho, 2018). The use of the cloud-based storage solution can help Athena to have an access of the unlimited amount of storage space which is very important due to the new merger. The new merger would definitely ask for better storage and an own cloud for the Linux users would be the best one to have the opportunity. Most importantly, it is even available for Android, ios, desktop, windows to confirm better accessibility. In order to implement a cloud-based solution own cloud in Athena, it is important to have own-cloud software in the computer by configuring and adding the URL in own-cloud server with login credentials.Further files and folders need to be selected for sync (Durst, and Edvardsson, 2012). Thus, the implementation of a cloud-based solution would be implemented in the system and to have the best use of it, employees need to have that knowledge which would be done by knowledge management life cycle.

Collaborative document creation solution - For a collaborative document creation solution, Nextcloud can be the best solution for Athena, as it offers an industry-leading collaboration platform for on-premises content (Uçar, 2020). The technology can combine ease of use and convenience of the solution with security and privacy to control the business needs. The platform would be much helpful for Athena, as the employees can have a collaboration platform without any difficulty.

Messaging solution including text, messages, calls and video meeting - Messaging solution video making calls and messages can have opted for Wire software as it is an encrypted collaboration and communication app. It is even accessible through Android, ios, windows,Linux which would be added advantage for Athena (Carpentier, Van Hoye, and Weng, 2019). The app offers collaboration suit by external collaboration, file sharing, conference call, video call, voice call to confirm effective communication as well as knowledge sharing to the organization which is the main requirement of Athena at present.

Business social network application - For business social networks, the application of social media would be the best way out to have the wide-open opportunity of communication, collaboration, cooperation without any sort of issue or challenge regarding geographical location or time (Kolluru, and Reddy, 2021).

Knowledge Implementation Plan

Having the idea about the software apps or applications cannot really serve the purpose for Athena as the most important aspect is proper implementation of the suggested technological solution. The most important thing for implementation is to build a process that can accommodate such type of implementation for which designing and planning is really important to implement the solution with the help of employees. Acknowledgment of employees is very important to manage the change as well as for alignment of user experience with the strategy. Implementing so many technological solutions in its procedure would be difficult for Athena. Implementation can better be done by system theory, as it would help to have interdisciplinary study regarding systems relating it to each other, making the process easier. Further, Maslow's hierarchy of needs even can help to confirm excellence in organizational culture by satisfying the needs of employees. While systems theory would help to implement different technological solutions easily, similarly, Hierarchy of needs would confirm employee satisfaction to secure best contribution from them to make the merging successful.

Conclusion

A paper has shared its concern for knowledge management life cycle for Athena, as it is going to have a merger and life cycle is really important for betterment. The background has clarified the scenario effectively. The discussion further confirms that the knowledge management cycle has 6 core components to confirm effective addressing to the objectives of the organization. The discussion further has pointed out several technological solutions for Athena considering that technological excellence is really important for Athena. The implementation process even has been described with the help of system theory and hierarchy of needs to confirm effective implementation and smooth processing of each technological solution by the help of employees active participation.

References

MGT603 Systems Thinking Report Sample

Context:

There are two approaches towards improving systems, short-term approaches that normally addresses the symptoms and rarely help understand and address the cause of the problem, and Long-term approaches, which allow managers to address the real cause(s) of the problem. In this assessment, students will try to solve a practical problem by using Systems Thinking tools called System Archetypes combined with value stream mapping.

Instructions:

Assessment 3 is about uncovering the complexities in operations management generally, identifying key themes, intended and unintended consequences and proposing a holistic solution to the problem using a Systems Thinking lens.

The following scenario study provides you with a brief overview of a hypothetical problem. Be aware that the scenario provided may not cover every detail that you will need to address in the Written Report, in which case, you will need to conduct additional research, including further research on how emergency departments function in any hospital.

ScenarioMGT603 Systems Thinking Assignment Report

Context:

There are two approaches towards improving systems, short-term approaches that normally addresses the symptoms and rarely help understand and address the cause of the problem, and Long-term approaches, which allow managers to address the real cause(s) of the problem. In this assessment, students will try to solve a practical problem by using Systems Thinking tools called System Archetypes combined with value stream mapping.

Instructions:

Assessment 3 is about uncovering the complexities in operations management generally, identifying key themes, intended and unintended consequences and proposing a holistic solution to the problem using a Systems Thinking lens.

The following scenario study provides you with a brief overview of a hypothetical problem. Be aware that the scenario provided may not cover every detail that you will need to address in the Written Report, in which case, you will need to conduct additional research, including further research on how emergency departments function in any hospital.

Scenario

Overview:

Consider yourself as part of a team responsible for managing the operations of an emergency department of a public hospital. The emergency department has received feedback from patients suggesting that the patient wait times need to be improved. The value stream map of the current operations is shown in the attached diagram.

The Value Stream Map is can be Found via the Assessment Link

You have been tasked with improving patient turnaround time by reducing the current time to half. To complete the task you are required to identify the various System Archetypes that affect the operations of the hospital and the emergency department itself and based on the archetypes, develop a future State Value Stream Map of the emergency department.

It is recommended that you identify and critically analyses intended and unintended consequences, recommending holistic solutions that will optimize the operations of the emergency department without compromising the performance of other functions of the hospital.

Suggested format: Your Written Report should include the following sections and sub-sections.
Cover Page (Subject Name & Code, Assessment No., Student Name and Surname, Student Number, Lecturer, Year and Trimester)

Executive Summary

Table of Contents

1. Introduction/Background

2. Main Discussion
2.1. Identification and analysis of the System Archetypes that may impede performance
2.2. Analysis of the current State Value Stream Map of the emergency department based on System Archetypes
2.3. Recommended new State Value Stream Map with desired reduction in patient turnaround time
2.4. Discussion on Intended and unintended consequences of the modified system

3. Conclusion
4. Recommendations
5. References
6. Appendices (Appendix A, Appendix B,)

Solution

Introduction

The case study provided, relates to a hypothetical hospital and in particular to the sub process of the Emergency room in which turnaround time of the patients are clogged up with several barriers and obstructions in place. As a result, individuals are subjected to a series of lengthy waits, which may in turn aggravate their current emergency conditions. For Assignment Help, The medical system must be inventive and technically sophisticated if that is to ensure that people receive the healthcare services they require without being backed up. Patients must be treated for in an appropriate amount of time in the event of an emergency.

Figure 1 - Existing VSM

As per the existing streams, the hospital has essentially over-complicated the entire process and the bulk of the burden falls on the patients. To the hospitals credit, one must accept that reordering items in this procedure might not have been feasible to rules and OH&S standards due to the obvious tight processes in place to protect the health and safety of said patients.

However, this does not rule out the possibility of enhancing and improving some aspects and dynamics by looking at both inherent input requirements as well as the techniques and tools available at our disposal. The tools and techniques therefore being utilized is the System Thinking approach (Narke&Jayadeva, 2020). In order to deal with the complexity of its internal systems, especially emergency rooms, hospitals should use a system strategy. As a result of these system-wide methods, healthcare stakeholders may work together to discover new solutions to a variety of challenges. Healthcare systems may use value stream mapping to visualise various processes and workflows in the accident and emergency department as well as other operational flows. Basically, it's a visual depiction of the complete procedure (Rajesh et al., 2019).

Main Discussion

Identification and analysis of Archetypes which impedes performance

According to System Archetypes, there are several methods to obtain a clearer grasp of the situation. These are the diagnostic tools as well as the high-leverage interventions that would make a substantial difference. Using archetypes and important concerns as a framework, they assist in examining the same scenario from a variety of perspectives. The following are some examples of system archetypes which might impair performance:

Fixes that fail Archetype

An issue that has to be addressed is a problem indicator. Adopting a technique to alleviate the symptoms To make matters worse, most treatments are only meant to be transient fixes. This may occur as a result of the applied patch having unexpected repercussions that become apparent over time, or could be the result of the repeated application of a short cure that builds up over time (Riezebos& Huisman, 2020).

Such system archetype may be present there in case study if one assumes the following:

1. The unintended effect of implementing new protocols to meet insurance standards is that patients must now fill complete written forms as well as other protocols, which causes them to be put on hold for longer periods of time throughout their surgery.

2. Moreover, nurses were taught to conduct pre-examinations upon patients, and the results of these examinations are entered into the patient ’s medical record. In order to safeguard patients, a new mechanism has been put in place that acknowledges records of prior health difficulties. Nevertheless, this has created a new waiting time for the patient to endure.

Limits to growth archetype:

This model illustrates how a preliminary rate of growth can be restricted over time by a limiting factor. As the Archetype begins, every action is meant to expand the consequence that produces the same kind of behaviour, which in turn causes more activity. Limiting factors slow down activity, and this affects the results. If we look at the Hospital as an example, this Archetype appears to be in effect (Riezebos& Huisman, 2020).

• Limiting Factor - There is a limit to how many patients the staff, facilities, and supplies can care for in a particular period of time.

• Slowing Actions - Overwhelmed staff, confusion over cases and protocols, and patient congestion all contribute to a sluggish operation.
Because of the unregulated needs of the industry, removing or lowering the influence of the bottleneck seems to be challenging in so many dimensions. For example, a steady flow can be caused by a variety of factors, such as riots, natural disasters, and rapid outbreaks of disease. This is unlike other companies, in which the flow of customers may be predicted or forecasted in advance.

There is a limit to how many patients can be served at a given time because of the high cost of human resources, emergency aid, and physical infrastructure, which necessitates a compromise on throughput (Russkikh et al., 2019).

Tragedy of commons

All of it boils down to the relationship between the individual acts and the collective outcome. It is founded on the belief that people may have a substantial impact on the system. When it comes to health care, if doctors stop undertaking unnecessary treatments and tests, it would benefit the overall system as well as save time for other people, who might otherwise have to wait longer for treatment. Telehealth has also been commercialised, which may be utilised to treat patients with far less critical conditions.

Analysis of the current State Value Stream Map of the emergency department based on System Archetypes.

As previously indicated, in this hospital's ER, three system archetypes are in play: growth limits, tragedy of the commons, and fixes that fail. One can tell from the VSM that several aspects of the workflow need to be improved. As a first step, any patient who enters the emergency department was made to go through up to seven phases before they may be seen by a specialist (Schoeman et al., 2020).

The first step in the procedure involves registration, which requires individuals to provide their medical information rather than an identifying number. Which is why patient’s complained that the emergency department's processing times really ought to improve, due to this particular circumstance. Both healthcare protocols as well as hospital bureaucracy have contributed to this situation. As a consequence of this discrepancy in hospital services demand and supply, the emergency room congestion was shown to be caused by patients who would no longer need acute or critical care, but are nevertheless occupying beds in the hospital. Hospital operations suffer from a lack of weekend discharges as well, which makes them less successful. On weekends, patients may be allowed to go home, which will free up the hospital ED and reduce wait times even further (Barnthouse et al., 2017).

According on the situations of both the patient as well as the hospital, the bottleneck in this procedure might be different from one to the next. When a result-limiting variable appears, the whole experience of consumers and employees engaged is jeopardised. Businesses will inevitably suffer as a result (Hoffmann et al., 2018). It's possible that a patient has complained about incorrect diagnosis, the absence of important historical information like food allergy, or unpleasant healthcare insurance concerns wherein patients were required to file additional claims and schedule appointments with one‘s insurance providers in order to recover emergency-related expenses. As a result, the discharge procedure takes a very long time due to the nurses' instruction routines and other insurance & hospital paperwork.

Management of operations would be required to re-evaluate current activities and determine whether or not a better course of action is available.

Recommend new VSM with desired reduction in patient turnaround time

Figure 2 - Redesign VSM

The aforementioned redesigned value stream map can be utilised by the hospital's administration to lower waiting times and offer high quality services within that shortest possible period of time, if necessary. There is no waiting on the updated value stream map except in the areas where it might be impossible to prevent it.

• Registration - This map illustrates that patients will be provided a consultation prior to their arrival at the hospital this is done via pre-registration by the patient on Call or via App or Website. The admin department will ensure that there is no lag time between both the scheduled appointments allotted to individual patients.

• Nurse Examination - The next step is to have the patient be examined by a nurse. Following registration, nurses conduct a thorough review of each patient's medical history using electronic health records, and the patients must submit their medical records immediately to the hospital for future support and treatment. The nurse updates the Electronic Health records of the patient, which in turn reflects to the insurance company.

• Physician’s Examination - Doctors should be extremely cautious whenever treating patients and therefore must deliver the finest possible treatment as promptly as feasible. Doctors following the nurse’s preliminary report in EHR, consults the patients, treats them if necessary and updates EHR.

• Electronic Health Records – EHR information flow is bi-directionwith Nurse and Doctors and also between the Insurance providers. The integrated and bi-directional nature as well as it being the central part of the entire information flow, has cut down on the processing times of the patient

• Patient’s Discharge– Overall improvement in the redesign VSM significantly increases the patient’s discharge process and by also adding an option for weekend discharges, it further reduces the ERD’s burden.

Discussion on Intended and unintended consequences of the modified system

As a result of the new and updated stream map, this very same hospital will be capable of minimizing waiting lists while also improving the quality of its service. The institution will be able to accommodate more patients under the new strategy, given the available slots.

Intended Consequences

• Patients' queues are expected to be considerably reduced as a result.

• On a given day, every unit might have a clear idea about how many patients it could handle.

• This information could then be used by the administration to prepare and plan for the expected volume of patients.

• In terms of manpower and other facilities, this hospital has a well-structured and highly managed system.

The unintended consequences could be:

1. It's not always possible to avoid long waits in some situations.

2. When appointments are booked, only a specific number of individuals could be seen per day.

3. At some time, the administration will have to deal with a random patient.

4. The system is being re-designed for a limited number of patients only. If the influx increases drastically, then the redesigned system would need to evaluated, perhaps redesigned again.

Conclusion

This assessment concludes that, in order to improve the performance of organisations by using system thinking as well as its modelling tools and approaches (Barnthouse et al., 2017). In this research, the existing VSM model among hospitals has already been reviewed critically. Unintended repercussions have been observed as well. A revised VSM model is proposed as a consequence, and it is expected to enhance the hospital's operating procedure. With the redesigned VSM model, obstacles and gaps that inhibit patient success may be successfully reduced, while maintaining the level of service already the hospital was famous for.

Recommendations

• When the hospital's process evolves, the value stream map that was redesigned should be updated again (Hoffmann et al., 2018).

• A hospital's facilities and personnel must be utilised as efficiently as feasible.

• It is important for patients to understand that the length of their wait is based on the seriousness of their situation, and not from the number of appointments they have already booked.

• The proposed map may have unintended consequences, in which case hospital administrators should be ready to adjust the system

References

MIS610 Advanced Professional Practice Report Sample

Task Summary

You are required to research the case study provided to you and write 2500 words report as a group.

Context-

Information technology and systems are central to every organisation and industry today. Organisations and industries use and deploy new technologies to compete with one another and optimize their business in several ways. They either develop solutions and/or products themselves or alternatively procure these from other sources and organisations that master a certain technology. Irrespective of the fact whether the organisations or industries develop products and/or services themselves or have them procured, introducing a new technology as a product or a service is always a risky proposition that requires thorough investigation. All

Technological interventions have their own complexities and can have legal, ethical, operational and strategic implications on business. The purpose of this group report is to engage you in building knowledge of how organisations identify, build and deploy various technology over time to remain competitive.

Task Instructions

1. For this assessment, you are given a case study (scenario) that concerns a particular organisation or an industry. You are required to work as a group of consultants for this organisation/industry and present your findings.

2. Please read the case study carefully, analyse the situation and complete your research before writing the report. Move ahead with an end in mind. Set goals for your report. You may have to do a lot of problem solving and diagnosis. This would also require you to make use of your creative, analytical, decision making, communications and interpersonal skills, but not limited to. You would also have to develop business insight around the case provided to you. What would matter at the end is your judgement and how you tackle the problem that has been provided to you.

3. Now write a 2500 words report. Your report should not only analyse the situation, provide insights, rather it should also provide findings/solutions and/or even resolutions.

4. Structure and Format

- The report should begin with an executive summary.

- It must include a title page with the subject code and name, assignment title, students’ name, students’ numbers and facilitator(s)’s name

- It must have an introduction (500 words) that will also serve as your statement of purpose for the report. This means that you will tell the reader what you are going to cover in your report. You will need to inform the reader of:

a. Your area of research and its context
b. The key concepts that you will be addressing
c. What the reader can expect to find in the body of the report

- After introduction you will have the main body (1500 words) that would respond to the specific requirements of the selected case. You may have to answer questions provided to you in the case in this section of the report.

- Finally, you will have conclusion (500 words) that will summarise any findings and make recommendations.

Solution

Executive summary: CareMart is a newly-run retail business based in Tasmania with Zaf Connel as its managing director. It is currently one of the most popular retailers in Australia. It deals primarily with human health, care, truth and experience. Zaf aims to strengthen CareMart's supply chain by applying other technologies, keeping in mind customer demand and customer behaviour. In that case, it is reasonable to avoid expensive projects and for this he chooses blockchain. Zaf's goal is to further expand this Caremart's business by improving its supply chain through blockchain without cryptocurrency. For Assignment help A blockchain is a digital record that is constantly updated. Various transaction information: ie time, dollar value and puts participants under a certain "block" and connects other blocks with it. The use of blockchain will greatly improve the supply chain of CareMart, because, this will lead to many new service opportunities and various pop-ups that can be easily noticed, such as creating and supplying or selling assets, tracking the location of different Provence, giving a different perspective to the supply chain, managing. The software itself also provides other ancillary services. This builds trust in the software directly from CareMart's business entity, and through its proper use, CareMart will be able to move ahead, leaving many traditional companies behind in the business journey. In addition, it makes it possible to commercialize the asset, and it promises a range of devices and gadgets that the customer is always able to use. It will also help build trust in various aspects of CareMart's business, as well as eliminate fraud. Cryptography preserves the data collected by the blockchain and links the records of new transactions to previous records, which helps to understand the progress of the business supply chain and since it is driven by multiple computer networks, one must be strong enough to change the record.

Recommendation: The use of blockchain in one of the leading retailing brands like CareMart is a considerable factor in terms of supply chain management. In that case, some of the recommendations that can be mentioned are:

- As CareMart is a retail brand and a fully customer-oriented organization, it is advisable to use permissioned blockchain as supply chain management. It will act as an additional security system where all the details and access will be with the company official only, no one outside the organization can interfere. Permissioned blockchain is different from the public blockchain (Polge, Robert & Traon, 2021). Its cost is relatively low which matches the financial landscape of CareMart.

- Before applying blockchain as supply chain management, remember that in blockchain, every action including data is considered as a transaction (Moosavi et al., 2021). It is important to know that data can be updated in a blockchain, never be fixed traditionally. So the more updates, the more transactions have to be processed and the more resources the company has to spend to process them.

- Critical data should be shared with the right people and under the right circumstances so that the internal information of the company is not leaked or financial loss is incurred.

- The company should define a set of roles with the right of access as well as the role assigned to each of the employees connected to the supply chain management system.

- It should keep in mind that popular and large blockchain platforms are generally relatively more reliable because they have already been tested by many users (Omar et al., 2021). However, in the case of a ready-to-use platform, the scope may be limited for compatibility and some significant changes may have to be made to the company's existing system.

- Although it is easy to use blockchain that supports smart contracts, it is very slow and expensive so the decision should be taken only after considering all aspects (Younus, 2021).

- Custom blockchain networks can match CareMart's existing systems. As it works properly, transaction processing charges are affordable, but the use of this type of network requires expertise as well as solid planning. So before choosing such a network, the company needs to see if it has an expert team and a thorough plan.
Although blockchain is convenient to use, it is not easy to implement in the supply chain. The above recommendations should be followed so that the company does not have to travel in the future.

Conclusion: In conclusion, it can be said that it makes sense to include Blockchain in Zaf's business case because it is possible to maintain considerable control over CareMart's business outsourcing and various contract production. The blockchain gives the same access to all the blocks under the supply chain of all the blocks within it, thereby reducing various communication and data transfer errors. It takes less and less time to verify the data and that time can be spent behind the service. This maintains the quality of both the product and the service and has a significant impact on CareMart's supply chain as well as Zaf's main objective.

References:

MGT605 Business Capstone Project Report Sample

Context:

This subject allows the student to synthesize the knowledge and skills gained from all other subjects studied up to that point. The main deliverable in the subject is a major project. In this assessment, students will reflect on their individual experience.

Instructions:

Throughout the course of the subject, you developed a substantial project that assimilates the learning from your MBA subjects. In addition, you have recorded your journey in the form of journal entries. This final report is about reflecting on the process and experiences of putting your business capstone project together. Before you can attempt this assessment, it is essential that you understand clearly what reflective writing/thinking is. To help you with that, please read your learning resources in Module 6 in Blackboard.

In 1500 words or less, present a reflection on changes to your understanding as you applied theory from your MBA journey and the process of producing your project. It is advisable to do more research about reflective writing models and questions before you attempt this assessment. Present the report as your way of demonstrating the wider implications of your learning.

That means your reflection should also look how your learning has impacted your future.

Though reflective and written in the first person, the report still must observe academic writing conventions and be logically structured. The reflective report must use at least 20 references most of which must relate to reflection on theory and application.

Solution

Introduction

The paper will share its concern for formulating a reflective journal regarding the journey through the course of MBA with the capstone project. For Assignment Help, In order to make the reflection more effective logical and critical, the paper will take the help of Gibbs' reflective cycle as the reflective cycle is much helpful to differentiate each stage to make the reflection clear and help ton analyze the strength and weakness of the experience (Packer, 1988).

Gibbs' Reflective Cycle

Gibbs Reflective Cycle

Description - The first stage of the reflective cycle is Description and here I will describe the initial stages of my learning process as well as my development through the process. Initially, I was not much assured about the capstone project practically, nor did I have many ideas about it. Before joining the MBA course, I was completely ignorant about the process and did not understand is effectiveness in the real world, however, after joining the MBA course, I got to know about the theoretical knowledge regarding the important and future significance of doing capstone project and getting the outlining of the content (Libby, 2016). Throughout the MBA journey, l learned different modules regarding management, HRM, leadership and others and got to understand that all the modules share a close connection with each other. To assess the knowledge of the module, a capstone project was given to us, which was “issues faced by Pfizer relating to distribution of vaccine to global pharmaceutical companies”. While outlining the project, I started with introduction of the capstone subject and further goes for importance of and reviewing literatures regarding the same to analyze the issue in present time and also confirm requirements of research before analyzing methodology and extraction evidences. This capstone project has further informed me do research better and in more logical way. I understood that it is important to choose effective data, however nature of the data depends upon the research question and aims, such as data collection can be both qualitative and quantitative (Krishnaswami, and Satyaprasad, 2010). Choice of Data Collection mode eventually directs the data analysis process which eventually can direct the success for the capstone project through the section of finding. With the logical flow, I have gathered information that to do a project apart from research, it is even important to evaluate alternatives to make it worthy for the long term, where effective written communication plays a significant role. Finally, the recommendation and conclusion make an end to the capstone project confirming the entire idea clear for the capstone project for me.

Feelings-Initially before having any idea about the capstone project or even the course structure, I was literally confused and was also lacking with my decision-making skills. I could not be assured that whatever decision I have taken to be enlisted in the course is right. However, with going by the process and starting to be familiar with the entire course structure, I got to know about the futuristic scope and significance if the lectures and modules which I was leaning. Further I started to feel comfortable with the entire process and feel happy that the decision was quite right to offer me a better future with all this theoretical and practical knowledge (Boogaard, 2018). After having enough idea about the MBA journey and capstone project, I was quite curious about the process of doing the project. Most importantly, I found that with the process, my motivation and active participation in any process increases continuously. Though, I had theoretical knowledge regarding the data collection and analysis, I found, it really difficult while implanting, however further with the help data collection and analysis models and framework, such as thematic analysis, content analysis and others, I have completed it properly. It is due to the fact that, I found that a single mistake in these two processes can announce failure for the entire project, which makes me really stressed out. In this stage only, I feel that I might not do a project successfully as I feel that collecting the data and proper analysis of the collected data is really difficult to confirm. However, with the process, I realize that good research can be the solution for all these difficulties and can confirm success for any project. While doing the capstone project my feeling becomes more stronger due to its vast scope of research. Besides, the process also made me personally feel that choosing a topic is not that difficult though understanding and collecting exact required information important.

Evaluation

with the completion of the capstone project, I have acknowledged that understanding the organizational culture is really important and crucial as it is the first step of the analysis in real world. During my capstone project I have experienced the importance of organizational culture as Pfizer has to struggle much to maintain the alignment of internal and external environment. Thereby, to confirm the effective analysis, it is important to understand the context properly, which can be done by analysis the different external and internal environment analyses, which helps to have a proper idea about the context and the company (Libby, 2016). For doing the same, different frameworks and models are there which include, PESTLE, SWOT, Porter 5 framework and others. Growing familiarity with all these models eventually help me to be relieved from the stress of the data collection and analysis process in future practice. I also realized that effective research through significant models can confirm proper direction for the entire project. Further, the journey and the project helps me to get proper acknowledgment of the two types of data collection process qualitative and quantitative, I become quite assured that choosing a proper data collection method is not difficult as, if the main objectification of the project is to confirm vastness, detailed information, authenticity, and reliability among the extracted information, then qualitative research method needs to be taken for the project, and if the main object of occasion is connected with the practical scenario and numerical analysis, then quantitative data collection method would be much helpful (Libby, 2016). The understanding however helps me to get rid of my trauma of thinking the project as difficult to exercise.

Analysis

Through the course I have understood that the entire capstone project is basically designed for developing and articulating practical and theoretical perspectives for managerial concerns by the project, which will be helpful in my future scenario. Pfizer has initiated the learning by sudden abrupt change in its structure. it has even clarified that management needs to be prepared for all sort of challenges. With the discussion of several subjects, I have even come to know that the course effectively demonstrates several leadership styles highlighting collaborative ownership and leadership for the practical scenario to be effective in all roles and responsibilities of a manager or a leader. The course even helps me to understand that research skills are very important for analyzing any issue in practical world and to assess solution for the same. It is important to overcome the complex management problem to come to a solution by synthesizing the research and exercising effective communication with the audience and specialist (Mykola, 2018).

Conclusion

Most importantly, the entire course structure with its processing confirms simplification of the entire scenario. I was quite surprised that at first, I was not much convinced about my decision of choosing the course whereas, in the end, I found that joining the course is the most effective decision for me and can help me to have a great future ahead and this capstone project played an important role in the same. I have learned several things specifically the entire step-by-step process of managing a project which would be much helpful for me in the future considering my future goal to be a manager in a reputed organization (Mansfield et al. 2020). I have found that data collection and analysis was difficult or challenging initially, but with time I learned to do the same. Also with the discussion, it remains that proper implementation of the learning can make the entire respect easy.

Action plan–I think it is better for me to initiate my leadership skills for accomplishing the managerial job role, as it is very important to be a successful leader (Shen et al. 2018). I further found that I need to practice research skills to be more confident about any project to direct it towards proper direction confirming success for it. While doing the project, sometimes I was stuck with the process and hence, I would even try to reflect the application of theories in the practical scenario, where I think going by several successful examples of famous leaders can really be helpful.

I also realized that it is even important for me to initiate communication and consistency level to confirm effective justification of process by properly addressing ethical standards and practice. Most importantly, I think I cannot be successful if I would not practice decision-making skills, apart from communication skills. For communication skills, I will try to communicate with more and more people exercising different types of communication skills like written, verbal, facial expression, body language, etc to address cultural diversity (Setsuro, 2014). For decision-making skills, I think it would be better for me to opt for brainstorming and Pareto principal in most of the scenarios, as I think brainstorming would help me to evaluate several ideas just like my learning to analyze alternatives and Pareto principle will help me to use minimum resources to confirm the maximum outcome.

Conclusion

with the course I have learned that understanding organizational situation is really important for which external and internal environment analysis can be really helpful. I have found that proper research can help in any project to make it successful in terms of every respect and I am quite confident that the research skills, leadership skills, different models whatever I have learned would be much helpful for me to accomplish my future goals addressing several managerial issues and responsibilities. To conclude, through this paper I have tried to encrypt my journey during the course through the capstone project with the help of which I have successfully confirmed my development or up-gradation and future-ready aspect to be successful.
 

Activity journal:

References

MGT602 Business Decision Analytics Report Sample

Context:

Fast changing workplaces call for greater flexibility in the ways individuals and work teams make and implement decisions. Alongside the increasing rate of change are the demands for better decision making through understanding and mitigating personal preferences and biases.

This assessment has been designed to:

- Appraise your ability to research academic literature on decision making. You are expected to utilise the literature provided in Modules 1 and 2 as a foundation that guides your further academic research.

- Select and evaluate the usefulness of a range of decision-making tools and reflect on levels of rationality and intuition utilised during the decision-making process.

- Compare, contrast and critically evaluate sources of data as influences in the decision-making context

- Identify the relevant sources of influence and limitations in your decision-decision making process.

MGT602 Assessment 1 writing guidelines:

This assessment draws on learning activities and resources from Modules 1 and 2. It is designed for you to engage in the decision-making process and then reflectively analyse your decision-making process using only theories and concepts from the Business Decision Analytics course (MGT602).

You should include in your reflective report:

- The decision-making problem detailed by your learning facilitator

- Analysis of your decision-making preferences (see activity Module 1)

- Analysis and influence of your personality traits and the impact on your decision-making

- Details of the sources of data collected during the decision-making process and how this data was evaluated/analysed

- Analysis of the decision-making process using any of the models discussed in Modules 1 and 2 plus any of your further relevant readings

- Analysis of written feedback from at least 2 other people on your decision-making process in the topicnominated by your Learning Facilitator

- Visual interpretation of data / trends/ patterns

- As a reflective analysis you will present your analysis in the first person.

Solution

Introduction

The aim of the reflective report is to provide a critical understanding on the concept of decision making process, and its ability to affect the organizational setting. The article, takes into effective consideration the concept of making decisions based on business needs and effective demand within a particular situation. For Assignment Help, These decisions were made of the personality traits as well as logic, balance and intuition, which has been significant in the process of the reflective report during the aspect of the research. It will comprise of the decision making theories, such as rational bounded and so on. The structure of the research, will critique and analyze the relevant sources, significant to the process of the research.

Analysis and Evaluation

Concept of decision making problem

Decision making is an important component while working within an organization and holding an imperative position within the company. It is important to note, that most of the mangers undertake decisions, based on growth and productivity of the company. Considering the modules, 1 and 2, I have been able to analyse my abilities and practical approach. I will exploring the essence of decision making, which is significant for the process of the research, in an appropriate manner. I was faced with an inability to make rational decisions. This has been one of the major problems, which have affected my major interactions, within the business. I will be discussing some major models, which can be taken into consideration for the process of the research, in a better manner.

Analysis of decision making preferences

I have undertaken an online test on balance, logic and intuition, for the completion of the assessment. I am an achiever and have been able to complete most of the delegated tasks, that were provided by the University. I have been able to improve and enhance my overall perception, which has brought in a better and nuanced understanding of the wellness of the decisions, and performances which are integral for the process. The reflective subject has helped me to comprehend the role of intuition and rational thought process, in the development of cognitive abilities. It has been effective in the significant to note, that integration of decision and logic, can enhance the aspect of workplace behaviour and boost the growth and productivity of the business, in a better manner. Workplace behaviour is essential in the development and integration of factors, that are necessary for boosting the abilities, that can help the achievers to understand the role of working via a schedule.

Analysis and impact of personality traits on sound decision making

The personality traits of the individuals are useful in the development of the workplace behavior. It is important to note, that managers tend to make decisions, made on situations and the overall crisis. My online tests revealed that I have low intuition and low balance. Intuition is an important aspect of the workplace decisions, as it involves the use of emotional intelligence, which is significant for improving the overall personal aspects, which are related to the research. I am able to exercise my knowledge regarding management and the aspect of critical negotiation, analyzing my biases, which is integral for the process of the research, in an effective and authentic manner. It is integral to note, that the major personality traits that are in relation to the research, are discussed for a better and effective understanding of the processes, that are vital in boosting the role of confidence and risk taking abilities, that are integral to the development of the research. The personality traits, has been effective in development of reading modules, that are effective for the process of growth and management of decision. It boosts employability skills, which is an integral aspect of improving the personality and traits, that affect the process of decision making within the workplace.

Data collection sources and analysis

I have collected the data through online resources, as they have helped me to understand the significance of the models, and also relate to my traits and personality. I am an achiever in the field of employment and tend to have an imperative role in boosting the overall functioning of the research. I have collected the sources, through an online test, which helped me to comprehend the significance of taking decisions, based on situations, and utilizing the authentic framework, which is further important for the process of the research, in an appropriate manner. The analysis has led me to believe, that I should focus on the development of my skills, in relation to the changing demands of the workplace system (Akinici & Sadler-Smith 2012).

It has been credible and effective to understand the source and the importance of information based on the role of processing information, which is integral in order to pertain to the development of certain decisions based on the possible understanding of management and its major requirement within the workplaces. The modules 1 and 2 have been effective in adhering to the aim and the objectives, which were interlinked to the process of the online resources. There were a host of journals that focused on the significance of the research.

Decision making models

I have decided to base my understanding based on the decision making models, which is significant for the process of the research. I will adhere to the concept of rational decision making process, which is significant for the process of the research. It is important to note, that I make decisions based on the reality and the factors that motivate my positive thinking, which is an integral part of the research (Balakrishnan et al ., 2017). The rational decision making process involves acknowledging the situations, that have an influence over the development of the organizational settings. I have been able to relate to the decision making model as it has allowed me to understand the importance of acclimating to the changing needs and perspectives of the research. The rational decision making model is effective during all times of important decision. It has the ability of understanding the role of natural situations and circumstances, that are vital for the process, of the research and objectives. The components of the rational decision-making model can be shown as below:

Figure 1: Components of the rational decision-making model

I use the elements of the concerned model especially when situations or critical scenarios arise. This model helps me in identification of the problems or the areas of concern that are to be targeted and based on the same I try to find the options that I have for solving the concerned problem. Based on the same I also try to identify the most prospective and effective solutions and generate alternatives for the same. After evaluation of the concerned alternatives the concerned model can be seen to be help me in the choice of the best alternative or solution to the concerned model. Thus, the different sequential elements of the concerned model are incorporated in the decision-making process of my management operations and also in other aspects of my life.

The second model, which should be taken into consideration, is the dual processing models. It is important to understand that the concept of the dual processing model, involves the use of biased intuition and cognitive powers, which have an impact over the individual (Whaley, 2000). As per my reports, I am unable to function without empathy, which further affects my overall thinking process. My decisions, in the field of management have been based on the development of thinking and critiquing a situation, with two brains mainly analytical and intuitive. There are two systems, to it, which undertake the use of logic for boosting the overall integrity of the research over the functioning of the models (Maheshwari, 2015). In critical review of the models, I am of the opinion, that I tend to make decisions based on dual processing mode. It helps me to acknowledge the situation and understand the depth of the situation. It has been integral in development of an intuitive field, which is significant in integrating and enhancing the overall outlook of the research, in a better manner.

Written feedback

Based on the aspect of intuition and rationality, I have been able to analyze, that I tend to base most of my decision, after the process of critical thinking. It is integral to note, that I am able to comprehend the insights that were essential for the purpose of the research. It is integral to note, that the research is based on the development of the decisions, that I had undertaken during my University program and degree. I am confident in making critical assessments, that are natural for the development of traits, that are useful for the integration of vital patterns, which are significant for the process of the research, in a better and authentic manner. I also believe that I will be most effectively working in administrative roles and also in management operations in the real companies after completion of my studies. I have an inclination towards decision-making and problem-solving and I also have acceptance towards change, new information and opinions. I have also realized that I inherently have effective communication qualities which I believe are of immense importance for the managerial and administrative roles especially in multidisciplinary teams. I intend to work in this domain and my area of interest is the banking and the finance industry as it is a considerably dynamic as well as globally prospective and growing industry in contemporary period.

Visual Interpretation

The visual interpretation using the online tests helped me to understand my role and capabilities, as an individual. The modules have helped me to comprehend the aspect of decision making preferences, which are significant in the development of authenticity in the process and development of better skills. Based on the modules, most of my decisions are based off on the development of emotions, that affect my intuition and rational powers. AS per the online tests, that point out my inability to express thoughts and opinions, based on the aspect of bounded capabilities, and growth as an individual within the reflective report (Olden & Patterson 2000).

Conclusion

It is imperative to undertake rational and sound judgments based on a better knowledge of making useful decisions based on rationality and intuition. It has provided, an accurate understanding of the aspects that are interconnected to the development of the hypothesis, which is interlinked, to the process of the research, in an appropriate manner. It is essential to note, that the feedback has been essential in the acknowledgment of the major biases, that affected my overall decision ,making process and progress. It has been useful in the development of a sound knowledge with concerning to personality traits and factors, that affect my overall ability.

References

MGT502 Business Communication Report Sample

Assessment Task

Select 10 resources on a topic related to communication and write a 1500-word annotated bibliography summarizing the central theme and scope of the resources.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Creating an annotated bibliography calls for the application of succinct analytical and reflective skills, as well as informed online and library research. This assessment provides experience and understanding of information literacy and the analysis and synthesis of a range of resources involved in academic research and writing. In doing so, this assessment gives you an opportunity to develop skills and knowledge in sourcing books, periodicals and other documents, as well as evaluating the relevance, accuracy, and quality of the materials.

Instructions

1. A topic related to communication will be given to you by your Learning Facilitator in

Module 1.1. The selected topic will be posted in the Announcements section in Blackboard.

This topic will form the basis for research for Assessment 1 Part A, Assessment 1 Part

B, Assessment 2 and Assessment 3.

2. Apply your research skills to identify, select and analyse resources related to the topic. Locate resources (books, periodicals, white papers and other documents) that may contain useful information and ideas on the issue.

3. Briefly examine and review the resources and select 10 that represent a variety of perspectives on the topic.

4. Write an annotation of 150 words for each resource, summarizing its’ central theme and scope. The annotation should:

• evaluate the authority or background of the author
• comment on the intended audience
• compare and contrast this work with another you have cited
• explain how this work inform your topic

5. Please note that the issue and resources used in Assessment 1 Part A will also form the basis for Assessment 1 Part B.

6. When writing the annotated bibliography, you are required to:

• Include a title page with student details (i.e. student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title).

• Use at least 1 in-text citation per annotation.

• Adhere to the word limit of 1500 words.

7. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment

Solution

Managing business and influencing the company performance through the effective management is the primary objective of the business management. Study by Kalogiannidis (2020), demonstrates how communication can be considered as one of the crucial tools for the organisational performance and growth generation. As the targeted audience, the study considers the generic organisations. For Assignment Help The study has demonstrated, effective communication practice is beneficial for every type of business as it greatly influences the employee performance through enhancing the employee satisfaction. The present study is highly crucial for my future study as it will enable me to understand hot effective business communication can be used in order to enhance the performance of the employee. Compared to the study by William (2020), present study demonstrates how to enhance employee’s satisfaction through the different communication channel and how it can influence the managing business.

Communication is an effective skill in business scenario as it enables the managers and employees to share information. Through the communication channel, firms enhance the bonding among the employees of different level and enhance the satisfaction level. As per the study by William (2020) it has been observed that, effective communication is a key factor of business success as it enhance the employee’s satisfaction and brings in loyalty among employees. Apart from this, in the business scenario, effective business communication enhances the sales for the business to business or business to customer type firms as well. Though the study was generic qualitative study, yet it has demonstrated how business communication need to be implemented within different type of organisation. Hence the present study will enhance my ability to represent the use of effective business communication in business management. Compared to the study by Kalogiannidis (2020), present study is well structured to represent how the effective communication practice can be used in different business scenario.

Communication practice is a highly crucial element in every business scenario. However, study by Sanina et al., (2017) discusses the importance of the communication in the business as well as the government entities too. The study was targeted towards the Russian business and government entities where, communication is limited. With the quantitative analysis approach, researchers in the study has demonstrated when communication practice is tried in the specific group of people within the business and government offices, then it enhances the performance. Moreover, inferential statistical analysis has demonstrated that, there is good amount of association between the performance and the communication practice followed by the organisation. The study is very crucial for my future research work as it will enable me to understand how the communication is beneficial for the government and business scenario. Compared to the study by Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates the use of communication practice in case of the government sector.

Communication in business has many forms and they can be differentiated into two major part; formal and informal communication. Study done by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), demonstrates how formal and informal communication influence the goal-based approach of the business management to enhance the employee satisfaction and company performance. Compared to the study by the Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates how the formal and non-formal mode of communication can be used in case of the business management. Thus, the study will be very important for my future study as it will guide me to develop understanding regarding the importance of the formal and informal communication channel for business management.

Communication is a crucial business practice as it enables the managers to influence the satisfaction of employees and performance of the business. Through the proper communication channel managers shares information with the employees and two-dimensional approach of the communication aids the managers to gather information regarding the employee need and employees share valuable feedback. As per the study by Hargie et al., (2017), it has been observed that more the communication is, better it is to capture the information from the employees and enhance satisfaction level. Though the study was aimed towards US organisations, however, the outcome of the qualitative study is valid for the organisational which operates in multinational business scenario too. Comparing the finding of the present study with the study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), it can be observed that there is significant difference between the approach of communication channel utilisation. Present study focused on the use of communication channel to achieve the company goal, while study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018) demonstrated how two-dimensional communication channel can be used.

The study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), demonstrated how the emotional intelligence and behavioural style in the business communication can be used by the managers. The study is directed towards the middle managers who are engaged with the operation of the firm rather than decision making. Through the study, authors have demonstrated how emotional intelligence is used in business communication to manage the operation of the firm. The study also demonstrates that people who are focused on the actions are less engaged to control the emotions and to enhance the performance and employee satisfaction business communication need to be used backed by emotional intelligence to enhance the loyalty of these specific employees. Compared to the study by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017), present study largely focusses on the strategy development for business communication backed by the emotional intelligence. Hence the present study will be beneficial for future study as it will guide me to demonstrate how emotional intelligence need to be used in case of business communication by middle managers.

Study done by Genc (2017) analyses the used of communication channel for influencing the sustainability and develop sustainable strategies of the firm. The study was directed towards the policy makers of the service sector and it provided recommendations for the targeted audience how to develop communication channel for the sustainability of the firm. The study has provided emphasis on the development of the communication channel through external and internal mode as it will guide the managers to understand expectation from the organisation. Compared to the study by Skiltere and Bormane (2018), present study has provided well described ideas to develop communication channel for enhancing sustainability of the firm. Thus, the study will be very useful in my future study as it will guide me to develop conceptual framework to analyse hot business communication is utilised in the management purpose.

Under the present business situation, there has been much amount of ambiguity in the market and increasing uncertainty has resulted in organisational crisis too. Through the study by Marsen (2020), it can be seen that author has focused on utilisation of the communication in case of organisational crisis. The study was targeted towards the generic organisations who faced crisis due to the external as well as internal shocks. As per the study, theories like crisis communication, image repair and situational crisis communication practice enables the firm to overcome the issues it faces due to the certain shocks in the internal and external scenario. This present study will be crucial for my future study as it will guide me to understand different crisis management theory and how communication helps them to be applied within organisational context. Compared to the study by Skltere and Bormane (2018), present study discusses the crisis reasons and then provide theoretical analysis of crisis management in organisational context with the communication.

Study done by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017) demonstrates how the marketing communication can boost the business relationship loyalty. As per the finding of the study, it can be seen that marketing communication has both the direct and indirect effect on the customer loyalty. As the study was targeted towards the business to business scenario, hence the finding suggests that channel specific approach of business communication enhance the effectiveness of the marketing communication. Personalised channels in regard to the business to business scenario provides cost effective medium of communication in business. This study will be very helpful in my future study as it will aid me to develop understanding regarding the personalisation in the business communication practice and how it can influence the loyalty of the consumers. Compared to the study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), this study demonstrates the use of personalisation in business communication and how it influences loyalty among customers.

Study done by Skiltere and Bormane (2018) demonstrates the integrated marketing communication channel as a tool of business management and how it influences the sustainable development of the organisation. As the targeted audience of the study, policy makers of the Latvian food and retail chain firms were considered. The study argues regarding that integrated marketing communication is a tool of innovative business management that aids to foster sustainable development. Through creation of the product consumption values and generating feedback through communication enables the firms to understand consumer need and behaviour. This in in turn allows the firm to capture the perspective of the consumer and enable the firm to produce a sustainable business model. Underpinning the finding of the study, in my future research work, I can demonstrate how sustainable business scenario can be made through the communication channel. Compared to the study by Marsen (2020), present study analyses how communication channel can be considered to influence the sustainability of the firm under uncertainty.

Reference:

MBA601 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship Report Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to prepare a 2500-word new venture business plan that incorporates various aspects of a start-up to be presented to a venture capitalist.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to provide students with an opportunity to create a plan for the proposed venture that incorporates financial, operational, marketing and ethical considerations and evaluate the risks and benefits of entrepreneurialism with a focus on how these can be mitigated.

Assessment Instructions

Presume that the start-up venture that you have been allocated in the first assessment is now seeking capital from prospective venture capitalists as they have plans to expand their business to other countries. In the context of this assessment, you are to focus on New Zealand as the first choice for the planned expansion.

Based on this, you are to prepare a new venture business plan that addresses the following:

• The overview of the market potential for the planned expansion in New Zealand;

• A comprehensive outline of the suitable business model.

• A critical analysis of the financial considerations, including investment requirements, potential risks and returns, and crowdfunding opportunities.

• A critical analysis of potential issues associated with human resources and operations.

• A critical analysis of the ethical considerations, including legal and regulatory risks and challenges.

The structure of your new venture business plan must adhere to the week 7 content coverage. In preparing this business plan, you must also incorporate theories and concepts discussed in the topics from weeks 5 to 12.

The findings presented in this report must be based on scholarly, peer-reviewed and commercial sources of information that were published no longer than 5 years ago. You are required to use at least 10 sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These must be presented in the business plan as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your document. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Introduction:

The case study that has been used to complete the assignment is based on a company that makes devices that helps the users and doctors to remain connected and share data about how their lungs are working. For Assignment Help the Company which has developed the product is NuvoAir. The company has developed a spiral device that can be handed to the user and a sensor is fitted in the body and is connected with the smart device.

The company is looking for an expansion option, and it has been seen that New Zealand can be a viable option as the country has various respiratory patients and the country lacks awareness in this department.

Overview of market:

NuvoAir is a company that was founded in 2014 by Mr Lorenzo Consoli. The start-up was started with the intention of providing better care to the patients as the device helps to build the gap between the doctors and the patients ensuring that the amount of care is increased for the patients. The product was made by Sweden based company and is a spirometer which can be used from the ease of home. The best part of the device is that it is directly connected with the smartphone of the patient. Hence, the device was designed with the intention to improve the management of serious lung conditions of patients, and their families.

The main headquarters of the company is located in the United States however, the company deliver its product in more than 30 countries. Right now, the company is looking for expansion options and is working to analyze whether New Zealand will be a potential market for the expansion of the company (Kostikas, et al, 2021, p.4)

New Zealand is a country that is rich in its culture and focuses on the health of its individuals. However, as globalization is increasing, the threat to individuals is also increasing as the cause of diseases is increasing. In New Zealand, asthma and respiratory diseases are two of the major causes of sickness and death. Every 1 individual out of 6 has a respiratory disease. Also, it is not only common in adults but every 7th child is suffering from these diseases and the same is becoming the main cause of death in the country.

This is because the fast-paced life, has restricted the scope of movement, and the air is not fresh anymore. The country is also very aware of the ongoing disease and is spending almost $7 billion every year to maintain the health and ecosystem and to provide better services to its patients and individuals (Shinde, et al, 2021, p.56)

The country has recently issued their first COPD guidelines. This step was taken by the government amid COVID-19 as the pandemic is mostly impacting people who have weak breathing systems. Earlier the country has never issued such guidelines which will help the individuals and show that the country care for their patients. This is also because the country lacks in non-pharmacological management and does not understand its importance. Hence, as important it is for people to do yoga, it is important that consideration is paid to non-pharmacological management as well.

Hence, in this case, the device that the company has made will be very helpful for the patients as it is specially designed for people who have respiratory issues as the device is also useful in conducting vital expiratory tests. The patients can link the device to their system which can help them to share data with their doctors or their care team. Hence, the device will provide ease to the patients and their doctors.
Business model:

The NuvoAir is based on the idea of letting people know about their illness at an early stage. The idea of a start-up is something similar to what the Sleep Cycle app does. The app will track your sleeping cycle and at times with the help of machine language, it will even tell the user the times that they have coughed in the night. Hence, the device is based on the same idea where it uses the app to track the cycle and also do health check-ups.

The company was founded in 2014, but, has seen immense growth amid covid because it was the time when people became more aware of their health. At that time, the stock of the company has seen a growth of 500% (Parrott, 2020, p.32)

The product works through a spirometer which is a Bluetooth device and remotely monitors the lung movement of the user. The model of the company is such that the sensor gets connected to their body which is then integrated with their Fitbit devices or their smartphones. It also depicts the data related to how many times the user has coughed during the night as it helps in better assessment of lung movement.

The business model enables the health plans, healthcare systems, insurance companies as it helps to reduce the cost of managing severe respiratory patients, and also provide patients with the care that they need. The company has stated that all over the world more than 300 million people suffer from respiratory issues, and the solution that the company has provided decreases the chances of visiting the doctor by 39%. Over the years the company has already made a strong base in the United States, and Europe, and is working to raise finance to expand its operations in other countries as well.

The business idea is also inspired by the personal health condition of the founder, where he suffered from asthma as a child. Also, the younger son of the founder has asthma and he has been seeing respiratory conditions prevailing in his family for a long time. Hence, the founder has joined the Novartis franchise and has realized how much technology has developed in the meantime, and how the same can be used to develop a device that will help the patients to examine their lungs and keep a track of the times when they need severe medical treatment. The system will be cost-efficient and will help the patients to save their time and cost (Sleurs, et al, 2019, p.67)

The product has got support from various medical health institutions as it is safe to use and helps the patients and doctors to remain connected and also give a breather to the doctors to examine those patients first who needs immediate attention. Hence, the business model of the product is simple, as the users need the device and the sensor is connected to their bodies, and as it is a Bluetooth device it can directly be connected to the smartphones or smartwatches of the individuals and the data can be shared with the doctors, hence, increasing the care and attention that is provided to patients.

Crowdfunding operations:

The start-up was founded in 2014 with the help of arranging finance from different investors. Hence, now as well, the company is trying to look for expansion options there is an opportunity for the company to use different methods to raise finance. However, the company should also analyze the risks and returns of every method. For instance, the company can use debt financing, where loans can be taken from banks, and the company will have to repay the loan in equal instalments.
But, if the company uses debt financing that it can be an optimal manner to raise finance but it also comes with a number of risks. Such as sometimes a company might not be able to repay the interests amount which will make the company a defaulter. And more loans do not look good on the balance sheet and pushes the company towards the risk of bankruptcy. However, today there are various private financing options that companies can use such as crowdfunding, venture capitalists etc. These platforms provide finance to the users at a low cost and without much hustle (Robach, 2020, p.21)

There are various crowdfunding websites that will provide initial investment to the investor i.e. if the investors have liked the idea they will provide finance to the company. However, before looking for financing options, it is important that analysis has been conducted to decide the amount of initial investment that the company will require. It is important to understand that cost in this industry is high, but, over the years measures have been taken by the company to reduce their overhead cost and it is by deciding how the company wants to conduct their repairs. Hence, before an investment plan is drawn company should evaluate the cost of conducting business in New Zealand, i.e. the overall cost of starting the business, the overhead cost, the employee's cost, etc. The company should also make provision that the cost company has decided might overrun the initial amount because there will be various differences in the cost of living.

Hence, it is very important that before financing and investment options are decided company analyses every option based on its cost and benefit i.e. risks and returns of every financing option should be evaluated as it will help the company to raise maximum finance at a minimum cost and in the most efficient manner (Kostikas, et al, 2020, p.65)

Human resource options:

Human resource management is one of the major issues that the company faces when they are looking for an expansion option. It is because the human resource is one of the most important resources which helps the company to gain a competitive advantage. In this case, the company is looking for an expansion option in New Zealand, hence, analysis is to be conducted of how the workforce moves in the country and what are the current issues that the workforce is facing.

From the analysis, it has been analyzed that the major human resource issue that the companies are facing is related to the recruitment of individuals. Staffing is one of the major issues, then managing human resources is another issue, and because the requirement of every is different it is first important to assess the requirement (Elsafty, et al, 2020, p.45)

In this case, the company will need to have a store or department where the company will be selling its products and conducting campaigns to make the consumers understand the importance of the device and how it can provide help and care to them. Hence, as a preliminary part, it is important that the company has tied up with local hospitals and have analyzed the hospitals that take maximum cases of respiratory issues, and whether there are cities like Auckland, where the rate of disease is high.

There are various considerations that a business has to take in relation to sanitization, plant management, billing, food requirements etc. The company will have to interview a number of candidates for different roles such as sales person or hiring a doctor who will be available at the site to ensure that users are aware of the device and how the same should be used.

Right now, the medical human resource is also tired and is feeling less motivated, hence, it is very important to ensure that company is paying something extra to ensure that their goals are matched with the goals of the organization. While hiring the human resource team also, the company has to ensure that professionals are educated and have the required degrees that allow them to work in this profession (Zhou, et al, 2020, p.5)

The company will also require to depart some of the existing workforces to New Zealand to ensure that they are aware of the way the company works and how they approach the clients. Hence, the major issue will be to handle the human resource and to recruit them, because beliefs of every country are different and it will be difficult for the company to understand the ways human resources work in New Zealand, i.e. their paychecks, what they expect is more than what company can afford. The recruitment in health care in the country is not easy because competition is increasing and there are various companies who have to eye the talent. Hence, the efforts must be taken by the company to attract employees as well and to provide them with the advantage which is not provided by other companies. This will help the company to build a gap between the company and the doctors, and the patients.

Ethical Considerations and Legal Compliance:

Whenever any company is rolling out any new device, they must ensure that all the ethical requirements are fulfilled before the product is rolled out in the market. However, the laws and regulations of every country are different and hence, reliance is to be paid to ensure that before expansion consultation is taken from the native lawyers to understand whether the company will be required to register the product with the health authorities of the country as it is considered as a health device.

The product should be rolled out only after analyzing that the product has an active market in New Zealand, and the product has passed all the necessary tests. The ethical issues that can arise here, is the quality of the product and its effectiveness. For instance, there are chances that some products might be defective or do not give accurate results to the users, or there are even chances that the product has a bug and the company is not disclosing the same to the users because it will decrease the demand of product (Blštáková, 2021, p.76)

Hence, the product should be given to a patch of health users and users who suffer from respiratory issues and should be enrolled after the company has disclosed all the details to the consumers and the health professionals. Also, measures have to be taken by the company to ensure that the data stored in the device about the clients is safe and is not misused by the company or other professionals in an inconvenient manner.

For instance, all the documents have to be shared by the company with the health department and the test reports from other countries where the product has been certified as safe for the use of humans will also require to be shared. Hence, the process can be time-consuming because the company will have to dedicate time to understand the legal compliances and regulatory compliances of the country because they will not be able to roll out the product before doing the same. The same can be time-consuming as well because COVID country has put various restrictions and it is not easy to conduct trade in the country. Also, the decision is to be taken whether the company wants to set the plant in New Zealand or whether the company will work on a retail basis only, i.e. products will be imported and then sold (Liu, 2021, p.78).

Conclusion:

A conclusion can be drawn from the above study, that the idea behind the start-up was very prominent because as use of technology is increasing people have stopped going out for fresh air which has caused various respiratory diseases and every year government and health departments of every country have to spend a ton to maintain the systems in check.

Hence, in this case, the product that the company has developed can be very useful, also because New Zealand is a country where every 6th person suffers from a respiratory problem and this device can help the patient to build the gap with the doctors and take timely advice and medication.

Reference:

MBA506 Thinking Styles, Negotiation and Conflict Management Report Sample

Your Task

You will engage in a negotiation for the sale and purchase of a commercial asset such as a business or a piece of real estate.

Assessment Description

You may be nominated to represent the vendor (seller) and will receive email instructions from
the vendor company CEO including:

1. Appointment to represent the company as their agent for the sale of the commercial asset;

2. Specific details about the commercial asset;

3. Information about the status of current negotiations with an alternative potential purchaser;

4. Information about a new potential purchaser;

5. Contact details of the agent appointed to represent the purchaser.

Alternatively, you may be nominated to represent the purchaser and will receive email instructions from the purchaser company CEO including:

1. Appointment to represent the company as their agent for the purchase of the commercial asset;

2. Specific details about the commercial asset;

3. Information about alternative assets the company is considering purchasing instead;

4. Information about the vendor;

5. Contact details of the agent appointed to represent the vendor.

Solution

Introduction:

Negotiation is very important for both effective selling and purchasing for any industry. Specifically for the construction industry, the seller needs to be efficient in negotiation as it is the only way to have profit through proper negotiation with the customer. For Assignment Help Negotiation is supported with thinking style which would be discussed through proper style, preference to confirm better negotiation from a seller's perspective. Here, the discussion focusses about negotiation about selling a real estate with the help of the below three stages.

Stage 1: Pre-negotiation

According to the Stemberg Wagner self-assessment inventory, it is found that being a seller, I am more efficient in anarchic style as the evaluation confirms the highest score in this type of thinking style. It highlights the fact that, I understand the meaning of punctuality and depends mostly on the proverb of first come first chance in the professional field as well, which is one of the most important aspect that needs to be taken care by a seller (Ozan 2019). However, I do not stick to any task very long and can switch from one task to another task easily, if found that both are equally important. Problem-solving is very important for making any decision and based on the self-assessment test, it is noted that, I try to effectively handle all the problems by discussing and writing idea through emotional intelligence to confirm best findings. Sometimes, I get puzzled with the priority of the problems. However, taking the decision by considering all points is one thing that I prefer the most, which confirm efficacy in thinking style and the thinking type helps in being a multitasker though not in every possible way. The thinking style is much helpful for me to negotiate effectively.

As per the test, my thinking scope is more related to external style, as I always brainstorm ideas with peers and friends to have multiple perspectives as if it would be better for him to speak with others rather than studying reports. He further likes to work in collaboration and the situation where he can work together by combining his ideas with others by sharing his ideas. Most importantly while taking decisions he always takes other opinions into account to make them effective.

Negotiation can be done through 5 strategies like collaborative, compromising, avoiding, accommodating, and competing which do have significance as per the scenario. An anarchic form of thinking can be much helpful to negotiate (Sariçoban & Kirmizi, 2020). It confirms better decision-making skills by sharing enough consideration for different types of problems and most importantly confirms the ideas to be well organized and well prepared for negotiation. The external scope of negotiation can be best for collaborative or accommodating negotiation which would help to sustain a positive environment in the entire negotiation taking care of interpersonal relationships between seller and buyer. However, the type of negotiation form and scope can be disadvantageous in some respect as all decisions cannot be taken jointly with varying views of everyone. Further, all negotiations cannot be done on the basis of first come first chance, as there might be other better opportunities to consider which is indicated in the scenario as well.

It is better for the seller to adapt the optimal thinking style which can balance several factors. Anarchic thinking style is important with proper decision making, effective problem-solving skills, however, it needs to be empowered with emotional intelligence to confirm taking the decision, not only by the fact of prioritization, rather sharing consideration for other aspects as well. Similarly, it will be better for the seller to exercise such an optimal thinking style that can perfectly balance between internal and external scopes (Soysal & Radmard, 2018). The seller needs to be directed by the Pareto principle to confirm minimum input with maximum output. Hence, he needs to decide if it would be better for him to go with the external scope or with the internal scope.

BATNA stands for the best alternative to a negotiated agreement. Reservation value can be referred to as the least favorable point with what one can accept the negotiated agreement (Thomas et al, 2018). For the seller, the reservation value would be the minimum amount and for the buyer, this would be the maximum amount. The buyer deals with 2.5 million with a 10% discount over the property. However, the negotiation does not come to an end with the amount offered, as the seller is not quite happy with the offered price and thus, he is further negotiating with the buyer by saying that the BATNA is not feasible and possible from the end seller. The reservation value even needs to be decided, as the buyer has offered a 5% discount and 2.5 million for the property whereas the seller's offered amount is 5.5 million to 6.5 million with a 5% discount. The negotiation still needs to be initiated from both the party as the BATNA and reservation value are not matching with each other for seller and buyer. The seller has further looked for BATNA and reservation value from the buyer to join on the same board.

The ZOFA range is a zone of possible agreement to bargain in an area where selling price can find the common ground. It can only exist if there would be an overlap between the expectation of the parties regarding the agreement. In order to claim the greater portion of ZOFA, it is needed to negotiate effectively and efficiently with empowered decision-making skills (Lani 2021). The seller cannot be directed by emotion, rather through emotional intelligence, while negotiate to confirm the fact that he is negotiating and not bargaining. It is very important to be aware and controlled while negotiating. Offers need to be lowered as per the offered value as rejecting all offers can be negatively impactful. It is better to avoid drastic price cuts while negotiating the behavior needs to be polite to confirm the best proportion of the ZOFA.

The discussion has confirmed justification for effective negotiation where it is started its discussion through thinking style preference form. As per the discussion it has been seen that anarchic thinking style preference form has some advantages to carry on for better negotiation with the support of external scopes (Jeong et al, 2019). However, it needs to be empowered with proper alignment with other styles as well as internal scope. It is very important to have the same BATNA and reservation value to make an end in the negotiation to not spare much scope for the ZOFA range.

Stage 2: Negotiation

The negotiation between the seller and the buyer is for fixing the price where the reservation value for the seller is 5.5 million and the buyer is 2.5 million with 5% and 10% discount respectively. At first, the negotiation has been initiated by the buyer to be confirmed about the price of the property and the seller has started the negotiation with the price of 5.5 and with a competing negotiation strategy. Through the strategy, the seller has confirmed assertiveness, not cooperativeness as it is formally conveyed that the reservation value offered by the buyer is not feasible and possible. Further, it takes the help of the strategy of avoiding, he has already shown that he has further options and cannot retain much for the deal to crack with the same party. From the perspective of the buyer, the negotiation has started with the strategy of accommodating, as he has started much formally to maintain the relationship with the other party. He went into smooth over tension minimizing references to confirm a good rapport for satisfying the needs of the seller. From the beginning point, the buyer is going for cooperativeness and not much assertive in his negotiation. With negotiating with the seller, he has also tried to exercise compromising as a negotiation strategy by seeking a middle ground solution, which as per him can be satisfactory for both the parties' needs. However, the initiative has not been much entertained by the seller, as he does not show any interest to exercise collaborating negotiation strategy through his communication. The seller only offered assertiveness in his negotiation and not even offered any creative solution to satisfy the concern of all parties.

Stage 3: Post Negotiation

[Your Name]

Email: [Your email address]

[Date]

By email: [Client email address]

[Client Name]

Chief Executive Officer

[Client Organisation Name]

Dear [Client Name],

RE: NEGOTIATION FOR [PURCHASE/SALE] OF [PROPERTY ADDRESS]

Thank you for your instructions.

Hereby, the follow-up of the negotiation regarding the property between seller and buyer is been accomplished to notify about the progression regarding the same. Before going for the negotiation, it would be better to inform what type of negotiation form and other associated factors have been used to confirm better negotiation for selling the property with the greater proportion value for the seller. Initially, the anarchic thinking style has been used by the seller to confirm better prioritization, effective handling of the problems by noting down the ideas to confirm a decision. It has cherished the external thinking style, where collaboration and cooperation have been exercised for taking decisions. Brainstorming has been confirmed in the process. Decisions only are taken including teams' perspectives and opinions and not by the internal report. Sharing and aligning ideas play the key role to justify the decision in the entire negotiation process of selling the property to confirm the best outcome. In order to achieve further improvement in the process, it is being considered that it will be better for the seller to have a perfect collaboration between external and internal scope, as sometimes decision making by self becomes much more important rather than group involvement. In case of emergency, it would be better to take the decision by Pareto principle to confirm minimum input with maximum output to confirm the best result through negotiation. However, as per the negotiation at present, there is a considerable ZOFA range in the reservation value of the property. The BATNA of the seller and the buyer is not being aligned as the seller is exercising aggressiveness adopting competing for negotiation strategy whereas the customer is having accommodating negotiation strategy to gel with. As per the last negotiation, the reservation value from the seller is 5.5 million with a 5% discount, and the reservation value from the buyer is 2.5 million with a 10% discount confirming a considerable ZOFA range. It is even hereby being notified that the negotiation does not come to an end as the seller is further waiting for the response of the buyer regarding offered reservation value by the seller.

Yours sincerely,
[Your name]

 
Reference

MBA402 Governance, Ethics and Sustainability Report Sample

Your Task

You are required to research recent news articles and other information about Flight Centre

Your task is to draft a Code of Ethics for Flight Centre. The word limit is 2000 words.

Assessment Instructions

Your Code of Ethics must specifically address the following areas:

A. Discrimination
B. Exploitation
C. Corruption
D. Dishonest and Fraudulent Behavior
E. Whistleblower Protection
F. Enforcement

You will be required to include a minimum of 8 references in your Code of Ethics, 4 of which must come from academic journals or textbooks.
For further guidance here are the links to three example company codes of ethics:

Solution

Code of conduct

A code of conduct can be defined as the set of rules, regulations and policies that an individual should abide by while doing their respective roles. In a workplace context, it can refer to certain principles, standards, moral and ethical expectations, which are levied by the organisation, and the employees and third parties need to follow them while they interact with the organisation. It proposes the values and ethical principles that clarify the vision of any businessSchroeder et al. (2019, p.122). For Assignment Help Code of conduct is a significant measure, to value the employees and create and proper standards for the employees to do their respective jobs. It adds up to the sanity in an organisation and moulds the internal structure of an organization. This set of rules and policies helps the organisation to value integrity and impartiality while governing the operations of the business. It creates a safe passage for the employees, to honour themselves as well as their colleagues, and secures them from being prejudiced and unbiased. A code of conduct in an organisation portrays the mission, vision, values and principles, and links it to the professional standards of business. A code of conduct is quite significant at a workplace, as it establishes an inclusive culture within the organisation, and provides a comprehensive framework to mitigate the conflicts and issues which rises due to certain ethical reasonsCesaroni et al. (2020, p. C1-C1). An ethical culture needs to be maintained within a Flight centre, and the leaders need to manifest the ethics in the attitudes and behaviour of the employees. Consistent enforcement, proper training and explanation of ethical practices are important to enlighten the employees with the code of conduct prevailing in the organisationVitolla et al.(2021, p.100823).

Discrimination

It can be defined as the mistreatment of an individual based on the grounds of race, age and sex. It means when a person is subjected to prejudicial treatment, due to their background. The main problems concerning discrimination in the Flight centre include harassment by managers, co-workers due to race, colour, religion and sexDhanani et al.(2018, p. 147-179). Any unlawful behaviour concerning an adverse action taken on an individual due to their ethnicity is considered workplace discrimination. The four types of discrimination that are common in workplaces are direct discrimination, indirect discrimination, harassment and victimisation. For example, when an employee is side-lined unnecessarily due to their disabilities can be considered as breakage of workplace conduct. There are some laws that secure the workers from any discriminatory activities. The Civil Rights Act 1964 prohibit employment discrimination concerning race, colour, religion, sex or national origin. The Equal Pay Cut of 1963 protects the issues of women getting paid equally like men, based on the substantial work. The Age Discrimination Act of 1967 prohibits any age-based discrimination and protects the working of people who are more than 40. These laws provide a framework, which limits the prevalence of any discriminatory activity within an organizationKim et al. (2020, p. 415).

Discrimination: Code of Ethics

There are certain policies that need to be maintained by the Flight Centre. They include –

• Every employee should be provided with equal opportunity and provided scope for growth.

• Every employee should treat their colleagues equally, and should not discriminate against any worker based on their belonging or background.

• The employees need to adhere to the safety and health guidelines so that they are not prone to any accidental risks

• Every employee should be paid equally, and any unnecessary demands would not be entertained by the organisation.

• Everyone should be aware of the protected characteristics, and any kind of unfavourable behaviour will not be entertained.

• During the recruitment process, the company needs to hire employees based on their talents rather than providing favourable conditions to a certain group of students.

Exploitation

It can be defined as the act of treating an individual unfairly, to get benefitted from their work. Exploitation in workplaces refers to a specific situation when an employee is forced to work in certain sub-par conditions, or they are not provided with wages for a prolonged period. It is completely illegal when an employer denies the protections that he promised to their employeesBone(2020, p.1-16). The various types prevalent in the Flight Centre include sexual exploitation, labour exploitation, domestic servitude, and child labour. The employees tend to maximise their profits, by giving fewer payments to the employees, and exercise dictatorial behaviour against them. The employees are made to do more work, than actual standards which are completely illegal and do not abide by the governmental regulations concerning standards of working. The Employment Act 1996 promises the safety and health standards of the employees. A regulation is common in the US, which states that no employee can work more than 48 hours a week. These are also known as work time regulationsKaufman et al. (2021, p. 65-92).

Exploitation: Code of conduct

There are certain policies which need to follow in the flight centre to avoid exploitation. They include –

- The employees should not be forced to do overtime if they are paid the same.
- For every overtime, the employees should be provided with extra pay.
- There should be an increase in pay scale after a specific period.
- No worker should be forced to work against their will.
- There should be fixed working hours.
- The workers should not work more than 40 hours in 168 hours.
- The workers should be provided with more transportation in case of any delayed or night shifts.
- The pay scale should abide by the labour laws.
- The women involved in the work should be paid equally concerning their equal labour.
- The company should abide by overtime labour laws.

Corruption

It can be defined as are dishonest or fraudulent conduct committed by the individuals who are in power and mainly involves bribery. In many workplaces, it has been seen that employers demand a certain amount of money for promotion related activities and often force the employees to bribe them for gaining successAla'aZuhair Mansour and Popoola(2020, p.405). The employer's in-flight centres have been accused of bribery promising the employees certain benefits concerning their job role. These instances prove that corruption in workplaces has an impact would be organisation and brutally find out affects the mindset of the employees. The main tax of corruption in workplaces includes bribery, lobbying, extortion, cronyism, nepotism, parochialism, patronage influence peddling, graft and embezzlement. In the US, The Foreign Corrupt Practise Act was passed, which criminalised any sort of corrupt interaction with employers. This law has been able to prosecute the domestic and foreign companies who bribed officials to earn certain projectsArbatskaya and Mialon (2020, p. 126).

Corruption: Code of conduct

There are certain policies that need to be followed by the flight centre to avoid any corruption-related activity in the workplace. They include

- The behaviour of each employee should be ethical and they should not get indulged in any corruption-related activity.

- A proper corruption cell should be found in any organisation which will register any corruption cases if reported.

- The employee should not provide any monetary transactions which are not a part of the company operations.

- The accountants should keep proper cheques only monetary transactions and should not oversee disruptions in the calculations.

Dishonest and fraudulent behaviour

When we talk about fraud and dishonesty at the workplace we refer to the events where there has been the conduct of dishonest activity that has the potential to cause genuine loss and damage to any individual or an entity. Dishonest and fraudulent activity may refer to many issues such as identity, money, false documentation, property, unethical usage of information and many more. As per the ABC investigations, many staffs have reported various misconducts, dishonest, and fraudulent behaviour by Flight CentreBaten(2020, p. 1-13). The employees have accused Flight Centre of ripping off its customers and underpaying its employees. They have also reported that the company has been encouraging its travel consultants to gouge its customers by adding, hundreds, or even thousands of dollars at the time of booking to bring extra revenue to the travel agents as well as to the company. In addition to that, the company has also been accused of creating an alcohol-fuelled culture to make their employees work for unpaid overtime hours and with miserable pays by its employees. The employees have said that in the case of marking up flights, the company increases the amount of the tickets as much as they could get out of their customers. it is seen that the current base salary of travel consultants in Flight Centre is $33,500 which is about $4000 lower than the minimum wage of AustraliaNakitende et al.(2021, p.21-38). In this case, the rest salary of the travel consultants is compensated by the commissions they get through flight mark-ups.

Dishonest and fraudulent behaviour: Code of Conduct

There are certain policies which need to be followed by Flight Centre to avoid dishonest and fraudulent behaviour:

The company can undertake risk assessment which would enable them to identify various opportunities for theft, fraud, and dishonesty and put control over those areas to dissuade this.

- Lines of authority and responsibility needs to be established by the company.

- Positive workplace culture should be developed to encourage the employees to work effectively.

- The company needs to consider the salary of the employee and negotiate with them to offer them their desired salary.

- The company should train the employees to be aware of fraud and dishonest activities and give them the privilege to report about the fraud activities as soon as they identify one.

Whistleblower protection

The act of protecting the information of any organisation is known as whistleblower protection. This is an act that is proposed to combat corruption and various other illegal activities. The whistleblower protection act encourages and facilitates the disclosure of misconduct in both the private and public sectorsDeMott (2021, p.98). Considering various misdeeds, dishonest, and fraudulent activities within the company, the Flight Centre Travel Group has committed to establishing a culture where all of its employees are covered by this policy enabling them to be more conscious about the suspected and actual misconducts. The purpose behind the implication of this act into the organisational policy is to promote responsible disclosure of the wrongdoings that takes place within the organisation. However, potential wrongdoings do not necessarily mean to include personal work-related grievances. Personal work-related grievances should be raised via team leaders or HR who allows resolving these issues most effectivelyShostko(2020, p. 245). The issues which can be considered to take into account under the act of whistleblower protection are- dishonesty, fraud, workplace harassment, theft, bullying at the workplace, discrimination, bribery, corruption, manipulation, falsification, illegal activities, modern slavery, the unsafe practice of work, victimization, breach of code of conduct and other policies and many more.

Whistleblower protection: Code of Conduct

- In order to encourage the act of whistleblower protections, the Flight Centre should consider certain things. Such as

- The Board shall not encourage anyone to discourage from speaking up in the policy of whistleblower protection.

- The board will not tolerate anyone for being subject to any form of harm if they want to speak out.

- The Board is obligated to take disciplinary actions, or even terminate if anyone is proved to cause harm to anyone for speaking up.

- Everyone who is covered by this policy should be encouraged for reporting under this policy and should adhere to the standards of ethical behaviour.

Enforcement

The code of conduct has been established to protect the employees from experiencing wrongdoings and various policies have been designed that would satisfy the needs of the employees. The company is obligated to train and educate the employees before joining the company and all the policies, rules and regulations are to be explained to them to avoid confusion and provide them with a positive workplace environment and ensure them that they are safe in this company. The employees are needed to be made aware of the policies to avoid exploitation, corruption, dishonest and fraudulent behaviour and whistleblower protection. In addition, to make the employees of the various policies, they should also be aware of the consequences in case they are proved to break any rules and regulations of the company which is against the law. The code of conduct of exploitation, corruption, dishonest and fraudulent behaviour, and whistleblower protection have been discussed in this research paper which is to be adopted by the Flight Centre to create a better workplace environment and motivate the employees to work effectively.

References

MBA611 International Strategy Report Sample

Your task

Using the same company that you worked on in the first assessment, individually, you are required to prepare a 1200-word report in which you must identify possible strategies that companies can adopt when considering engaging with international markets. Please note that if you focus on any other company than the one your workshop facilitator provides, your submission will receive a grade of zero.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this assessment is to foster students’ ability to analyse strategic opportunities in an international context and developing skills for analysing the process of ethical decision making upon entry and operations into the international markets.

Assessment Instructions

To complete this assignment, you will have to use the same company you in the first assessment. This report must summarise the strategy you propose the company adopts in the country you’ve identified in the first assessment. The strategy needs to be developed to give the company and its product/service the best chance of success.

The strategy requires you to conduct in-depth research into the country that you have selected and collect information about the following:

a) The average pay rate for staff in entry-level and managerial roles in your chosen compay’s industry

b) The attitudes of local consumers or businesses towards international companies. You can identify this by reading a range of news articles or listening to podcast news about the country.

c) How easy or difficult it is to transfer funds to and from the country with particular emphasis on the ability to repatriate funds back to the home country (Australia)

d) Whether Australian banks have relationships or agreements with banks in that country

e) The number and timing of public holidays in that country or seasons where work may be slower than usual or disrupted.

f) The current GDP, interest rate and inflation rate in that country.

You are required to recommend one of the following strategies (choose one and justify it)

a) Opening a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company in the selected country

b) Buying a local comapny in the chosen country.

The report does not require an executive summary.

The word count does not include the cover sheet or reference list, or any tables you may use.

The assessment must be completed individually.

Please remember that you will need to cite the sources you used, so you are required to reference at least 8 sources of information. These may include corporate websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, newspaper articles and textbook material. You must apply Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style to your in-text citations and your reference list in referencing sources.

Solution

Introduction

Strategic expansion can be termed as a synonym for a growth strategy of a firm that aims toward achieving higher success in the competing markets. Concerning this, the expansion strategy that might be adopted by Bendigo and Adelaide Bank in the New York, USA is a wholly own subsidiary strategy. In this context, the report summarizes in-depth research and the benefits of the stated strategy within the markets of the USA. For Assignment Help.

Average pay rate for staff in entry-level and managerial roles in the banking industry

At the entry-level, the average pay rate of a banking staff ranges between of $32,086 to $80,500 (Pay.scale.com, 2021). On the other hand, at entry level, it will be easier to get more customers in the US, and the percentage of loan taking in the USA is higher than the US. On the other hand, per capita income in the US is higher, so it will be more meaningful to expand business in the US rather than the UK.

Figure 1: Showing Average pay rate of a banking personal at the entry-level
(Source: Created by the Learner)

- Managerial Role

A manager in the banking industry is responsible for managing all the duties of the branch office including the hiring of new staff, marketing of banking services, approving loans, and establishing a rapport with the customers of the community. According to Sciencedirect.com (2021), the managerial role of a bank manager also includes developing new policies within the firm.

Attitudes of local consumers or businesses towards international companies

This has been stated by Newsroom. accenture.com (2021), that consumer ethnocentrism is mainly used by foreign companies to understand the attitude of the customer community toward foreign products or first. In terms of GDP ranking in the world, US comes at the first position, and the amount of FDI in the US is higher than the UK. Even per-capita income in the US is higher than the US, so for the US consumers are very comfortable with the foreign investors. Even the government of the US is also very foreign investment friendly, and almost 310000 Australian live in the US, so it will be a huge opportunity for the Australian bank to open their brand in the US (Embassy.gov.au, 2021). As every customer have a different perspective and choices thus service price or quality mix is studied by the customers before purchasing services. In the USA market, consumers prefer global brands due to the association of “high prestige” or because of the ‘elite’ class reflected by the products. However, as per the view of Newsroom. accenture.com (2021), the local brands have a negative attitude toward international companies due to the loss of consumers faced by the brands.

Easy or difficult it is to transfer funds to and from the country with particular emphasis on the ability to repatriate funds back to Australia

The international money transfer (IMT) services help in repatriating the funds from one country to the other using bank account to bank account transfers. As such kind of fund transformation directly allows in sending of cash thus help companies in repatriating funds back to the parent country (Westernunion.com, 2021).
Existing relationship or agreements with the bank in the USA

As per the reports, the governments between Australia and the United States are also connected and focusing on the banking terms they have not agreed to any of the relationships and agreements (Nemati et al. 2019, p 435). The Bendigo and Adelaide Bank in Australia is willing to make the expansion in the international market and that is why they have chosen the United States as in the analysis it has resulted that New York is a better option in exploring the financial business compared to London, the United Kingdom (Sinaga et al. 2018, p 2).

Timing and holidays in the USA with low work pressure

According to the reports and survey it has been seen that the United States has 11 public holidays and otherwise the people are very much efficient in terms of providing services. According to the analysis, 62% of the people in the United States are engaged in the private sector and that is why they have to work more except Sunday and Saturday (Iacoviello, and Navarro, 2019, p 232).

Current GDP, interest rate, and an inflation rate of the United States

Table 1: GDP growth rate
(Source: Iacoviello, and Navarro, 2019, p 232)

In the year 2019, the GDP rate of the country was 2.16%, after the counts get hit by the Covid 19 the GDP rate has been -3.51% and in this year the government has worked very hard on their business functions and operations to make the GDP rate 6.39%. Every investor looks for a stable market with stable economic condition, that is why US has been selected over the UK, as it is more stable in terms of the economic conditions.

Figure 2: Inflation Rate graph
(Source: Tidwell, 2017, p 184)

The interest rate is also changing with the time in the banks of the United States and focusing on that it has been analyzing that a 1.50% interest rate is currently provided by the banks (Tidwell, 2017, p 184).

Recommendation

As the US will be the new market, according to the Theory of Marketing 7Ps, it is very necessary to analyse the local market. So the buying one or more than one small companies will be more beneficial for the Australian bank. It is very required to analyse the external market, and information about the consumer behaviour, and about the consumer demand can be extracted from the small companies, and their business network can be utilized in proper way. On the other hand, opening a subsidiaries company or companies will be more costly for the Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited. In the geo-political equation Australia is one of the ally countries of the USA. That is why, the cooperation between this two countries has become so close, and so many USA companies are entering Australian market, and Australian companies are also getting the opportunities to enter the US market. In the US there is a heavy industry and is contributing a big part in the GDP of the country, so the opportunities in the US is wider and more open.

As a recommendation, it also can be said that Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited will be able to utilize this expansion as a strategic decision to spread over the whole North America continent. On the other the presence in the New York will also help them to reach to the farthest point of the US, so selection of the location will also provide them so many benefits over the competitors. A large percentage of the US population work in the private industries, so Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited needs to tie up with private industries by offering healthy interest percentage for the salary account and for savings account. Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited needs to target those students coming every year in the US for study and for research purpose, they will be very easy clicking customers, so the market analysis for Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited and strategic decision making will be very crucial pat here.

Conclusion

From the above discussion, it can be concluded in this report that the average pay rate of the banking staff at the entry-level is quite decent and attractive for new employment. As the bank managers are responsible for hiring effective staff thus have the responsibility of fixing the salary of the employees. Further, it can be concluded that consumer ethnocentrism helps to study their behaviour in the markets. Lastly, it can be concluded in this report that the USA has banking agreements with Australian banks that help in transferring companies’ funds to the home country.

References

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Report Sample

Assessment Task

The task for this assessment is to prepare and present a plan for your development as a leader. The period of your plan could be 2, 5 or 10 years. Select the period that makes most sense to you, depending on the current stage of your life and career. Briefly explain the reason for the time period that you have selected.

Your plan needs to be based on or anchored by an established model of personal development. A number of possible models were provided in Module 1. The choice of model is up to you. The Whitmore GROW and Boyatzis Intentional Change models are two of the most comprehensive at a personal level. However, other models may be more relevant to your current needs. You are also welcome to use an appropriate model that was not included in Module 1, provided it meets the tests of academic rigour and usefulness to you. You must provide a brief description of your chosen model and a justification for your selection. It is important that you go to the source documents and not rely only on the summary version of your chosen model.

Please also include a section in your report about the impact of national culture on your leadership direction.

Your development plan must draw on the resources of the subject to demonstrate your increased awareness of the factors that contribute to effective leadership. Your development goals should be based on at least four of the topics covered in the subject, such as enhanced emotional intelligence, more effective strategic thinking, enhanced influencing and motivational skills, greater cultural sensitivity, greater support for creativity and innovation, more effective change leadership, greater resilience, etc Additional information on leadership development to help you prepare your plan is provided in the Subject Resources section of each module.

Context

The purpose of all three assessments combined is to reflect on your own leadership journey, obtain feedback from your assigned partner and other trusted sources, evaluate your current leadership style, effectiveness and potential and then prepare a plan for your continued development as a leader. The three assessments are integrated pieces of work and you should draw on the first parts as you work on this final part. The first assessment focused on your journey so far and current capabilities. This final assessment report should present your plans for your future development as a leader. While there is some overlap between this assessment and previous ones, it is expected that students convey a more heightened sense of self-awareness and understanding, and to demonstrate that their appreciation of the key topic areas of this course has matured over the course of this subject. Simply restating discussion from previous assessments is insufficient for this task.

Solution

Introduction

Leadership development plan does represents as outline of procedures to be followed in order to be a better leader (Leberman, 2018). This cited goal could be achieved if the plan includes skills to be improved and analysis of responsibilities to be taken in future. Present report provides leadership development plan of two years with assistance of taking Whitman Grow Model as base. For Assignment Help Initially, a general introduction of Whitman Grow Model has been provided to present its basic insights and further same is being applied for self analysis. Further leadership development plan has been discussed with is dependent on development goals including enhanced emotional intelligence, effective strategic thinking, greater culture sensitivity and other necessary skills for being prominent leader. The last part of report provides analysis of impact of national culture of leadership direction with aim to explain its significance.

Aim

The main aim of this assignment is to develop effective leadership development plan for period of two years in order to set career towards advance leadership goal and senior management position. Through same I would be able to transform by personality in a manner through which I could achieve future goal of being prominent leader.

Whitman Grow Model

Whitman Grow Model is referred as coaching framework applied in everyday leadership for unlocking potential and possibilities for individuals. The cited model is known mainly for problem solving, goal setting as well as improvement of performance to significant extent (The Grow Model of Coaching and Mentoring, 2019). It has been chosen by me so that I could assess my strength, weakness in appropriate manner and take adequate initiative to transform my personality and attain main goal. The four main deceptive steps with which one could achieve success personally or as a part of team of this model are as follows:

G (Goal): The aim or aspirations.

R (Reality): Analysis of existing scenario i.e. where does us stand.

O (Options): Assessment of available alternatives i.e. possibilities, strength and resources.

W (Will): Assessment of accepted methods i.e. what will be done.

Figure 1: Whitman Grow Model
(Source: The Grow Model of Coaching and Mentoring, 2019)

Thus, it would be appropriate to state that the main key is to develop appropriate Goal which his not only required to be SMART (specific, measurable and achievable in a realistic time frame) but also challenging and motivational. Further, it is necessary to move through other phases including reassessment of goal if required. The last phase i.e. WILL would act as barometer of success through converting initial desire and intentions into successful action.

Adaptability of Whitman Grow Model for attainment of development goals

Grow Model is one of the leadership tool which easily fits in all disciplines and culture through providing true insights of real specifications of an individual. The cited model would assist me analysing my own self in detail manner and select strategies from available options in order to attain my main goal.

G (Goal): Development of goal and aspirations

The first phase is to develop goal and aspirations to be attained through leadership development plan. It is possible to look for appropriate alternative strategies to be applied if the main objective or goals are clear (Tang, 2019). Further goal should be developed considering skills and characteristic to be incorporated and obligations to be accomplished in future so that all variants which do play vital role in attainment of success are considered. I will develop main goal considering following factors:

• The Leader I wanted to be i.e. transformational, innovative, authoritative etc.
• The characteristic I wanted to incorporate in myself
• Strategies to be applied to evaluate goal to be achieved.

A common expectation from a leader is that he knows the way and shows same to other team members (Leadership and management, 2018). Thus, it is necessary that I should be able to make right decision so that desired or predetermined goals are achieved. In simple words I wanted to be a leader which does proves a difference maker between success and failure; irrespective of the way I am defined as a leader. The two leadership style which has influenced me is authoritarian leadership style and transformational leadership. A transformational leader motivates his team members and follows a vision which encourages other team members to achieve same (Ionescu & Bolcas 2019). On the other hand authoritarian leader imposes expectation and define outcome so that other members could know the efforts they have to make. I personally believe that if explanation is provided to other members regarding expectation than they know the areas on which they have to work and efficiency could be enhanced easily.

R (Reality): Assessing reality

It is second phase of the model, where one has to assess his or her actual position i.e. strength and weakness so that one could analyse concerning areas and work on same. In order to assess strength and weakness one has to evaluate different characteristic which would contribute to success. I can be evaluated after ascertaining the type of leader one wants to be. I would assess same on the basis of following questions:

• Analysing present situation i.e. what is happening at the moment?

• Assessing importance of leadership plan?

• Scaling characteristic of authoritative and transformational level on 1 to 10; and ascertaining the no. at which I stand?

• How does it impact my decision and what steps are to taken in order to get in the way of goal?

In this phase, one has to assess his or her strength and weakness so that the concerning areas could be ascertained (McLaughlin & Kunk-Czaplicki, 2020). As I wanted to be authoritative and transformational leaders; thus the main skills at which I should excel are enhanced emotional intelligence, effective strategy thinking, enhanced influencing, cultural sensitivity, effective change leadership, greater resilience etc. I would assess my strengths on the basis of Gallup Strength Finder, Human metrics Jung Typology test, test color personality test etc on the basis of various themes such as responsibility, maximize, learner, include, harmony, futuristic, ideation etc. Through futuristic theme I would be able to emphasize on skills which I need to incorporate such as effective communication, visionary, team first attitude so that I could work on characteristic such as strategic thinking and responsibility theme would assist me in emphasizing on skills such as empathy, ability to adapt, confidence etc and I would be able to excel characteristic such as cultural sensitivity and enhanced influencing. Thus, through application of different themes I would be able to assess strength as well weakness appropriately.

O (Options): Analysing options and different strategies

At this phase one has to emphasize on alternative strategies which can be applied for attaining motivation for accomplishment of goals (John, 2020). In order to move on right path I will assess strategies appropriately with assistance of below specified questions:

• Ascertaining strategies which can be applied?

• Evaluating each idea appropriately?

• Who would help in selecting final strategies?

• Where appropriate information could be attained?

• How to gather same?

Thus, I will evaluate all strategies and assess procedure relating to same so that predetermined goals could be attained in specified time period.

W (Will): Assessment of strategies to be applied

It is the last phase where selected strategies are assessed and incorporated in action plan in order to achieve the main goal (Leberman, 2018). One has to choose the right path in order to attain desired success. Thus, it can be done through assistance of following questions:

• What is to be done?
• How it is to done?
• Whose assistance or guidance is to be taken?
• Analysing commitment towards taking action?

Thus, this whole model will not only provide assistance in choosing right path for attainment of main goal i.e. being prominent leader but will also assist me in but will clear whole path so that I do not get mislead in the middle of procedures.

Leadership development plan

Leadership development plan demonstrate the steps that should be taken by me for becoming the effective leader. Before the development of such plan, I have evaluated by strength and weaknesses, which show areas that requires improvement (Millar, Chen, & Waller, 2017). It has been demonstrated that, I want to become the transformational and authoritative leader in the reputed company, and therefore it is very essential for me to determine about my strong point and weak point. On the basis of Gallup Strength finder and other tools, I evaluated that my strong qualities are learner, responsible, futuristic, include, and many others.

Transformational leader always engaged in motivating and inspiring their team members in order to achieve the desired objectives. In this, leader obtains the participation from the team members and takes decision (Bush, 2018). While, in the authoritarian leadership style, leader normally do not involve advices from the followers and they typically make choice on the basis of their own perception. It should be noted that, I have to evaluate in which situation participation of the members is appropriate and in which situation I have to take decision my own. There are a number of situation in the companies in which decisions should be taken in quick way, and if it is not taken then plans may fail, in such circumstances, authoritarian leadership style would be very appropriate (Cohrs et al. 2020). For working on such aspects, it is required by me to make participation in the distinct activities in order to evaluate the distinct opinions in the in-depth manner.
Leadership development plan consists of the development goals, actions, measurement of success, and the schedule goals, which is reflected in the following table –

Action plan of year 1

Table 1: Action plan for year 1

It has been seen that, main goal of the above action plan is to advance the skills of delegation of task to my subordinate, by which I can delegate task as per capabilities of the subordinates. With such action plan, I want to develop my skill of motivation to other people, which is one of the important aspects of the achieving success. Moreover, I would also share the organizational vision to my group members, so that they can get to know about how their work is contributing the success of company. I would like to provide appraisal to team members for their best work, which keeps them motivated for effective working in the company.
Action plan of year 2

In first year, I have made efficient efforts in ascertaining my strength and weakness and excelling same so that I could rectify concerning areas to significant extent. For instance as I assess that I do require to advance the skills of delegation of task to my subordinate and motivating other team members so that the performance of whole team can be improved. I also assessed that I do have team first attitude, simplicity and charismatic skills as my strengths. But now I would work on same so that I could excel and apply my strengths in order to attain main goal of prominent leader. The main advantage of simplicity skills is that I am able to communicate clearly i.e. in a way that other person is able to understand and act in same manner; thus desired result is attained. As a wanted to be transformational leader; thus I will work on providing constructive criticism to team members while working on different projects so that I could be habitual and motivate to make more efforts in positive way.

It is true that success of a team can be achieved only through team members and not by single effort of leader. Thus, in order to be prominent leader I have to incorporate new skills within me such as enhanced influencing, cultural sensitivity and effective change leadership. These skills would assist me playing role of a manager (leader) in multinational company efficiently which is my main objective. Notably, the role of leadership is very important, which can be understood as a manner in which leader influence group of individuals for achieving the particular goal that is particularly sensitive to the effect of country’s culture and culture variations (Aw, & Ayoko, 2017). Thus, through working on cultural sensitivity skills, I would be able to assess significance of culture in detail and respect same. Accordingly, there should be not any surprise that, authoritarian leadership style would be suitable in collectivism culture. In should be noted that, for the transformational leadership style, collectivism culture would be more suitable. The reason behind the same is that, in such type of culture, individuals are more likely to ascertain them within the group and the general goal of the group normally influenced by the transformational leader and though excelled culture sensitivity skills I would be able to accomplish same with an ease (Dodge, Dwyer, Witzeman, Neylon, & Taylor, 2017).

In order to incorporate these new skills, I would develop short term goal and monitor same in continuous manner so that existing flaws could be rectified timely. Further, I would participate actively in workshops and analyse recommendations and comments attained from seniors and mentors so that I could improve same. I would also practices accepting and entertaining new ideas so that appropriate motivation is provided to innovative thoughts. Thus, through these strategies I would be able to attain main goal of being prominent leader.

Analysis of impact on national culture of leadership direction

In the present era, companies are exposing greater exposure to distinct national culture because of the globalization, and therefore they are introducing multiculturalism in their entities. Country’s culture implements particular belief, rules and regulations, and attitude on its members, and by which ascertains their understanding of reality and their manner of working on it. Notably, employees of companies are facing cultural differences in external as well as internal environment, in which they are running business activities (Moonen, 2017). For say, I am from South India and brought up in a Muslim family; my aim is to be part of multinational organizations. These organizations operate in the distinct market across the world come across major differences in the assumption, values, belief, and perspective of the consumers that runs impact on their requirement and their pattern of consumption as well (Rosenhead et al, 2019). Thus, I have to deal with issues such as diversity in the workforce in the organizational environment which is increasing day by day as it may provide several benefits to the companies. However, it should be noted that, if the culturally diversified individuals are not managed appropriately, then it may create adverse impact on the functions of entities (Beer, 2020). Due to all these aspects, it is quite clear that, acknowledgment of the national culture on the organizational behaviour is one of the essential prerequisite for the robust management.

As I belong to South India where people are more punctual and systematic; thus being bought up in similar environment; I do prefer same; thus it is the reason I wanted to be authoritarian leader. Thus, I believe that , primary aspect of the leadership is the mechanism of interaction and the influence on group of people that is leaded by them, it is quite vibrant that the productiveness of such mechanism is based on the compatibility of the manner in which the leader and group of individual acknowledge the culture around them and the very way of leadership in that culture (Mirakyan, 2018). For example, in South India, people secretly favour their own people while providing promotion or opportunity. This practice might create issue of biasness; thus I have to move forward from these actions and take fair decisive actions, then they are respected, while in other culture, leaders are more valued when they use participative leadership approach, in which decision from fellows are also considered. some experts has been stated that, where the authoritarian leadership is valued in the culture then in such case it would be futile to act in a more features of participative leaders (Wright, 2017). However, when in a culture that recommends a more humanistic leadership approach, being delicate and attentive as a leader can be functional. In this aspect, Hofstede had proposed the four-dimensional framework, which is reflected in the following table, in which distinct national culture creates impact on the selection of the leadership style –

Figure 2 Four dimension in which culture of countries are different
(Source:Ahmad, Alhammadi, Jameel 2021).

The above table reflects leadership style is greatly affected by the national culture. In the individualistic culture, each person has obligation for one’s own identity, and in such culture there is significant appreciation of the autonomy and independence, therefore leader may face difficulty in implementation of authoritarian leadership style (Gupta, & Gupta, 2019). In contrary to this, in the collectivism culture, it is expected that leader should be take care of fellow members and secure them from the uncertain environment, so they provide their faith and trust in return.

Since, I want to become transformational and authoritative leader, therefore it would be easy for me as being bought up in environment where collectivism is preferred over individualism. Thus, I believe that through working of acceptance of diversified approach, I would be able to adjust myself and perform well through incorporating skills of transformational and authoritarian leader in any culture.

Conclusion

It can be concluded from above analysis that leadership development plan does play significant role in attainment of predetermined goals. Thus, through above discussed plan I would be able to attain my goal of being prominent leader and perform efficiently in multi-national organization of which I would be part in future. Lastly, it can be said that, leadership directions are highly influenced by the national culture, and in order to become effective leader, it is essential to provide guidelines and use strategies as per that culture only. Hence in order to be prominent leader one has to give adequate significance to internal and external environment and culture of company and country of which individual is part.

References

MGT501 Business Environment Report Sample

Context:

Self-reflection is a way of assessing yourself and the way you work and study. Reflecting helps in developing your skills further and linking practice with theory. It is about analysing what you do and why you do it and applying what you have learned in the future. Reflective self-awareness leads to better leadership skills and performance. More importantly, an enhanced understanding of oneself also provides a solid basis for empathy and leading others.

In part A, the focus was on you to reflect on the motivation for undertaking postgraduate studies
and expectations regarding the course and ensuing career path.

Instructions:

In this subject, you have been introduced to the foundational concepts of business and reflective skills. Assessment 1 Part B is about you reflecting on the learning and how your learning can be applied in your journey of becoming a business practitioner.

Your task is to prepare a 5-minute individual video presentation about your learning experience in this subject comparing and contrasting your thinking at the start of the subject versus the end. Focus on how this subject has shaped your thinking about business and future career aspirations. Your video may also include any lessons you have learnt throughout this subject, for example, identifying strategies you can transfer to your professional life.

Please Note:

• PowerPoint/Prezi slides are NOT permitted

• You will need to find ways of addressing the audience in a compelling manner, paying attention to audio quality, lighting quality, sincerity of presentation, clarity of your perspective and overall impact

• You MUST state and adhere to a specified reflective model.

• You are REQUIRED to employ minimum of 5 reference sources, three (3) academic (textbooks & peer-reviewed journal articles) and two (2) other sources (newspaper articles, business/trade publications, and substantiated websites). References to ‘Wikipedia’ or similar unsubstantiated sources are not acceptable.

Solution

Introduction

I am a student studying at Torrens University pursuing the course Business Environment. Right now, I am a Business Practitioner who aims to establish a catering business and create a strategic plan with the knowledge of the business environment. In this course, I have come across the foundational concept of business and reflective skills. This study has given me access to develop my skills and connecting practice with the theory. For Assignment Help It has provided a strong fundamental insight into leading others. This assignment intends to reflect my knowledge and perception of the business environment and economic systems and the various ways that how they can support me to establish a company in the business market in near future. This study has also helped me to highlight my previous experiences and helped me set a future goal for my business. I have used Gibb’s reflective cycle to explain my learning.

Figure: Business environment and the factors impacting it.
Source: (Kennerley & Neely, 2019)

Description

This course on the Business environment from the University of Torrent has helped me acquire knowledge that will help me to attract opportunities for my business in the future. Business environment basically means the external and internal forces that impact the operations and profit-making of the business either positively or negatively. I started this course with a mindset of business to be just an activity to exchange goods and services with money, goods, or services. But this course has helped me to dig into the deeper concept which is vast and far more interesting. The business environment comprises micro and macro. External and internal factor together forms the business environment. My definition of business has changed after the course. I have understood that it is the sum of all the internal and external elements that comprise the employees, client's requirements, and expectations. And I have understood that these are the factors that impact a business's activities and operations either directly or indirectly.

Feelings

With the help of this study, I am excited open my own business and explore my skills practically by focusing on the various aspects of the environment. This course has helped me gain skills and knowledge and overcome my nervousness that have become my strength and ability to form a business. This course has helped me to set some goals. I want to take up another course in strategically management. I am thrilled to enhance my communication skills. It's my goal to establish a catering business and research the various aspects that can impact the business. I want to research the competitors in the market.

Evaluation

The best part about this course is that it deals with every trivial as well as an important part of the business starting the job satisfaction of the employees or stakeholders demand to any changes in the economic structure of that area or the smallest requirements of the customer. But what this course lacked was the practical experience of the business environment. There could have been an internship for the students to gain practical skills. In the beginning, there were debate sessions that went very well as in involved a lot of team works and group discussion. But study material was not so informative. My teachers and other students helped me a lot, especially with the notes, statistical data, and extra study materials which helped me to understand the business environment better.

Analysis

The business environment is a strategically study that helped me to identify every constituent of the business and also understand the threats and opportunities of the business. The political, economic, social, technological, legal, and environmental factors are the most important element of the external environment. There is some remarkable insight within the long-term growth of the business environment and the technologies that support the distinct parts of the business to work better. At present, the knowledge of the business environment will help me to establish a business with a proper strategic plan and it will help me to keep a focus on both internal and external environment that includes the micro and macro environment. Having a sound knowledge of the business environment will help me to understand future changes with the business of a strategic plan. By creating a open feedback forum, I will be able to understand their requirements and difficulties that the employees are facing and that will help me to maintain the internal peace in the company. And with a strategically planning I will also be able to meet the requirement of my customers and sustain in the market competition.

Conclusion

I have learned to work in teams and realized when a group wants to distribute the work then a plan is required to complete every section of the task. Thus a business is exactly like that. Every department needs a plan and that plan must include these environmental factors. Various factors impact the business on which the business has no control. Every business has existed and survived and evolved within these forces and adapted itself accordingly. Thus, if I can apply the various precaution and adapt my business to the internal and external environment then in the future I will be able the handle any risks. The business environment renders various opportunities for the business. So, this will help my business to improve its performance in the future and maximize the profit so that it can exceed the competitors.

Figure: Strategic planning includes the internal and external business environments.
Source: (Montazemi, 2020)

Action Plan and application of learning experience in after life

For my professional growth, I would like to learn more about strategic management plans to draw a perfect layout for all my business operations and carry on the activities based on a proper and professional business outlook. I would also like to be more fluent in my communication skills as communication holds the key to success in the business. Other than this course, I will apply for internships or volunteer my time in practical works to acquire practical knowledge. I want to learn about financial planning to maximize the profit-making of my business. Having proper networking leads and activities that can help in face-to-face networking can be a very powerful resource in forming a successful career. The experience that I have gathered in this course such as the communication skills, teamwork projects, and knowledge about the business market competition will help in future when I will open my own business and when I will be leading my own team.

Figure: Business Environment and its various parts.
Source: (National, Science, Sports, World, Variety, & Education et al, 2021).

Conclusion

This entire reflection reports holds my experience during the course of Business environment. With the help of Gibbs’ Reflective Cycle I have explain about my course, the knowledge I have gathered and the action plan which will help me to make decisions in future. This course has lead me to open my own business in future and I will be able to implement my knowledge and experiences that I have learnt from my teachers.

Reference List

MGT605 Business Capstone Project Report Sample

Context:

This subject allows the student to synthesise the knowledge and skills gained from all other subjects studied up to that point. The main deliverable in the subject is a major project. In this second assessment, the student will submit their final report.

Instructions:

This report is a succinct piece of your work. It augments your final presentation with the main outcomes of your project and contributes to your ongoing practical or theoretical excellence in your chosen field. The final report should be written in a professional business report format which also adheres to academic writing conventions.

Structure of the report

You are required to produce a business report which adheres to academic writing conventions. The following format is suggested.

Cover page – provide a cover page with identification information including, your name, the subject and code, the capstone project title, date, word count, etc.

Executive Summary – a 300-word overview of the entire proposal. Be careful not to use the Executive Summary as an introduction only. An executive summary provides a succinct summary of the content within the report. It presents information in such a way that readers are able to understand the intention and key elements of the report without having to read the entire document.

Table of Contents – remember to include page number. It is advisable to learn how to automate the Table of Contents in whatever word-processing application you will use to write your Assessment.

Context – introduction and background information including a description of the country, the industry, the organisation (case unit) and the problem or opportunity. The introduction sets the scene and provides context for the aim. It provides background to the issues being addressed only.

Aim/purpose of project – the specific aim of the capstone project is to identify the problem or opportunity and to summarise what your project intends to achieve. The aim/purpose statement must be short and stated within one or two sentences at most.

Theoretical overview – this section discusses the concepts/theories/models/frameworksthat relate to your project. These concepts/theories/models/frameworks must be those that you have applied in your capstone project.

Method – this section briefly explains how the project was conducted including data collection and analysis. It is not expected that the method section be as detailed as it was in the project proposal. Remember that primary data is not to be used in this capstone project without prior approval from your facilitator.

Solution

Introduction

Procter & Gamble is a US-based multinational company that provides consumer and personal care products. In Australia, P&G employs around 140 staff. The headquarter of P&G Australia is situated in New South Wales(IBIS World, 2021). In Australia, P&G sells a variety of personal care and consumer products like feminine care products (Tampax), baby care products(Pampers), hair care (Head and shoulders, Pantene, Hair recipe), home care products (AmbiPur and Fairy), hair care products, grooming products(Venus, Gillette and Braun), skin and personal care products, and health care (Vicks, Oral-B, Align, Clearblue, and Meta)and skin products (Old spice, Olay). P&G Australia is home to several billion-dollar companies like Oral B, Olay, Pantene, Vicks and so on. For Assignment Help P&G entered the Australian market in 1985. The retail industry in Australia is one of the main contributors to the economy of the country. In 2019 the total turnover in this industry was almost AUD 329.6 billion. It was nearly nine billion AUD more than the previous year. The hit of the COVID-19 pandemic made several changes in the retail industry in the country. Australia is known as one of the most developed urbanised countries In the world. It has several advanced urban centres like Melbourne, Sydney, Perth, Brisbane and Adelaide. There are several other towns in this country. Factors like high brand awareness rate, the trend of influencers and the internet advertising for the products like footwear, baby care products, home products, personal skin care products and several others are enhancing the consumer good retail industry and generating more revenues in Australia (Mordor Intelligence, 2021). The retail industry of Australia has a great diversity by region, size of business, nature of goods, retail format and competition within the industry. Online retailing and e-commerce is the latest trend in the retail industry of the country. In Australia, retailers need to follow several regulatory policies which restrict their ability to innovate and compete. The country is connected with several organisations like the G20, the World Trade Organisation, the Commonwealth of Nations and so on. The government of the country is very transparent and supportive of the retail industry. Australian government addresses the economic challenges of the country and develops the existing policies. Australia is one of the largest economies in the world. Foreign companies use the country as the headquarters for its political and economic stability. Technological innovation in the country is very advanced and developed. But there are issues regarding research and policies of technology in the country (Frue, 2021). The Australian government is very much concerned about environmental sustainability. In 2018, Environment Ministers of Australia announced that all packaging of Australia needs to be reusable by 2025 (Australian Retailers Association, 2018). The Australian government employed the APCO ( Australian Packaging Covenant Organisation) to make this target possible within 2025. The packaging in the retail industry in Australia follows the reusable packaging process.

Purpose of The Project

The aim of the project is to identify the importance of analysing the external environment and its impact on the internal environment in business. For this, the case of Procter & Gamble is being chosen for reference. External factors like political, economic, social, technological and environmental factors will be analysed for understanding the external aspects of P&G in the Australian market. The objective of the project is to identify the issues and opportunities of Procter & Gamble in the Australian market and to examine the importance of the external environment and its effects on the internal environment.

Theoretical Overview

For conducting the project, a PESTEL and SWOT analysis of P&G Australia will be performed. PESTEL stands for political, economic, social, technological, environmental and legal factors. It is a type of strategic analysis framework that is used to examine the external environment of an organisation or business by analysing the risks and opportunities of those factors (P- political, E- economic, S- social, T- technological, E- environmental and L- legal ). PESTEL Analysis is instrumental in making strategic planning of the corporate business. The political factors include tax policies, tariffs, bureaucracy and trade restrictions; economic factors include economic growth rate, exchange rate, interest rate, unemployment rate and inflation; social factors include health consciousness, age distribution, career attitudes, population growth rates and cultural perspectives and aspects, technological factors include automation, changing rate in technology, R&D Activity and technological incentives, environmental factors include temperatures, pollution, climate change, natural disasters and weather condition, and legal factors has labour laws, licenses and permits, intellectual property and industry regulation (CFI, 2021). A SWOT model is also very beneficial to identify the strength, weaknesses of the internal business environment (Phadermrod, Crowder and Wills, 2019). PESTEL Analysis has 2 main functions for a business or company (Yüksel, 2012). Firstly, it helps to identify the environment within which the organisation is operating its business. Secondly, it provides information and data related to the potential risks and opportunities of an organisation. PESTEL Analysis of the company will give the external factors that can affect P&G’s internal environment. It will help to find various recommendations to implement within the company. SWOT analysis (S- strength, W- weakness, O- opportunities, T- threats) is a strategic analysis framework that assesses an organisation by its strength, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. Albert Humphrey is credited historically for this framework, but his attribution to this framework is debatable. SWOT analysis is also known as the SWOT matrix, which helps establish and differentiate a niche within a broad market (Teoli&An, 2019). Strengths and weaknesses are the internal factors of a business, including intellectual property, patents, team and location of the company (Parsons, 2021).

On the other hand, opportunities and threats are the external factors of a business including, raw material price, consumer shopping trend and competitors. By implementing a SWOT analysis of the company, the current status of P&G in Australia will be clear (Medium, 2020).SWOT analysis of the company will help to understand the status of the company and help to evaluate required recommendations, which will help the company to grow.

Methodology

Data collection process

Data collection is one of the essential steps in the research, and it is regarded as in the introductory phase of the study (Olsen, 2012). It is the provision of collecting data analysed by the researcher to formulate hypotheses, resolve a specific problem or arrive at any conclusion. The data accumulated must be reliable and ethically sourced. There are two methods of data collection: Primary and Secondary. Here the data collection is relied on secondary method. Secondary method data generally provided information on the topic that already been researched before. Giving information on the matters and refereed theories and hypothesizes of previous researcher whereas primary data take information from directly from participants. There are various sources of secondary data such as books, journals, newspapers, internet articles, records, databases and research articles by other researchers.

Secondary data will be used in this study. Several relative decisions can be made during the usage of the secondary approach, which will emphasise the research work (Chappell, 2018). Appropriate and relevant secondary data will be accumulated to assess the impact of the external environment on the internal affairs of P&G company. The qualitative data helps analyse and evaluate any situation and understand its aspects(Vaismoradi, &Snelgrove, 2019). Around eight sources will be collected and analysed in detail. The inductive approach will be followed to generate meaning from the secondary data. This approach will help to narrow the premises and to achieve a specific outcome.

Data Analysis

Thematic data analysis will be applied in this study. Thematic data analysis is poorly defined but one of the most used approaches, which is mainly associated with pattern identification and its reporting towards the researcher (Lochmiller, 2021).Thematic analysis is the process of recognising behavioural patterns from the secondary data. It is a qualitative method that is flexible and can be used for various types of research purposes (Brulé, 2021). The data accumulated will be thematically analysed to supplement the understanding of the issue.

Analysis and Findings

Influence of government policies on the internal business of P&G

Government policies can influence the workings of a business. The government also faces the challenges to implement policies that will help the company and contribute to its growth. In Australia, there are several laws that ensure the stability of the businesses and also ensure the scope of equal opportunity (Referred to appendix 1). The country has a national statutory framework that looks after the policy of fair trade (Austrade, 2021). It ensures that the approach is applicable to the companies and customers alike. The whole system is supervised by and enforced by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission. Fair trading offices are located in every state or territory that guides the companies on this particular matter. The companies can seek advice in case of any dispute. There is also a product liability regulation framework, another statutory framework, that ensures that no harmful products are manufactured and sold in the market. It also checks if the products are of standard quality.

These two policies influence the internal operations of the P&G company. The American multinational company has easy access to Australia's market due to the country's fair trade policy. The company is able to advertise its products to consumers aggressively. The company has not faced any discrimination because of the policy. It can formulate strategies customised for the Australian market and increase its sales in the country without any strict intervention. As the company deals with products related to personal care and hygiene, the company needs to ensure the products are of standard quality. The country has a strict framework that provides the quality of the products. The company should manufacture products that are approved by the government. It is the responsibility of the company to assess the effects and maintain its standards.

Impact on the external environment on business process

Australia is a country that focuses on innovation and research. It invests in the development and production of new kinds of technology that have the potential to enhance the whole manufacturing process of businesses (Referred to appendix 1). Australia also has a large skilled workforce who are trained in using the latest technology. Australian technology can help in making the production process fast and optimum. The country has cyber solid protection laws that protect personal information. Australia also has stringent environmental laws to protect the environment. The country has several regulations regarding the environment (Referred to appendix 1). The laws emphasise reduced environmental pollution, wastes and less use of water. The counter has developed the Carbon Farming Initiative that allows the landowners to earn carbon credits by reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

To operate in Australia, the P&G company has to follow the environmental regulations and adhere to them. The company has to adopt new advanced technology to minimise carbon emissions. Advanced technology will also help in optimum utilisation of raw materials, thus reducing the operational cost. The company can also differentiate and improve the products to attract customers.

Government support in doing business

The Australian government has different policies that help in establishing a business in that country. The government has set up a dedicated online government portal to facilitate the operations of companies. It provides all the resources about establishing a business. The portal not only provides information about the government policies but also provides advice to new companies. They offer tools and techniques to initiate a business and help in making plans and also formulating strategies. The portal guides the businesses and allows them to find grants and assistance provided by the government. They arrange events and training programs to engage the businessmen. As it is an initiative of the government, it is credible and trusted by many. The portal has social media pages that can be used to expand the reach of the business.

The P&G company can get access to these resources and incorporate them into their business. It will help the company to maximise its reach with the help of social media platforms. The information provided in the portal can be used to identify the external environment and formulate strategies based on that information. The information is updated and reliable. The company can also take the help of Covid-19 grants that are being provided by the Australian government.

Penetrating market by complying with government policies

P&G company wants to expand its video in Australia (Referred to appendix 2). The company has surveyed the country and has realised the potential of the market. Australia is a developed country where the people are well enough to afford the company's products (Referred to appendix 1). The political and social conditions of Australia are favourable in initiating a new business. There is political stability and a government capable of providing financial assistance to businesses. The country already has a fair trade policy which will help in initiating the business. The regulations of the government are also appropriate and effective. They encourage the existing business and support the new businesses. P&G company has readily accepted the regulations of the Australian government. It ensures that the products that are manufactured reach the projected standard. Also, no harmful raw ingredients are used in the making of the products. The company also has a high CSR, which indicates that it is successfully trying to reduce its carbon footprints in the environment (Referred to appendix 1). Adhering to all these regulations creates a positive brand image and attracts more customers. Analysing the impact of the external environment on a business can help a company achieve economic growth and gain a competitive advantage.

The fast-growing economy of Australia supports business organisations to expand their business (Banco Santander, 2020). To have an understanding of the impact of the external environment on the businesses, two analysis tools are used. The PESTLE analysis framework is defined by the political, Environmental, Legal, Socio-cultural, Economic, Technological (Marmol et al. 2015). The other one, the SWOT framework, is used to have an overview of the issue. The SWOT analysis helps to figure out the specific practice set which will give a competitive advantage (Gurel& Tat, 2017).Application of PESTLE analysis provides information about the political, economic, sociological, technological, legal and environmental scenarios of Australia. Analysis based on this information reveals that the external environment of Australia has a positive impact on the P&G company. The PESTLE framework helps ascertain the influence of the external business environment on a business (Tan et al. 2012). There are several government policies that are beneficial to the company. The company can benefit from the fair trade policy of the government. The policy pertaining to the standard of products can help the company to maintain the quality of products. The advanced technology that is available in the country can help the company to optimise its production process. The advanced technology can also enable the company to reduce the amount of carbon emitted into the environment. The government has a dedicated portal that furnishes government policies, grants and associations to emerging businesses.

Conclusion

The project evaluates the external factors of a business and its Impact on the internal environment of a business with the reference of a P&G company in Australia. The strengths and weaknesses of the company have been analysed with SWOT analysis, and the business environment of the company In Australia has been presented through PESTEL Analysis. SWOT analysis helps an organisation to do strategic planning (Phadermrod, Crowder & Wills, 2019). The PESTEL Analysis of a company provides the political, economic, social, technological, environmental, legal implications of a company (Zahari, &Romli, 2019). The external factors have a positive impact on the company. The government policies of the country are beneficial for the company. The fair trade policy of Australia can also be helpful for the company. The advanced technology in Australia is helpful for the company. It also can reduce the emissions of the company. The government of Australia also has a dedicated portal that provides information about government grants, policies which helps the company to enhance their profitability in the country. P&G maintains a dominating marketing presence in Australia. The company prioritises their strengths in the Australian market and focuses on its opportunities in the Australian market.

Recommendation

Despite having several risks in the external business environment, the market position of P&G helps to achieve resilience. The company has a high level of competitiveness and has several competitive advantages in Australia. Despite these advantages and strengths, the company needs to develop measures to address the external threats. Competitive rivalry is one of the most vital threats of P&G in Australia. The company needs to focus on building competitive advantages by implementing advanced technologies and innovative approaches (Thomson, 2017). P&G needs to address the importance of e-commerce in today's digitised business atmosphere. The company must expand its e-commerce business operations throughout the country. P&G needs to broaden its diversity more by entering into new industries.

Hence, the Australian government is very concerned about the environmental issues, P&G needs to address the ecological problems of Australia. The company must develop their environmental management in an advanced way. The company must aim to reduce energy consumption and control emissions, and use water efficiently. The company can increase the use of alternative energy sources in their business. Developing efficient energy finance is very important for efficient energy management. The company must focus on their waste management process efficiently with their raw materials and at each step of the manufacturing process (Business, 2021). In Australia, state, local and federal governments cooperatively administer the environmental laws. The company is recommended to choose greener equipment infrastructures (Fournier, 2017). The company also can choose suppliers who are sustainable. It will upgrade their corporate social responsibility operations. P&G must push the local government of Australia to take initiatives addressing climate change issues. It will help to establish a good image for the company. P&G needs to develop their business strategies and corporate social responsibility operations in accordance with the environmental laws of the country. The company needs to be more reactive to regional, local needs than global needs (Brain mass, 2021). It is recommended that the company must support strategies to enhance creativity, innovation and risk management. P&G must invest in long-term assets like technology more in order to reduce the technological threats. The company must partner with local companies of the country (Teeboom, 2019). A proper local partner will guide the company with the cultural expectations and the local regulations of the country, which can enhance the performance of the company.

References

MGT502 Business Communication Report Sample

Context

Business communication can either be internal, within a business organisation, or external, between the organisation and its existing and potential customers. This assessment supports students in developing their skills and knowledge in selected business communication methods, including an examination of the theoretical underpinnings of communication in business. This assessment has been designed to:

• Appraise students’ ability to academically research and evaluate characteristics of effective business communication.

• Apply critical thinking skills utilising supporting evidence to justifyarguments.

• Students are expected to demonstrate practical understanding of application of business communication skills and their importance in professional development.

Guidelines

Assessment 2 consists of three (3) parts. For an acceptable result, you must submit all three parts.

Students are required to summarise their Discussion Forum Post from Module 2.1, to critique a peer’s submission and to reflect on their learnings. The topic is decided by the learning facilitator and posted on the Week 1 announcements.

Part 1: Discussion Forum Post: Analyse characteristics of exemplary business communication

Instructions:

Investigate the form of business communication chosen by the facilitator and research what makes it effective. Critically analyse specific characteristics and justify your choices. Consider using examples to back up your statements.

Key points to consider in your initial post:

• Your post should analyse ideal characteristics of a specific type of business communication.

• Include justifications for your chosen characteristics.

• Consider using one or more specific examples to add value to yourpost.

• You must include reference to literature.

Use at least 2 in-text citations perpost.

Reference the book, article, or document using APA 7th style in the reference list.

Part 2: Discussion Forum Report: Critique one peer post (from Discussion Forum submitted in Module 2.1)

Instructions:

Each student is required to critique an original post of a peer. Your critique should include commentary on:

• Whether the original post is comprehensive. Please identify missing components, if any, and provide constructive feedback.

• Have all plausible characteristics been identified?

• Are one or more examples provided? Provide a critique on the examples and their suitability in supporting statements.

• You must include reference to literature.

o Use at least 4 in-text citations per part.

o Reference the book, article, or document using APA 7th style in the final reference list.

Part 3: Discussion Forum Report: Summarise learning

Instructions:

Each student is required to reflect on:

• How your views of effective business communication have changed since your original post.

• What are the 3 key points you have learned from the discussions during this course and how you can apply that knowledge in the future.

• Give one or more practical examples of how to apply peer review in your professional development.

• You must include reference to the literature.

o Use at least 4 in-text citations per part.

o Reference the book, article, or document using APA 7th style in the final reference list.

Solution

Part 1: Discussion Forum Post: Analyse characteristics of exemplary business communication.

Part 2: Discussion Forum Report: Ravneet Kaur

The original post of the peer was done comprehensively. It is clearly understandable that the peer has focused on highlighting different characteristics of business communication by referring to Facebook. For Assignment Help It is determined that Facebook can act as a crucial business communication channel to enhance organisational performance (Demir, 2018). However, certain missing components are visible from the peer post. One component is that the peer has not highlighted the way Facebook can be utilised within the organisation to facilitate effective business communication amongst the employees. Another missing component is lack of proper characteristics related to Facebook as business communication tool. In that relation, it is to be mentioned that by ascertaining the proper significance and characteristics of Facebook, organisations would be in a better position to improve the flow of information and decision making within the company (Kudeshia& Mittal, 2015).

It is identified that not all plausible characteristics have been identified. From the post of peer, it can be seen that only one characteristic has been appropriately linked with Facebook and another characteristic is written in a general form.

Only one example has been provided by the peer. However, the peer has not addressed how Facebook can be used as a communication tool. Therefore, the example is not completely suitable to support the statements as it could have been properly briefed. As per the study of Pitt & Pitt (2012) Facebook can be an important channel that can help in increasing the efficiency of the employees and can enhance the coordination when it is properly implemented. On the other hand, Gálvez-Rodriguez, Caba-Perez & López-Godoy (2014) stated that for using Facebook as the communication platform, it would be important for the organisation to measure the extent to which it can be used internally so that employees do not misuse it for personal purpose or any other entertainment purpose.

References

Changes in views

I have understood that External communication as an effective communication aid in cultivating and winning the trust of targeted audiences (Sharma, 2021). It gave me the confidence to trust that a company is making the greatest decisions for everyone by allowing them to listen carefully and embrace other points of view. For example, I can use Facebook to raise awareness about the company's new product launch. In addition, I may solicit consumer feedback on it as well as user expectations for the future product (Emeksiz&Simsek, 2018).

The three key points I have learned from the discussions are:

I have known that for any business to be successful, it is crucial to identify the right communication tool. It is critical to recognize that successful communication is more than merely conveying ideas and expressing opinions (Cheng, 2018).

In the future, if I start a business, I will create a Facebook page for my business. This will allow me to regularly communicate with my audience and stay in touch with them (Di Pietro&Pantano, 2012).

Also, I have learned that the message I want to convey should be clear and easy for the audience to understand. Therefore, in my future career, I will need to clearly post the content in a comprehensive manner so that it can be properly understood by my team members. Example
For applying peer review in my professional development, I will significantly focus on how to do extensive research on a specific topic and understand it significance to me and my team membersso that expected benefits such as coordination and cooperation with teams, etc. can be achieved. In addition, if I decide to start a firm, I now understand the fundamentals of a solid communication system.

References

MGT604 Strategic Management Report Sample

Context

The assessment of this subject supports students in developing their skills and knowledge in topics that include environmental assessment, problem diagnosis, strategy development, and cultural and ethical contexts.

Stakeholder meetings are a critical element in strategic management. This assessment task provides experience and immersive understanding of the complex interactions involved in the development of strategic choices, and the need to take an integrative approach to problem solving. The increasing pace of technological change and the increased impact of social media provides many challenges for businesses attempting to navigate towards growth and increased profitability. Rapid cycle times for new products can lead to decisions being made that are not always in the best interests of the long-term survival of the firm. Disruptions to the everyday course of business come from anywhere and need to be responded to often in short time frames.

Introduction

Assessment 2 Part B continues from the scenario in Part A. In Part B, a disruption is introduced which necessitates re-consideration of the white paper done in Part A of the Assessment. Here is a recap of the scenario.

Instructions

Re-convene the (emergency) stakeholder meetings to address the disruption scenario. The stakeholder meetings must discuss this disruption and develop a modified set of strategies. Please return to your groups immediately to discuss these events and adjust your strategic approach accordingly.

Your 2,000 word, individual, White paper should be structured as follows:

• Introduction - Provide background and context to the report. Tell the reader what has happened in the past that has led to this report being needed.

• Aim - State in a single sentence what this report is seeking to achieve.

• Discussion - Cover the content you wish to address in response to the disruption scenario. You must incorporate theory and application of strategy formulation methods.

• Conclusion - Restate the aim and sum up the discussion to demonstrate to the reader that the aim has been satisfied. There should be no new content in the conclusion.

• Recommendations - What are the next steps? What is required to progress into the future? Evaluate/justify your recommendations?

• References - Please ensure you use the correct APA referencing style throughout. Remember EVERY factual statement requires a reference.

• Appendices - Additional material to substantiate or add greater depth to the material presented in the report, and your Teamwork log.

The white paper is to be completed individually by each member of the team reflecting the impact of the proposed strategy on their part of the business after the disruption and should be completed to the professional standard that would be required if the below scenario were real.

Solution

Introduction:

Pro go is a privately owned company which is manufacturing high quality action cameras and they are based in Geelong Victoria. They are founded in the year 2004 the company is performing at its best since then in terms of innovation and the technology which they pack in their product which is capable of shooting high quality videos and also small batteries which is capable of shooting for longer duration of time. For Assignment Help However, the company have faced disruption in the traditional customer base. Other than that, they also faced the pressure of the new entrants in the market which is also an issue for the company.The primary purpose of the study new strategy options for the Pro Go which would be used in response to the disruption.Furthermore, being the union official, the role would also take part when the strategy would be implemented. The primary purpose of the union official is to represent the workers and also resolve conflicts within the company so that the company is profitable and also the employees get appropriate renumeration.Other than that, based on the analysis proper recommendation would also be provided for the future.

Aim:

The aim of the study is to identify the strategy option which are applicable in the case of Pro Go and what could be the implications of the following strategy over the business of the company.

Discussion:

There are various strategies which would be applicable in the following situation and the strategies which have been focused on in the following situation are:

Strategy 1: Adopting intelligent operation models:

When it comes to the traditional operating model, they are sometimes incapable of performing at a scale which is needed for such a huge company as Pro Go. Therefore, they fail to recognise the benefits of the shift in the organisation model of business, and they are increasing the risk for the company to fall behind the competitors of the company (Berruti et al. 2017). Using the AI which is a part of the intelligent operation model it helps in running the algorithm using which the company would be able to produce some valuable insights about the customers of the company and the behaviour of the client (Bollard et al. 2017).

Strategy 2: Agile training and development programs for overall improvement:

When it comes to the agile project management it is termed as the iterative approach which is used for the delivery of the product. This is beginning from the incremental approach from the very start of the project. The agile methodology is focused more on the start to the finish of the project rather than the delivery of the overall project at once (Aldahmash, Gravell& Howard, 2017). Using the agile training and the development program for the overall improvement the Pro Go would be able to improve their performance of the team and also, they would be able to achieve better customer experience and satisfaction which will also increase the versality of the project(Chen, Ravichandar& Proctor, 2016).

However, both the strategy 1 and strategy 2 will not be a better option for the case of pro go and one of the primaryreasons for the following is that the brand is already established in the market and therefore, implementing agile training will not help (Abrahamsson et al. 2017). Moreover, the company is known to produce products which are higher in technology and also, they are known for their innovation in the technology in action camera market. Therefore, intelligent implementation model is something which they already implement and moreover since they are a higher brand in the market already hence the following strategy 1 will not be helpful in the following case.

Strategy 3: Repositioning strategy through Merger and acquisition:

Coming to the final strategy is the repositioning of the brand with the help of merger and acquisition. While for most of the company the brand work needs to be done along with the logo (Huikkola et al. 2020). However, the name of the brand is much more crucial and also having a strong brand identity is helpful so that they are able to position themselves better in the market.

One of the strategic intents of the merger and the acquisition of the brand is the foundation of the positioning of the brand in the market. Here one of the soul intents of the brand is the expression of the brand to grow and how they would be positioning themselves in the market post-merger (Xu, 2017).

With the help of merger and acquisition the brand would be able to have the brand strength and one of the primary reasons for having that is the new entrants in the market which could be acting as the replacement of the brand in the long run (Hassan, Ghauri& Mayrhofer, 2018).

Why strategy 3 is better to implement:

The use of strategy 3 would be a better option for the pro go and this could be better analysed with the help of porters 5 Forces. Using the porter’s five forces the company would be able to analyse the market and the competition of the company. Other than that, they would also be able to analyse if the customers, the suppliers and the new entrants in the market would be influencing the profitability of the company.

Competition in the industry:

Competition in the case of Pro Go is not as much in the market as they are the oldest company who are known for providing quality action cameras in the market. Therefore, if the company is merged with other popular brands in the market the brand identity would be stronger and hence the power of the company would also be more since the company is already having less competition in the market (Parola et al. 2015). Therefore, the company would also be having the power to charge higher prices which would result in better quality which means higher sales and more profit.

Potential of new entrants into the industry:

One of the reasons for disruption of pro go is the entry of new entrants in the market in the market of action cameras. Therefore, if the competitors are able to achieve the market with lesser price of the product and similar quality, Pro Go will be having the higher chance getting weakened(Aithal, 2016). Therefore, with the help of merger and acquisition Pro Go will be able to re-establish themselves in the market and also gain customer trust which will also them to have the power in the market. Moreover, they would also be gaining new potential customers in the market as they have merged with another trusted brand (American Express, 2021).

Power of suppliers:

The following is related to how the suppliers would be driving up the cost of the input and it would be affecting the quality of the product and the cost of the company. Therefore, with the help of merger and acquisition the company would be able to work around the cost of switching to another supplier as they will be having the liberty to work with the brand which is already having an established supplier (Christofi, Leonidou&Vrontis, 2017). Therefore, the suppliers in the following case will not be having the power to drive up the input cost.

Power of the customers:

It is determining the ability of the customers to drive the prices of the products lower. However, this would be depending upon the number of customers the company is having and the cost the company had to incur to find new customers. While in the case of Pro Go with the help of merger and acquisition, they could avoid the cost of finding new customers and they would be able to achieve potential new customers in the market (Grebenshchikova& Yakushev, 2017). Therefore, here in the case of Pro Go the customers will not be having the power to drive the prices lower as the brand have established the brand identity and with merger and acquisition, they have established a much stronger brand identity in the market which makes them stronger.

Threat of substitute products:

One of the last forces is the substitute of the new entrants and their product in the market which is available to the customer at a much lower and affordable costs and could be acting as the replacement of the brand in the market(Parola, Ellis & Golden, 2015). However, since the company is opting for merger and acquisition therefore, they will hold their brand identity and power and hence chances of substitute products in the market would be an issue.

Implication of new strategy:

There are various implications both positive and negative for the implication of the new strategy within the Pro Go. The implications would also be both long term and short term.

Some of the long-term implications of the following would be that Pro Go would be able to gain new potential customers in the market without any cost. Other than that, the revenue of the company would also increase in the long run (American Express, 2021). The reduction in competition would be increasing the profit market and therefore, would help in spurring innovation (Cooke et al. 2021). Finally, the brand visibility of the company would be increasing and thus there would be some incremental growth in the future.

While on the other hand there are some short-term implications too such as the company would be able to overcome the disruption caused by Covid 19. Secondly, there could be some negative impact in terms of human resource and management of the people as there could be some disruption among the people who are working in Pro Go. Therefore, this is where the work as a union official would start and therefore, to overcome the issue of employee disruption and management of the people, being a union official, the management of the people would be taken into consideration and hence, decisions would be taken so that the needs and the demands of the employees are fulfilled without disrupting the merger and acquisition (Yaghoubi et al. 2016).

Conclusion:

The primary purpose of the study is to analyse the case of Pro Go who are suffering disruption due to covid 19 that is declining customers and entry of new entrants in the market. Therefore, three strategies are evaluated, and it is concluded that the merger and acquisition is the best option for the following case. Finally with the help of porter’s five point the benefit of the framework is understood and finally the implications of the following strategy are discussed.

Recommendation:

Therefore, since strategy 3 that is repositioning through merger and acquisition is selected as the best option for Pro Go it would be recommended:

• To identify and merge with a company who are having better marketing strategy. This would help Pro Go to reach potential new customers and solve the declining consumer issue. The method of merger which is best suitable in the following case is horizontal merger (ansarada, 2021). This would help in decreasing the market competition and also attract more consumers.

• The brand identity of the company should also be evaluated and should be taken into consideration the positive impact the company would be having over the growth of Pro Go. This would help them go around the risk of new entrants in the market and also overcome the issue of declining consumer base.

References:

MIS608 Agile Project Management Report Sample

Task Summary

You are required to write and submit a 1500-word individual reflection about Agile ways of working and Agile teams in preparation for your group assignment.

You will be expected to examine and reflect upon these concepts specifically: The Agile Mindset, a shift from ‘command and control culture’ to self-organised teams, how reflection is an important part of the Agile process and the concept of servant leadership and how your adoption of these will support your group’s success.

- Bear in mind that you will be working in a group for Assessment 3 and there will be a requirement to use agile ways of working in your team – this is a good opportunity for you to focus on how these will prove most useful for you and your team in achieving your assessment goals.

- The focus of this assessment is to give you an opportunity to reflect on the theoretical knowledge you have developed and how you might put it into practice for your group assessment.

- Your report will need to be 1500 words in length, although you will have the benefit of an allowance of 150 words either more or less than 1500 words.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

In professional life while some parts of a job require individual contribution but progressively more work requires collaboration and group work. Group learning is designed to help you to learn about the process of collaboration in preparation for your career. Agile teams and agile ways of working are becoming more prevalent in workplaces and it is likely that you will be a part of an agile team in your career. However, agile is very different from the more traditional ‘command and control’ management methods to which many people are accustomed.

Reflective practice is a process of thinking about new experiences with a view of learning from them. It is a form of personal response to new experiences, situations, events, or information. University is the best place to learn, and reflection is considered a key part of the learning process for this course.

Solution

Introduction

This report addresses the application of agile management, and the principles regarding it. The agile software development and management processes concerning personal reflection have been studied. For Assignment Help I have shared my experiences regarding my past life and current job role. This report well explains the necessities of agile management, through my personal experiences. With the help of Gibbs reflective cycle, the project has been addressed in further detail. This report is going to focus on the Gibbs reflective cycle that is important to be focused on to get the proper reflection on my working on the agile project management. It also highlighted the action plan that helps to improve personal skills and it also helps me to get the concern to reduce my weaker practices on different features of agile project management

Discussion

Gibbs Reflection

Figure: Gibbs Reflection Model
Source: Self-Made

Description

While going through my job procedure I have faced many difficulties that have been solved with the help of the agile method. There are many instances where I failed to be a determining member of the team. To elaborate on my limitations in my job procedure I will provide an example(Malik, Sarwar & Orr, 2021). When I was working on a group project which was on the recent advances in technology, I failed to gather the courage to address my views. I was not able to be vocal about my ideas and thoughts. It is very essential to have good communication skills while working in groups. I have a lot of creativity but due to my weak communication skill, I could not improvise my ideas in that project.

Feelings

When I was working on this project, I identified certain aspects of work all skills that needed to be upgraded. I specifically was inclined towards Scrum and Kanban Framework to assess and support the uninterrupted improvement of this project(Hussain et al., 2021). These frameworks are usually used by the project managers to handle their business functions and add up to the progress level of the team and the objectives. This project has helped me in many dimensions. It has helped me to improve my skills as well as have a look that the individuals working under me or with me. I have been able to gather some necessary feedbacks, which have boosted my self-confidence. I have been able to be a determining aspect of the team. I have been able to improvise my thoughts into actions that have of course benefited the project quality. There are still some negative areas, which I will try to improve in the upcoming times. After working on this project, I feel confident that I can work with a team and this project also helps me to develop concerns regarding different problems that resist me to improve my personal skills(Mergel, Ganapati & Whitford, 2021).

Evaluation

The agile method has always benefited the team as well as an individual working on a project. Its main benefits include increasing the progress level of the project, better monitoring of the project and increase the product or service quality. The recent technologies have helped to initiate processes concerning the agile method. While working on the project I had seen that the people show resistance to shift into the new set of practices(Gren, Goldman &Jacobsson, 2020). I also saw that I was facing different problems to cope up with the new mindset. This project also forces me to change the project requirements that reduce the features of better communication. Although the agile mindset is not errored free this method improves my project management skills and help me to focus on the new project management skills that are important to get viable information about the modern skills to get the work done.

Analysis

I was a very average worker. I was determined and dedicated to the work, but still, I was unable to produce the projects within the given time. I was very weak in time management and had serious problems communicating with my team members. It cannot be developed overnight. I have been able to upgrade my technological skills and analytical skills. I have followed the transactional and management theory of leadership to increase my compatibility with the job position. I have some negative aspects which do not benefit my job role. Have to understand the importance of each skill and ability.

SWOT Analysis for Evaluating The Personal Improvement

Action plan

Agile mindset

From the insights of the SWOT analysis, it is clear that I have to focus on the agile mindset that will help me to increase my communication skills and it also so help me to perform better project activities by reducing the aspects of interactions(Salvetti AND Bertagni, 2020). I have to focus on the verbal and nonverbal communication strategies that help me to interact with the team members that helped me to focus on the adoption of the agile mindset within the group members for setting up better knowledge about the team performances.

- I have to schedule the working practices that will help me to observe my personal skills and it also helps me to get the proper timeframe to achieve the success to get the agile mindset.

Motivating team

I have to focus on the daily feedbacks of my team members that will help me to gather all the requirements and information. The better reflective practices help me to focus on the various small projects that will enhance my collaboration with the team members.

- I have to get support from the higher authorities that help me to promote collaboration in the workplace environment.

- I can set different goals and proper communicating ways that help me to come up with deadlines and it also allows me to enhance my communication skills(Phadermrod, Crowder & Wills, 2019).

Focusing on The Better Leadership Traits

I have to focus on better leadership traits because it will help me to concentrate on the growth of the team members. This project helps me to focus on the leadership traits of motivation and leadership styles that will help me to improve my leadership skills to progress the overall performances of the team members (Nichols, 2016). I feel that the project can help me to focus on the changes of implementation of better leadership traits that allow me to get the abilities for energy in the project those effective communication skills by implementing the leadership traits.

- I can learn through my past experiences by skills

- It also helps me to focus on other areas of weaknesses.

- The active listening skills also help me to get the knowledge skills for managing the advanced teams.

Self Confidence

I have to improve my self-confidence by communicating with my tutors that will help me to get better self-confidence and it also enhance my self-confidence level as a team member to promote my personal skills to work within a team. Happy focuses on the confidence level that will allow you to forget all the issues that I am facing as problems for my personal development.

- I have to clarify the smaller goals that help me to increase my sense of confidence according to the different aspects of self-confidence aspects.

- I can focus on my better communication skills by reading different books about improving communication skills that are important to be focused on to get a better knowledge base about better communication skills with different peer-reviewed journals that allows me to get the proper perspectives of team members that will be helpful for enhancing self-confidence.

Conclusion

From the above report, it can be summarized that agile management is very necessary for modern workplaces. Through the application of agile management, the upcoming projects will be more accurate and authentic and will ensure more positive results. I can focus on the aspects of communication skills because it eventually allows me to get the proper outcomes by improving my personal skill sets. The Gibbs reflective cycle helps me to explore the features of the agile mindset while working on this project. The action plan also plays a significant role to develop my skills that can be aligned with better project management approaches to achieve success in project management. This project helps me to understand the importance of communication skills and it also improved my communication skills and it also allow me to focus on the aspects of performance management system that help me to know the agile project management to learn the team building skills while working on the project.

References

 PROJ6000 Principles of Project Management Report Sample 3

Task Summary

Following group discussions, individually write a 1,200-word report that discusses the strengths, weaknesses, similarities, and contrasts of PMBoK and PRINCE2 or Agile in contemporary projects.

Context

There are several project management methodologies and approaches that are used in contemporary project management. Among these are PMBoK, PRINCE2, Waterfall, Agile, Extreme Programming (XP), and Adaptive Project Framework (APF). Each of them has certain specific elements that proponents say make it easier to use, more applicable, more robust, or otherwise more appropriate for particular environments or circumstances. Whilst these methodologies are all valid and reliable tools for a project manager to use, it is important to be able to contrast them and to form a view of how they may best be used in a project. This analysis includes their usefulness, application in various types of projects, and how they view project risk. Such context can help project managers identify which methodologies/approaches may be best for specific projects.

Instructions

In this Assessment, you will write a 1,200-word (+/- 10%) report that considers the application of a project management methodology to a project as described in an assigned case study. In particular, you will review the assigned case study, then compare and contrast the application of the PMBoK project management approach to the highlighted project with your choice of one of the following methodologies/approaches:

a) PRINCE2, or
b) Agile

The report must use the following headings:

1. INTRODUCTION: Develop an introduction to PMBoK and the other methodology/approach you have selected (PRINCE2 or Agile) that includes their background and historical context (approximately 200 words)

2. SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES: List 2–3 similarities and 2–3 differences between them and why these similarities and differences are relevant to the assigned case study
(approximately 200 words combined)

3. RISK: How each method treats project risk and how these approaches to risk are relevant to the assigned case study (approximately 200 words)

4. PROJECT CONTEXT: The types of projects in which each is used (approximately 200 words)

5. LIFECYCLE IMPLICATIONS: How each differs across different phases of a project’s lifecycle
(approximately 200 words)

6. APPLICATION: Explain which methodology you would choose to apply for the project in the assigned case study, and why (approximately 200 words)

Be sure to cite any source material, including learning resources or other academic or industry literature you research, used to inform your analysis.

You will need to consult the literature and use at least 6 references (and not more than 12 references) from academic and industry sources. The word count does not include the reference list. Each reference must be cited in-text in your report.

The assessment requires that you submit your report via Blackboard. You do not need to upload anything relating to your group discussions in Weeks 4 and 5.

Solution

Introduction

In the 21st century, Canada's Parliament Triad in Ottawa is trying to rehabilitate the designs of the buildings and making efforts to modernise and preserve the iconic symbols of buildings. The Canadian government is opting for the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBoK) which maintains a standard terminology by maintaining a document in which the process guidelines and best practices to manage the project are involved which will described in the assessment in a descriptive form.

In order to perform such project management, Public Services and Procurement Canada (PSPC) are procuring and rehabilitating the heritage buildings so that the workers, parliamentarians and visitors can get a warm welcome. For Assignment Help, The knowledge areas of PMBoK involve project integration management, performing change control, controlling and monitoring project work, managing and directing projects, project charter and developing the project management plan. These knowledge areas will help the management to procure the heritage building and furnish them to increase their longevity. The researcher has chosen the Projects In a Controlled Environment (PRINCE2) methodology which can also influence the customers by using moderation models and technologies (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020). The modernisation technologies can help the historical buildings and monuments to retain their longevity and direct the project effectively as described in the below figure. This methodology will also influence the project management technologies and will also increase the involvement of the community to have faith in the architecture of the heritage buildings.

Figure 1: Projects In a Controlled Environment (PRINCE2)
Source: (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020)

Similarities and differences

Table 1: Similarities of PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Table 2: Dissimilarities of PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Risk

Table 3: Risk which can be assessed by PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Project context

Table 4: The projects where PMBoK and PRINCE2 are used:

Lifecycle implications

Table 5: Different lifecycle implications in PMBoK and PRINCE2:

Applications

The case study has described the requirements of procuring heritage buildings and the process the Canadian government is undergoing to make for the project effectively. The Senate of Canada Building and The West Block is the heritage buildings situated in Canada that are required to undergo rehabilitation. As per the recommendation, PRINCE2 is the best approach that can help the project manager to make for the development. Assigned from the case study, it can be seen that Senate Buildings are likely to undergo rehabilitation where the interior design will be modernised and the security will also be upgraded. It is a process that can only be performed by PRINCE2 due to its high process orientation process. Similarly, in West Block, the renovation will be done based on advanced technology which is only applicable under PRINCE2 (McGrath & Whitty, 2020).

Conclusion

From the above study it can be concluded that PRINCE2 will help the project manager to know about the risks at an earlier stage before starting the project of rehabilitation of the heritage buildings with the help of technology and IT software (Wang, Sasanipoor & Wang, 2020).
 

Reference List

MGT502 Business Communication Report Sample-4

Assessment Task

Select 10 resources on a topic related to communication and write a 1500-word annotated bibliography summarizing the central theme and scope of the resources.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Creating an annotated bibliography calls for the application of succinct analytical and reflective skills, as well as informed online and library research. This assessment provides experience and understanding of information literacy and the analysis and synthesis of a range of resources involved in academic research and writing. In doing so, this assessment gives you an opportunity to develop skills and knowledge in sourcing books, periodicals and other documents, as well as evaluating the relevance, accuracy, and quality of the materials.

Instructions

1. A topic related to communication will be given to you by your Learning Facilitator in Module 1.1. The selected topic will be posted in the Announcements section in Blackboard.

This topic will form the basis for research for Assessment 1 Part A, Assessment 1 Part B, Assessment 2 and Assessment 3.

2. Apply your research skills to identify, select and analyse resources related to the topic. Locate resources (books, periodicals, white papers and other documents) that may contain useful information and ideas on the issue.

3. Briefly examine and review the resources and select 10 that represent a variety of perspectives on the topic.

4. Write an annotation of 150 words for each resource, summarizing its’ central theme and scope. The annotation should:

• evaluate the authority or background of the author
• comment on the intended audience
• compare and contrast this work with another you have cited
• explain how this work inform your topic

5. Please note that the issue and resources used in Assessment 1 Part A will also form the basis for Assessment 1 Part B.

6. When writing the annotated bibliography, you are required to:

• Include a title page with student details (i.e. student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title).
• Use at least 1 in-text citation per annotation.
• Adhere to the word limit of 1500 words.

7. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment

Solution

Managing business and influencing the company performance through the effective management is the primary objective of the business management. Study by Kalogiannidis (2020), demonstrates how communication can be considered as one of the crucial tools for the organisational performance and growth generation. For Assignment Help, As the targeted audience, the study considers the generic organisations. The study has demonstrated, effective communication practice is beneficial for every type of business as it greatly influences the employee performance through enhancing the employee satisfaction. The present study is highly crucial for my future study as it will enable me to understand hot effective business communication can be used in order to enhance the performance of the employee. Compared to the study by William (2020), present study demonstrates how to enhance employee’s satisfaction through the different communication channel and how it can influence the managing business.

Communication is an effective skill in business scenario as it enables the managers and employees to share information. Through the communication channel, firms enhance the bonding among the employees of different level and enhance the satisfaction level. As per the study by William (2020) it has been observed that, effective communication is a key factor of business success as it enhance the employee’s satisfaction and brings in loyalty among employees. Apart from this, in the business scenario, effective business communication enhances the sales for the business to business or business to customer type firms as well. Though the study was generic qualitative study, yet it has demonstrated how business communication need to be implemented within different type of organisation. Hence the present study will enhance my ability to represent the use of effective business communication in business management. Compared to the study by Kalogiannidis (2020), present study is well structured to represent how the effective communication practice can be used in different business scenario.

Communication practice is a highly crucial element in every business scenario. However, study by Sanina et al., (2017) discusses the importance of the communication in the business as well as the government entities too. The study was targeted towards the Russian business and government entities where, communication is limited. With the quantitative analysis approach, researchers in the study has demonstrated when communication practice is tried in the specific group of people within the business and government offices, then it enhances the performance. Moreover, inferential statistical analysis has demonstrated that, there is good amount of association between the performance and the communication practice followed by the organisation. The study is very crucial for my future research work as it will enable me to understand how the communication is beneficial for the government and business scenario. Compared to the study by Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates the use of communication practice in case of the government sector.

Communication in business has many forms and they can be differentiated into two major part; formal and informal communication. Study done by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), demonstrates how formal and informal communication influence the goal-based approach of the business management to enhance the employee satisfaction and company performance. Compared to the study by the Hargie et al., (2017), present study demonstrates how the formal and non-formal mode of communication can be used in case of the business management. Thus, the study will be very important for my future study as it will guide me to develop understanding regarding the importance of the formal and informal communication channel for business management.

Communication is a crucial business practice as it enables the managers to influence the satisfaction of employees and performance of the business. Through the proper communication channel managers shares information with the employees and two-dimensional approach of the communication aids the managers to gather information regarding the employee need and employees share valuable feedback. As per the study by Hargie et al., (2017), it has been observed that more the communication is, better it is to capture the information from the employees and enhance satisfaction level. Though the study was aimed towards US organisations, however, the outcome of the qualitative study is valid for the organisational which operates in multinational business scenario too. Comparing the finding of the present study with the study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018), it can be observed that there is significant difference between the approach of communication channel utilisation. Present study focused on the use of communication channel to achieve the company goal, while study by Radovic and Salamzadeh (2018) demonstrated how two-dimensional communication channel can be used.

The study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), demonstrated how the emotional intelligence and behavioural style in the business communication can be used by the managers. The study is directed towards the middle managers who are engaged with the operation of the firm rather than decision making. Through the study, authors have demonstrated how emotional intelligence is used in business communication to manage the operation of the firm. The study also demonstrates that people who are focused on the actions are less engaged to control the emotions and to enhance the performance and employee satisfaction business communication need to be used backed by emotional intelligence to enhance the loyalty of these specific employees. Compared to the study by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017), present study largely focusses on the strategy development for business communication backed by the emotional intelligence. Hence the present study will be beneficial for future study as it will guide me to demonstrate how emotional intelligence need to be used in case of business communication by middle managers.

Study done by Genc (2017) analyses the used of communication channel for influencing the sustainability and develop sustainable strategies of the firm. The study was directed towards the policy makers of the service sector and it provided recommendations for the targeted audience how to develop communication channel for the sustainability of the firm. The study has provided emphasis on the development of the communication channel through external and internal mode as it will guide the managers to understand expectation from the organisation. Compared to the study by Skiltere and Bormane (2018), present study has provided well described ideas to develop communication channel for enhancing sustainability of the firm. Thus, the study will be very useful in my future study as it will guide me to develop conceptual framework to analyse hot business communication is utilised in the management purpose.

Study done by Hänninen and Karjaluoto (2017) demonstrates how the marketing communication can boost the business relationship loyalty. As per the finding of the study, it can be seen that marketing communication has both the direct and indirect effect on the customer loyalty. As the study was targeted towards the business to business scenario, hence the finding suggests that channel specific approach of business communication enhance the effectiveness of the marketing communication. Personalised channels in regard to the business to business scenario provides cost effective medium of communication in business. This study will be very helpful in my future study as it will aid me to develop understanding regarding the personalisation in the business communication practice and how it can influence the loyalty of the consumers. Compared to the study done by Gurieva et al., (2018), this study demonstrates the use of personalisation in business communication and how it influences loyalty among customers.

Study done by Skiltere and Bormane (2018) demonstrates the integrated marketing communication channel as a tool of business management and how it influences the sustainable development of the organisation. As the targeted audience of the study, policy makers of the Latvian food and retail chain firms were considered. The study argues regarding that integrated marketing communication is a tool of innovative business management that aids to foster sustainable development. Through creation of the product consumption values and generating feedback through communication enables the firms to understand consumer need and behaviour. This in in turn allows the firm to capture the perspective of the consumer and enable the firm to produce a sustainable business model. Underpinning the finding of the study, in my future research work, I can demonstrate how sustainable business scenario can be made through the communication channel. Compared to the study by Marsen (2020), present study analyses how communication channel can be considered to influence the sustainability of the firm under uncertainty.

Reference:

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Ass 1, Part B Sample

Context:

The learning design of this subject is to focus on your own leadership journey and not to study leadership as some remote, theoretical concept that applies to other people. This assessment enables you to build self-awareness and a clear sense of how you came to be the person and emerging leader that you are today. It encourages deep reflection on your life and leadership journey to your present position. It helps you to increase your understanding of your current leadership capabilities and potential. The assessment requires you to establish a mentoring relationship with another student in the class so that you can provide mutual learning support and exchange constructive feedback with each other.

Your Task:

Your task in Assessment 1 Part B is to reflect on you own leadership journey up until now, your current role or position, how you influence others, how you lead, contribute to or react to organisational and cultural changes and your current level of self-awareness and self-confidence to lead others in your organisation and/or community.

Assessment 2, which is due at the end of the subject, builds on the first and asks you to prepare a plan for the next stage of your leadership journey. The assessments are integrated pieces of work and you should bear in mind the final part as you work on this part. All assessments need to be strongly based on the established theories and models of leadership to help you interpret and explain your leadership challenges.

Working with Your Partner:

Partners will be allocated by your Learning Facilitator after you post your personal introduction on the “Welcome and Introductions” Discussion Forum. Partners will be allocated on the basis of maximum diversity of backgrounds to enrich your learning experience. Where possible, partners will be in similar time zones. More detailed guidelines for working with your partner are provided at the end of this section.

• You should include a summary of the feedback you receive from your partner and others, combined with your reflection and interpretation of this feedback in the context of your leadership journey.

• You may wish to also include a summary of the feedback that you gave your partner and reflect on it. Feedback often says as much about the person who gives as the person who receives it. The feedback summaries can be included as appendices, where they will not be included in the word count.

While the assessment includes feedback from the interaction with your partner, each person is to submit his or her own, individual report.

More detailed guidelines for working with your partner are shown at the end of this brief.

Possible Structure:

A possible structure for your report is shown below. This is a suggestion only and is not mandatory. Other structures would be appropriate, provided that they enable you to demonstrate your learning according to the rubric shown in the brief for the first assessment.

Reflexive Writing - First Person:

You should write in the first person, because this is about YOU, your reflections and your
interpretations. (eg “I considered this advice to be..... because it had a big impact on
my........and it helped me to understand my...........”).

Try to be as specific as possible, use brief examples to illustrate your points and try to select examples that enable you to demonstrate learning against the attributes in the rubric.

Solution

Introduction

The report is based on the reflective statement of my experience and learning over the ear as a leader. The job role responsibilities are analyzed in this report, and my journey of leadership is described. For Assignment Help After this, I have described my strengths which are achieved through Gallup strengths finder. In the next step, feedback from my partner is collected, and recommendations are provided (Snyder, (2013). The importance of reflection is analyzed in this report. In the last part, the conceptual Framework is aligned along with the theory explaining experience and feedback.

Main body

Job role, responsibilities and leadership

My previous work experience involves working at a local pizza store as the manager. I had worked in the store for about 5 months and have learned a lot from this experience. During my working period, I have the aim of learning effectively regarding the various qualities and activities required for being an efficient manager. During this time I always was eager to gain more knowledge regarding the various activities along with learning from my mistakes.

My overall responsibilities while being a pizza store manager involved the managing of the regular budgets along with looking into the meeting of sales targets. Other than that I was also responsible for monitoring the cost-effective and efficient operations for better profitability along with managing the human resources and marketing team.

Since I was a freshman when I started with this job role, I had to face a broad range of hurdles when it came to my leadership and management abilities. I was unable to properly manage the marketing team and was also hesitant regarding placing my ideas and opinions among the other team members. I had a lot of gaps in my communication skills which made it even harder in managing the other team members because I was not able to convey my ideas and opinions to them properly.

My leadership journey

My leadership journey has come a long way till now and it all started during my school days. I was first introduced to the concept of leadership when I served as the class monitor and was responsible for managing a positive environment in the class along with preventing any kind of chaos. This also introduced me to the concept of teamwork in collaborating with other class monitors during various inter-class activities or sports events. Along with that, I was also passionate about football and I often used to participate in various Inter-School football tournaments which exposed me to actual teamwork and helped me in developing my leadership skills further. My elder brother also had a significant role to play in my leadership journey since he used to be the captain of the local football team of the city and he gave various valuable lessons when it came to leadership.

During my graduation days, I also participated actively in managing various events as well as participated in various conferences based on leadership and teamwork for gaining more knowledge regarding the topic. When my graduation came to an end I started working in the local pizza store as a manager which was initially a tough task for me for managing all the sales executives as well as the marketing department but it taught me a lot of lessons regarding teamwork as well as help me in enhancing my management abilities. Apart from that, I also took part in various charity activities involving NGOs which were beneficial for me in polishing my communication and administrative skills (Gergen, 2019). Working under all these various environments has improved my adaptability to various tough situations and environments.
My leadership skills have come a long way since my childhood and it has improved with time due to the various activities and events that I have actively participated in, but various significant gaps still remain in my leadership capabilities and also my communication skills with people of diverse backgrounds needs a few improvements. I will further strive to improve myself in every aspect and dimension for getting the best results in any field that I wish to seek a future in.

Result and Interpretation of Gallup Strengths Finder

To get better insights into my strengths and positive qualities, I took help from Gallup. To identify the various leadership qualities that I possess, I undertook the Clifton strengths assessment. This helped me realize that my strengths are realtor, responsible, arranger, achiever, and being strategic.

Even with a few gaps in my communication skills, the realtor theme outlined my ability to enjoy closer relationships with my colleagues and other team members. It will also be beneficial for the people around me since they will be coming to me to get a better and easier understanding of certain Complex ideas and elements (Johansen, 2012). This will lead to me having close companions in the organization for whom I will be a valuable friend.

The responsibility theme outlines my qualities of honesty and loyalty towards my team as well as towards the organization. This theme highlights my quality of volunteering for certain tasks instead of waiting for someone to instruct me into doing it. This quality makes me stand out as a mature individual along with avoiding any kind of sloppy work or getting involved in some unethical practices.

The arranger theme outlines my ability to organize along with being flexible in various situations. This highlights my ability to handle several activities at the same time and yet produce effective results along with being distant from any unethical or deceitful individual (Gallup strength finders assessments. 2015). This also outlines my quality of providing timely relevant information to the team members regarding any events.

The achiever theme outlines my main ability to work hard towards any goal along with having a great amount of stamina while being busy and productive all the time. This theme highlights my ability to take things slow and work hard for reaching the goal (Polansky, 2017). This also implies that sometimes I work too long without getting proper rest.

The strategic film outlines my ability to create various alternate approaches or methods for reaching a common goal. It also highlights the ability to choose the best course of action for dealing with certain situations.

Feedbacks from Partner

Open conversation is made with my partner through telephone and video conferencing. In that conversation, my career and skills are discussed with him. Huge valuable information I received from him about accessing bi capabilities in identifying appropriate career options. I took inspiration from his past experience working in a pizza shop and currently working in a hotel container as a supervisor (Pedler & Burgoyne & Boydell, 2013, p45). I was inspired by how he does his activities to achieve his goals. The conversation was started through uh telephonic calls and WhatsApp for sharing images and finally through video conference.

Valuable feedback is received from my partner, which helps to be encouraging and full of motivation. My partner recognizes my partner’s leadership qualities greatly, and he is more interested in learning more about me. He said that my experience of managing and handling different responsibilities and roles is excellent. He said that my leadership experience will help him to get huge expertise which will eventually help him to achieve his career goals. My partner is working in a hotel quarantine as a supervisor and also in a pizza shop and therefore my leadership experience will help him to gain huge motivation to achieve his aims and objectives (Ashman & Green, (2014). During our conversation, he was eager to know about the locations in which I have worked before and the job roles and responsibilities I was assigned by the management. After I told him about the job roles that I was assigned previously, he replied that I had learned many things from my experience of leadership style. He also provided feedback that I am efficient in handling myself without any guidance from others and said that I could take risks and learn new experiences. I have the ability to work as a team player and not individually as was told by my partner, and I can work effectively as a team. He has also been said that because of my strength, I can identify problems and solve them. When a problem arises, it is important to think about what works or failed to work effectively, which will help in stimulating my thinking.

It has also been said by my partner that my only negative point is my judging others which is my biggest flaw as for my partner (Mahmud & Catto, (2012). I usually judge people and it has been said by him that I need to work on it. My extrovert nature has impressed him and said that I prefer social interaction and am more enthusiastic.

Recommendation of The Feedback and Reflection on The Importance

My partner recommends that I reduce my judging behavior by understanding others instead of judging them for their actions. He said to accept things after understanding. It can also be improved by being mindful. You also recommended that I look for basic goodness in others instead of judging and ask myself why I feel a requirement to judge (Tracy, (2014). He also told me to notice what is triggered by judgemental thoughts and should consider someone's behavior. I should try to understand others and the reason why they may behave the way they do which has been recommended by him. Is feedback on my leadership styles, flaws, and qualities highly important to me as it helps me improve and develop my skills which are necessary to enhance personal performance and achieve success in life. He also recommended that I should focus more on thinking while making decisions (Osland, Mendenhall, & Li, (2019). This feedback also helps me understand the drawbacks that I currently have. This recommendation is important as It helped in correcting those flaws and achieving the things that were difficult previously. The feedback which is provided is important as it is effective and will help me to understand what I did well and how I can make it better. It also helped in motivating and provided positive criticism. It provided interactivity and engagement, and we'll show me my current level of performance. My partner also recommended that o take feedback from others and make this habit, which will help improve my performance.

Aligning Conceptual Framework and Theory Explaining Feedback and Experience

The Gibbs reflective model is used for reflection by learning. This process has six steps: description, feelings, evaluation, analysis, conclusion, and action plan. According to my partner, I need to improve my judging skills and be more prospective and should also focus on thinking before making a decision (Gibbs' reflective cycle for writing center training. 2020, p11). My feelings on this specific issue are that sometimes I judge people according to their behavior and avoid thinking. Evaluating and accessing this experience has two sides one is negative, and the other is positive. The negative effects are that too much judgment will affect my emotion and thoughts as well as physical health. It will increase my anger and anxiety. Whereas it can have a positive impact as well by providing an opinion based on evidence, feelings, and thoughts. The analysis of this issue is addressing my judgemental skills (Potter, 2015, p338). Good judgment will help in meeting deadlines and prioritizing, which is effective in a terrible situation. Based on this, it can be concluded by saying that I should be more practical and should also focus on thinking when making decisions. An action plan can be formulated with the help of the feedback of my partner by concentrating on developing my judgment and thinking skills.

Conclusion

The reflective report has played a significant role in helping me identify all my strengths and weaknesses. The gallop result was accomplished through the Clifton strength assessment as it has been beneficial for me in acknowledging the various leadership qualities that I possess and the themes help me in recognizing the main themes which I am good at. Hence I can successfully conclude that this reflective report has been beneficial for me in gaining significant knowledge along with recognizing the various vital Areas where I will need to improve myself for being a good leader.

Reference

MGT607 Innovation, Creativity & Entrepreneurship Report Sample

Context:

Identifying an opportunity is great! For example, before Uber became a global icon the idea of a technologically based journey service was just an embryonic idea by Garrett Camp and Travis Kalanick. However, before any idea or opportunity can proceed you need to be able to articulate some key things to obtain buy-in to continue before significant time and investment is spent developing a product / service / process innovation that may require some adjustments and/or other considerations if you want it to be successful.

This assessment requires students to develop a Business Concept Plan that articulates what your idea is and what you would like to do with your idea to exploit the opportunity you have identified. This clarity of your vision will serve as evidence that you have thought critically about the idea.

When investors and other business people see this, they will have a better sense of the risk they would take by working or investing with you just by reading this document.

You will need to incorporate the theory, which you have learnt in Modules 1 to Modules 3 to provide you with the tools and structure for the components that you need address in your plan.

Instructions:

You are required to develop a Business Concept Plan which provides a business solution to an opportunity which you have identified. You need to ensure that the plan demonstrates that your idea is a feasible and viable solution and something that will obtain support from an executive or management team to develop in to a business case, ultimately seeking funding and approval to develop / implement (This will be Assessment 3!).

Consider what it is that will attract approval and funding of your idea. What it is that makes this a great opportunity and something worth developing or progressing?

Solution

Industry Background

Biodegradable packaging market is on an inclination towards growth, more so, after the advent of COVID 19 pandemic. According to CAGR, The scope of biodegradable packaging towards vegetables and fruits add periodically enhanced from the year 2018 and has a plan two completely evolve as a sustainable packaging industry by 2026. For Assignment Help It is a rapidly growing market with specific concentration and emergence in Asia Pacific region. The largest market encouraging sales and practical utility is taking place in Europe. The market summary indicates, CAGR of 6.35%. Taking the complete market valuation for biodegradable packaging, 81.70 billion U.S. dollar is accounted as per 2020 statistical figures. It is likely to expect a leap of 118.85 billion euro s dollar by the time it reaches 2026. With the core motive of shaping the global environment with eco friendly food packaging objective, escalated demand as per 2020 records are found to be evidence which witnessed slight slow down during 2021 as a consequence of corona virus pandemic lashes.

Problem / Opportunity – Description of Your Idea

One of the major problems related to packaging is the heap of production awful waste generated from plastic materials which are non biodegradable in nature. The accumulation of plastic made waste matter as the abundance of packaging daily produced act as a huge damage and threat towards our planet, replacing the plastic packaging approach with reduced and replaced along with renewed procedure attempted in the form of biodegradable packaging industry creates sufficient scope for potential solutions (Goosey & Starkey, 2004). Rather than using single use black plastic for packaging of fruits and vegetables, it is the replenished and recyclable Attribute of packaging sources which help mitigate the negative burden created upon environmental impact on a global scale.

Opportunity in the form of global biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content is a unique and new idea in business as the core material helps to create a replaceable opportunity to remove the use of plastic. The dangerous impacts creating non renewable and environmentally damaging impacts are possible to be manifested in eco friendly approach. Initiated in Asia Pacific locations such an opportunity proposition is highly getting encouraged in different progressive parts of the world. Making biodegradable market introduction with sufficient focus on rice and starch based packaging is already getting practice in larger questions across North America and Europe. There is a future anticipation that such a business opportunity using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content with new and innovative ideas of selling products through rice and starch based packaging shall engage more than 34% of the entire packaging market. Use of biodegradable plastic is also a blooming industry introduced ever since 2019. It is increasingly adapted by countries like India, Indonesia and China. Making biodegradable packaging a mainstream business opportunity is likely to grow at a rate of 11.5% from 2015 to 2021. The capacity growth is likely to take place in leaps and bounds where 382 kilotons I tried to be used in various sales and markets with biodegradable plastics increasingly used in 2020 and 2021. Such an opportunity is likely to completely replace the plastic packaging with biodegradable ones in the upcoming future as planned within 2026. Using starch and rice is ease and simple to degrade in waste management and cost effectiveness.

High-level Solution

For the new business idea to enter into global market rather than operating on concentrated limited countries like North America and Europe needs to be amplified. Using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content is a unique and never used before concept in business benefit to infuse cost reduction and environmental waste management. This multiplication of realistic application to completely replace biodegradable packaging with penetrative marketing strategies needs to replace single use plastic by 100%. The use of biodegradable packaging has been only introduced insert in pockets of the globe specifically by 30% in North America and 30 to 35% in European zones. Asia Pacific being the inception point has incorporated 40 to 50% along with Latin America and Middle East or African regions. More than 85 to 90% of waste production shall get inevitably reduced when the plastic packaging gets replaced with a renewed new innovative business appeal by introducing biodegradable packaging to sell fruits and vegetables as daily grocery utilities (BR, Agarwal & Sharma, 2016). This shall not only help the infrastructural growth with waste management investments to be curbed down but also reflect enhanced leadership qualities with international standards as development orientation. Research on micro plastic shall get her resultant solution where the potential benefits in managing the greenhouse gas by balancing the ecological impacts can create a renewable outcome using biodegradable package materials.

Business Model:

Use of made from starch and rice content is the unique innovative idea in business of packaging industry to create advantage as lowering of costing which enhances the profitability and environmental sustainability improved. The expenditure and investment needed to be allocated for distinguished departments for waste management as the non biodegradable packaging materials of plastic and polyester cannot be reused or recycled (Stoica et al. 2020). Other than the environmental impact and risk proposition the cost of production and management within all industries experienced an expenditure of 25 to 30% elevated due to single use plastic packaging. With the help of this new innovative business proposition made from starch and rice content in biodegradable packaging, more than 40% of the cost of various business industries and sectors can be benefited in saving money and optimizing in profits.

The aim of the business model is to enhance sustainable attribute with reduced environmental impact upon various sectors of business. CAGR indicated 14.2% as the forecasted growth rate on global biodegradable rice and starch based packaging industry by 2021 which is likely to accelerate at tremendous rate to appeal different developing as well as developed regions of the world to reach almost 66 to 71% by 2026.

Market Segment

Choice of Material

Concentrating upon packaging material is one of the significant industrial outlooks across all business opportunities. Replacing single use plastic as packaging material packaging made from starch and rice content biodegradable nature is likely to create an assured market share of 95.1%. Buy application
With a globalised proposition to amplify the use and practical application of biodegradable packages made from starch and rice content as well as plastic packaging is infused with innovative marketing approach. By associating with diversified business industries like pharmaceutical packaging, grocery packaging packaged food packaging, beverage packaging and clothing industry packaging I tried to be targeted to amplify the growth rate in addressing a leading position by 17.2% of market share. By 5 to six years the demand and supply rate is forecasted to be highly opportunity seeking to achieve excellence in rest of Europe, Asia Pacific, entire America, Australia and entire Asian continent (Rigby & Tager, 2008).

Gap Analysis

In order to drive growth and create excellence on a global front, the new proposition of business with biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content endures certain gaps which create challenges in the business idea. Creating rapid transition for environmental friendly approach requires excessive use of technological skill and research on procedure to make the packages from rice and starch materials where resource availability with training expertise among human capital is often a lag that business industries face across the world (Arvanitoyannis & Bosnea, 2001). The commitment level and training excellence necessary from search business sectors to completely transform the packaging module to adapt biodegradable option witness gaps. The pricing differences in various nations of the world to adapt the newly proposed innovative business idea of biodegradable packaging towards grocery industry or other business sectors interested derives the pricing gap do too differentiated economic status across the globe.

Competitor Analysis

Quality Dimension:

Introducing biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content as a company dimension helps to solve environmental impacts and drive cost friendly approach with sustainable responsibility accomplished.

Pricing Dimension:

Different nations practice pricing strategy on a differentiated manner where the price of single use plastic packaging is more in case of competitors. Price and production of rice is different in different countries which makes the standard changed in each location. The production rate and waste management induces greater expense across competitors. Biodegradable plastic or rice and starch based packaging is much more affordable an economic option to be easily absorbed by all parts of the world.

Unique Value Proposition:

Eco friendly approach with reduced impact upon environment helps to create sustainable solution for future generations to be pollution free (Anton, 2020). Using biodegradable packaging made from starch and rice content creates responsible business approach through corporate leadership in market positioning. Rice being considered as a significant starch product for packaging helps the industry to think in unique manner to solve waste accumulation severity and cost becomes negligible. Business and customer benefits with higher profitability and limited production cost with reduced waste management expenses help the biodegradable option to become exceptionally unique in nature.

Ideal Customer Profile – before using your product / after

Environmentally conscious customers looking for a feasible alternative to replace use of single use plastic as packaging material shell become priority. People interested in affordable packaging with low cost and high maintenance without making damaging impacts upon environment to shape a better future for upcoming generations shall become automatically attracted.

Total Addressable Market

The total addressable market is the different industries like textile, agriculture and other industries that utilize significant packaging. Presently concentrated in mere pockets of North America and Europe regions the specific application needs to be made a mainstream general practice in the years to come by future. Both developing as well as developed nations across the world are tried to be addressed on a demographic aspect with the biodegradable rice and starch based as well as plastic material packaging.

Business Model Canvas

Value Proposition Canvas

References

MGT604 Strategic Management Report 2A Sample

Assessment Task

This is an individual assessment with a component of the work to be conducted in stakeholder groups allocated by the lecturer.

In your stakeholder group, you are required to:

• Meet, discuss and agree on three strategy options
• Apply strategy concepts in your stakeholder meeting discussions to identify options.
• Produce a teamwork log Individually, you are required to produce a white paper:
• Nominate the preferred strategy option and apply a strategy framework/s
• Discuss the implications specifically relating to your part of the business
• Include the team log in your paper’s appendix

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

PLEASE NOTE: Part A is a Hurdle Assessment and must be submitted.

You are required to perform a simulated stakeholder meeting to discuss the scenario below. Students will be assigned a role to play in the simulated stakeholder meeting. Roles will be assigned to ensure each group has one of each of the stakeholders.

To do this assessment, it is necessary for you to know the responsibilities and interests of the stakeholder that you are assigned to be. To assist you with this knowledge, each stakeholder’s general scope of responsibilities is described below. It is suggested that you take some time to research more about each stakeholder’s responsibilities so that you can contribute effectively to the meetings and write your white paper.

The white paper is to be completed individually by each member of the team reflecting the impact of the proposed strategy on their particular part of the business and should be completed to the professional standard that would be required if the scenario were real.

Please Note: You will be placed in your group by your facilitator and are expected to conduct at least one (1) stakeholders meeting per week. Times and location are to be arranged by the group.

Solution

Introduction

The business needs to adopt the strategies for meeting the requirements of each stakeholder as they hold an important place in the success of the organization (Stone, 2017). In addition, this report is an outline for stakeholder deliverables and a white paper as a part of strategic management for Go Pro. For Assignment Help Go Pro Pty Ltd is a firm which is a small manufacturing company which produces high-quality camera for image and video, however, the quality of Go Pro products is being compared to that of smartphones, hence the company requires strategic decisions for next five years on its operations.

Aims

The report aims to develop strategic options for managing workers of Go Pro to enable the company in reaching the desired market position

Discussions

Stakeholder Deliverables

The Union Official is responsible for representing workers' interests which might include conflict resolution amongst the employers and the workers. In addition to this, three strategic options from the view of the worker's interest have been identified.

SWOT Analysis

Training and Education- Since technology has been advancing, companies are utilizing digital tools for their operations. Hence, all employees and staff need Go Pro Pty Ltd to be trained on current trends, innovations, and the use of technological tools in operations. This will help in promoting efficiency in work operations which reduces costs while also create a competitive edge (Lawler&Boudreau, 2015).

Employee Engagement Activities- Employee engagement activities should be increased as it helps in boosting the morale, commitment, and intrinsic motivation of the employees of Go Pro Pty Ltd. (Word&Sowa, 2017).

Embedding Innovation and Creativity- Since products of Go Pro Pty Ltd has been competing with the functions of smartphones, hence it is important for the company for innovating new product or enhance existing services line.

The strategic option applied istraining and educationwhich will further help the company in creating a competitive edge(Lucas&Grant, 2018). Go Pro Pty Ltd requires to focus on developing employees through training, managing conflicts, and meeting other needs of workers.It will help in creating team bonds, while also enable employees to managing conflicts with colleagues and juniors (Pribanic, 2019).Employees need to be trained about recent technologies so that the knowledge can be applied in producing or enhancing the products (Brunstein, 2016). Physical space must be created in a way that employees can communicate freely with each other which will enhance the working environment (Word&Sowa, 2017). This will also provide the impetus for creating new elements in the product features. The senior management team needs to encourage employees at each level of creativity which might include failures as well.

If Go Pro Pty Ltd fails to achieve the above-mentioned strategic options, in the short run, the Union Official will have challenges in uplifting the reduced performance. In the long run, Union Officials might facea higher attrition rate due to frustrated& dissatisfied employees with low- morale, high team conflicts.

References

MGT501 Business Environment Report 2 Sample

Context:

Business stakeholder analysis is a technique for identifying stakeholders and analysing their roles. The aim of the analysis is to map out the stakeholders’ level of influence and degree of interest with regards to the business. Stakeholder analysis can also be used to assess the relationships between different stakeholders and the issues they care about most.

Internal stakeholders are individuals or groups who are directly involved in the business, such as owners, board members, managers, employees, and investors. External stakeholders are indirectly influenced by the business activities, like customers, suppliers, competitors, society and government.

By understanding both perspectives, the business can engage and enhance communication with relevant stakeholders, reduce or prevent risks, identify business opportunities, improve internal stakeholders’ commitment in the business and the reputation of the business amongst external stakeholders.

Instructions:

In this assessment, you will examine a business organisation in an industry that you have either previously worked or would like to work in the future. Leading up to the assessment submission, you MUST participate in the Assessment 2 weekly discussions in the Discussion Forums on Blackboard. You will locate this discussion forum in the Assessment Area of blackboard. Weekly discussion and contributions are based on Modules 2-4.

Note for Assessment 2 Discussion Forum:

• The business organisation and its functionalities selected for the Discussion Forum MUST be the same with Assessment 2 write-up and submission.

• You MUST make some references to subject contents, including other readings.

• You are ENCOURAGED to employ minimum of 3 reference sources for each topic, two (2) academic (textbooks & peer-reviewed journal articles) and one (1) other sources (newspaper article, business/trade publication, or substantiated website).

• You are REQUIRED to extract and enclose each topic’s responses (e.g., your responses, and critique of your peer’s responses) of your ‘Assessment 2 Discussion Forum’ as appendix in your final Assessment 2 document.

Please Remember your contributions to the discussion topics are one of the assessment attributes. (LMS please create an Assessment 2 Discussion Forum separately in the Assessment area of blackboard as students are required to participate in this to complete the assessment)

Presenting a business example and contributing to the discussion forum, you will:

• identify and analyse functional areas in the business

• identify and analyse the internal and external stakeholders

• compare two industries with each other

• create a stakeholder matrix

• discuss chosen stakeholders and industries in the context of relevant theories and frameworks

Solution

Introduction:

Flight Centre Travel Group is a selected company in the Tourism and Travel Industry in Australia. Flight Centre Travel Group (FLT) is a renowned Australian Travel Agency. The Company founded in 1982 and the headquarters of the company is located in Brisbane Region, Australia. For Assignment Help The FLT Group is one of the largest travel retailers across the world. The Group is also known as the largest corporate travel managers across the world. The Group has owned corporate and leisure travel business across 23 countries including New Zealand, Australia, Europe, The Americas, South Africa, The United Kingdom, Asia and The UAE (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). Due to the outbreak of the Covid-19 and restriction on travel and tourism, the company faced a loss of $662.1 Million and it also decreases the revenue of the company from $3055.3 Million in 2019 to $1898.1 Million in 2020 (FLT-2020-Annual-Report 2020). The Company employed 10615 total employees across all location the company operated their business (Our Story So Far - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). The assessment identified the functional areas, internal stakeholders and external stakeholders of the Company. It also discussed the interest and level of influence of each stakeholder on business.

Identification of Functional Areas of Flight Centre Company:

Following are the main functional areas of the company:

Sales and Marketing Department: The Sales and Marketing Department of the Company is responsible for promoting the services of the Company through using different Marketing Media like Social media platform, TV Ads, Newspaper and Magazine Ads. The Sales and Marketing department is especially responsible for developing and researching the marketing opportunities.

Human Resources Department: The main responsibility of the HRM Department is recruiting, organising and utilizing the company’s workforce for ensuring better performance, and implementing the reward system for the employees (About Us - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). They are also responsible for maintaining the corporate social responsibility of the company. They are also responsible for delivering positive egalitarianism and diversity practices among the FCTG employees (Corporate Social Responsibility - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Finance Department: This department of the company is responsible for acquiring the required funds for the company. Moreover, the department is responsible for managing the funds, expenditures, profit and losses within the organisation.

Transportation department: The department is responsible for reservation and management of transport tickets, managing Airline ticketing and reservation, car rental and hiring services, managing rail passes and journey, offering deals and discounts, assisting customers, offering travel insurance etc.

Tourism and Entertainment Department: This department is also responsible for planning tour packaging and consulting with the sales department for pricing and costing of the packages, providing travel guide, managing events, holiday packages, offering discounts on leisure activities and travelling activities, etc.

Accommodation Sector: The department is responsible for accommodating hotel, entertainment services, accommodating cruise services, managing the cruise service and packages, managing standard and quality of the accommodation services etc (Palgan, Zvolska & Mont, 2017).

Food and Beverage Sector: The department is also responsible for managing food and beverages for their customers in Cruise ships, hotels, offering discounts on food services, managing food packages, maintaining high standard and quality of the food and beverage services, etc.

Identification of Internal and External Stakeholders and their Roles:

Political Forces: The FCT Group operated their business in several countries. Australia and UAE is a politically stable country. However, UK, America is a politically unstable country. Political instability and stability create an effect on the business operation and rate of intervention by the Government (restriction and rules, tax rate and trade policies) in the business (Bello & Kamanga, 2020). These can create an effect on the business and its operations. It can increase the cost of the business operations.

Economic Forces: Interest rate, exchange rate, disposable income of customers and GDP and inflation rate can create an impact on the demand of services offered by the company. The proper investment decision, marketing and sales planning and promotional decision of the owners and recommendation by the managers of the company are essential to handle the economic investment of the company in the target market. The proper fund investment by the investors helps in the growth of the business (Investors - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021).

Social Forces: The high and middle incoming capability of consumers and rich, healthy and wealthy lifestyle can increase demand for tourism and travel services. However, poor incoming capability, high cultural barriers, poor lifestyle of consumers etc. can reduce the demand for tourism and travel services (Kvasnová, Gajdošík & Maráková, 2019). Moreover, the effective presence of potential competitors and high consumers’ demands towards the services of the competitors can hamper the business operation in the market.

Technological Forces: Poor technological knowledge among the workforce of the country can damage the success of the business. However, high technical knowledge of the workforce of the country can increase the productivity of the company in the market. Moreover, the high technological circumstance of the competitors of the company can increase the competitive pressure on the business.

Environmental Force: Poor environmental rules and regulations maintained by the company and its suppliers can hamper the business operation in the target market. The negative environmental impacts on the local community due to poor business operation can reduce the business profitability factor in the market. The company maintains proper environmental regulations to enhance the positive image of the local community and it can reduce the environmental threats on the business.

Legal Forces: Positive involvement of the Union of the company can manage the company to satisfy the legal needs (employee protection law, customer right law, and health and safety law for employees). An unethical relationship between the suppliers and the company can damage the quality of the services supplied by the suppliers towards the company.

Based on the overall analysis, the internal stakeholders of the company are employees, investors and owners, managers, Union of the FCT Group.

The main role of the employees is to provide proper customer care services to the consumers of the Company.

The role of the managers is to build proper investment planning, marketing and sale planning and promotional planning for the company to cope up with the market condition in the different international market.

The role of the Investors and owners is to provide the necessary capital for running the business in the global market. Owners are responsible for making decisions about the activity of the business.

The role of the Union is to improve the working conditions for employees within the organisation.

Based on the overall analysis, external stakeholders of the company are customers, Government, suppliers, local community and competitors.

Customers are always focusing on maximises the value of their investment by receiving a high quality of services and safety while travelling.

The role of the government is to build proper rules and regulations related to the tourism, health and safety of the tourists and employees, and customers rights to improve the quality of the services offered by the tourism sectors (Rasoolimanesh et al., 2020).

The role of the suppliers is to supplying the appropriate high-quality services to the company like high-quality accommodation services, food and beverage services, and transporting services and other entertaining services.

The role of the local community is to support the business activity by utilising the travel and tourism services. They can also protest if the business activity hampers them negatively.

Competitors are rivals of the company who increases the competitive pressure on the company to improve the quality and services of the company.

Identify the nature and degree of the interest of the main stakeholders:

Employees:

Employees are the foremost asset of the company. According to the theory of Hierarchy of needs theory by Maslow, the behaviour of the employees depends on the level of the fulfilment of the needs as per their requirements (Hale et al., 2019). According to the expectancy theory by Vroom, if the services and rewards offered by the company fulfil the needs of the employees, then it increases the quality of the services (Chow & Leiringer, 2020). On the other hand, if FCT Group failed to meet the above-identified needs of the employees as per their requirements, then it affects the quality of the services offered by the employees.

Investors and Owners:

Investors are investing their money to provide the necessary capital to the company for the continuation of the business (Yeh, 2018). The amount of the return of the investment is the main key interest of the investors and owners to make a profit from their investment. The low amount of return on investment can increase conflict between business and investors and owners.

Managers:

The main interest of the managers is in developing the appropriate investment decision to attract more investors to gather more funds for running the travel and tourism business in the international market (Yusof, Awang, Jusoff & Ibrahim, 2017). Poor investment decisions can create a conflict of interest between the investors and managers.

Union:

The main interest of the Union is to enhance the facilities and services offered by the company to employees. If the FCT Group failed to meet the expectation, then it can create the issue of conflict of interest between them.

Customers:

Customers are also the most influential stakeholders for the FCT Group. The main interest of the customers is to maximise the value of the invested money by getting high-quality travel and tourism services from the company (Tuan, Rajendran, Rowley, & Khai, 2019). The poor quality of the offered services can create a conflict of interest between the company and customers.

Government:

The main interest of the Government is to improve the quality and safety of tourism and travel activities. Illegal business transaction, poor environmental capacity and poor customer service activity can create a conflict of interest between the government and the company.

Competitors:

The main interest of the competitors is to build a marketing plan to capture the market share of the rival and also reinforce customer loyalty to build competitive pressure on other companies. Either, it can create the issue of price war and conflict of interest between competitors and FCT Group.

Suppliers:

The main interest of the suppliers is getting a proper financial return and other facilities from the FCT group after supplying their quality services to the tourists of the company (Suppliers - Flight Centre Travel Group. 2021). If the nature of the work performed by the supplier not satisfied according to the expectation of the company or the supplier starts the unfair competitive activity with the company, then it can create a conflict of interest between FCT Group and Suppliers.

Local Community:

The main interest of the surrounded local community is, the FCT Group should meet the needs and requirements of the community. The company should maintain the proper corporate social responsibility to meet the needs of the community (Gurran, 2018). If the company failed to meet the expectation then it can create a conflict of interest among them.

Identification of the level of the influence of the main stakeholders of the company:

Employees: The level of influence is high. However, the employees have limited influence on making a decision for the business. However, employees can hamper the business activity if the FCT Group is failed to fulfil the needs and requirements of the employees in the workplace (Sari, Bendesa, & Antara, 2019). If the company provide proper facility to the employees (rewards, compensation, dignity, respect, health and safety precautions), then it helps the company to maintain the high quality of the customer services.

Investors and Owners: The level of influence of the investors and owners is high because they influence the business objectives (Yeh, 2018). Investors and owners provide proper funds to help the business to grow their business operations in the market.

Managers: The level of influence is high because managers make a business decision and investing plans about the business activities to grow their business in the market ((Jaoua, 2018)). The proper planning and investment help the business to become a leading tourism company in the global market.

Union: The level of the Union’s influence is high because if the company failed to meet the needs and expectations of the Union, then it can also influence the employees’ behaviour and customers’ behaviour.

Customers: The level of the influence of the consumer is high to retain the business activity in the market. The behaviour of the consumers towards the FCT Group can help the company to decide the standard and quality of the services. When the company understand the consumers’ needs and requirements, then the organisation can easily improve the level of their services.

Government: The level of the influence of the Government is moderate while operating the business in the market. The rules and regulations passed by the government, tax rates, exchange rate and restriction on the travel and tourism activity can hamper the business operation in the market. However, a business-friendly environment can help the company to grow their business easily.

Competitors: The level of the influence is high because the pressure of the competitors influences the FCT Group to enhance their marketing and sales planning, pricing strategy and quality of the services offered towards the customers for the continuation of the business in the competitive market.

Suppliers: The level of influence of the suppliers is high. If the suppliers of accommodation services, airline, rail, car facilities and suppliers of food and beverages maintain the reliability of the deliveries and high standard of the products then it enhances the customer service facility offered by the company (Soukhathammavong & Park, 2019). However, if suppliers make any changes in the quality of the services, then it can hamper the quality of customer service offered by the FCT group.

Local Community: The level of influence is high. If the activities of the FCT group affect the local community negatively then they may protest against the company through the local council. They can also influence the business by utilising their services.

Stakeholder matrix:

Fig 1: Stakeholder Matrix For Tourism Industry
Source: (Created by Author)

Comparison with other industry:

In comparison to the retail industry, the main external stakeholders of the retail industry are customers, Suppliers, Government and competitors, community. The internal stakeholders are Owners, investors, employees, landlords, managers.

Difference:

The retail industry operates its outlets in different locations and the company operates the outlets by the small numbers of employees per outlets. The power of the Union is not strong as the travel and tourism industry, so here landlords of the area where the outlet of the retail company situated are one of the main important stakeholders according to the political, economical and legal factors and its impact on the business.

Fig 2: Stakeholder Matrix for Retail Industry
Source: (Created by Author)

Interest and influence of stakeholders:

Customers: The main interest of the customers is to get high quality, standard, healthy and hygienic products by investing their money in purchasing the product. Customers are also greatly influence the market of the company..

Suppliers: The main interest of the suppliers is to get proper financial support and return after supplying the goods. The poor working condition of the supply chain and the unethical activities by the supplier who is responsible for supplying the particular product can negatively influence the business. It can reduce the sale of the products offered by the particular suppliers.

Government: The main interest of the government is to create pressure on the retail company to meet the environmental regulations, to reduce their carbon footprint, disposal of waste and water footprint to protect the environment. The Government highly influence the business of the retail company by imposing several legal rules and restriction on supplying of some products, tax rate, exchange and trade policies, transportation rate and policies.

Competitors: The main interest of the competitors is to grab the market share of the company. The Competitors of the retail company influences them to improve the quality of the products and services and also lower the cost of the products in comparison to the competitors.

Community: They are highly interested people. If the company can create a positive impact on the community, then the community can positively influence the retail company by purchasing their products and through a recommendation to others..

Owners: They are highly interested people. They influence the business by deciding the types of products and services offered to target customers and investment planning for the growth of the business.

Investors: The main interest of the investors to get a huge return based on their investment. As the tourism industry, they influence the growth of the business by investing money to expand the business successfully.

Employees: The main interest of the employees is to meet the needs of the retail company based on the return as rewards and proper compensation.

Landlords: The main interest of the landlords is to get a proper financial return based on the investment of their land for building the retail outlet on that land location. They influence the business by giving the land for developing the retail outlet on that location.

Managers: The main interest of the managers in Retail Company is the growth of the business and increase the profit of the business in the global market. The managers influence the business by giving recommendation on the promotional planning, investment planning, products and services of the company, etc.

Conclusion:

It concluded that both internal and external stakeholders of the Company influence the business of the Flight Centre Travel Group in a different way. They are all responsible for handling the impacts of political, economic, social, technological, environmental and legal factors on the business operations. They have the different interest that helps the company to grow up their business in the global market.

References:

MGT601 Dynamic Leadership Report Part A Sample

Assessment Task

Your task in Assessment 1, Part A, is to complete the Gallup Strengths Finder and submit a brief report on the results and their implications for your development as a leader.

Instructions for completing Gallup strength finder:

REGISTRATION

Navigate to the StrengthsQuest OS website at the following URL:
https://torrensanz.gallup.com/

It is highly recommended to set aside 30 minutes of non-interrupted time to complete this test as the questions are set on a short timer to capture initial and instinctual responses.

Analysing results:

When you receive your results, look at your report and read the background document on the Gallup psychometric assessment. You should then prepare a 500-word report which covers the following issues:

1) A brief discussion of the theoretical foundation of the Gallup Strengths Finder (Positive Psychology) and why it is important

2) A brief description of how your results reflect your approach to personal power. Provide a copy of your report as an Appendix. It will not be included in the word count

3) Your initial reactions to your results: where have you seen these strengths being used in your life to date?

4) Your initial thoughts on the fit between your authentic self (as represented by your strengths) and the way you have approached the university degree for which you are currently studying.

Please note that it is quite difficult to cover these four points in 500 words – pre-plan what you intend to say and revise your work repeatedly to increase the impact of your writing. Avoid unnecessary discussion and ensure every sentence contributes something positive to the discussion, and is aligned with the requirements of the assessment brief.

Reflexive Writing - First Person:

You should write in the first person, because this is about YOU, your reflections and your interpretations. (e.g. “I considered this advice to be..... because it had a big impact on my........and it helped me to understand my...........”)

Try to be as specific as possible, use brief examples to illustrate your points and try to select examples that enable you to demonstrate learning against the attributes in the rubric.

All other principles of academic writing apply, including strict referencing, acknowledgement of the work of others and avoidance of plagiarism.

A brief guide to Reflective Writing is available at:

Laureate academic skills unit (LASU) (n.d). Reflective writing skills. https://laureate-
au.blackboard.com/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_20163_1&content_id=_2498857_1&mode=reset

Solution

Theoretical Foundation of the Gallup StrengthsFinder

Gallup StrengthsFinder is useful in identifying the strengths of an individual or groups working in the teams (Rath, 2007). For Assignment Help, This tool is important as it helps in making self-aware, develop positive psychology and increase team engagement for better performance or results (Snyder, Lopez & Pedrotti, 2015). The use of Gallup Strengths Finder has significantly helped me to recognise my key skills that can help in my future endeavour.

Brief Description of Results

From the Gallup StrengthsFinder, I have realised different 5 strengths such as Achiever, Input, Strategic, Self-Assurance and Responsibility. In context to achiever, it is to be mentioned that I significantly try to remain updated and informed about newsworthy topics. The outcome of achiever indicated that I feel satisfied when I am productive. The input has pointed out that I focus on collecting information and build relationships. This help to provide quality opinions or suggestions to ones who are seeking help from me (Sorenson, 2013). The input will allow me to provide support and contribution to only at my own work but to other as well. Being strategic is another strength of mine. This assists individuals like me to continuously involve in correct solutions to a problem. In addition, being strategic indicates that one needs to assess all alternatives before deciding the course of action (Rhea, Jeana & Shane, 2015). In my professional life, I would be able to deal with the workplace problems in a more effective manner. The self-assurance result showcased that I am confident about my decisions and willing to take risks, which can benefit my personal and professional career. However, I have realised that it is important to share ideas and opinions with others for gaining improved outcome. Furthermore, the tool also indicated that I value responsibility. I am keen to take responsibility from front to fulfil the commitment made.

Initial Reactions to Results

To higher extent, I was happy with the result of the Gallup. However, initially, I was not completely aware that I have strategic strength. After seeing the result, I am quite satisfied and has built a new confidence in me that I can succeed in personal, academic and professional work. I can say it confidently that I realized strengths in my student life and applied those strengths when handling a group project assigned by the tutor. One strength is input which is applied regularly in my personal life, where I contribute in making decisions with peers related to travel, house work, etc.

Initial Thoughts

Currently, I am pursuing my graduation in university and as an authentic self, I utilised my Achiever, Input, Strategic, Self-Assurance and Responsibility strengths as a medium to lower down the study pressure and strengthen grasping power. As a result, I enhanced my skills and got promoted to the university level. Also, I got good chances to reduce physical stress and allowed myself to read books. I found more alternative ways to come out of critical circumstances and identify my key issues.

References

MBA6204 Quantitative Support of Decision Making Report Sample

Student Guidelines

This is an individual assessment, and you must choose one of the managerial problem as listed below that relate to your organization or another organization of your choice. You need to research all the data that will support management in such a way that they will have sufficient data and information that they are able to make the decisions appropriately. You also need to develop a quantitative model (linear programming) using the data, analyse and interpret the model using excel solver and report your findings. You need to identify an objective function clearly stating the purpose of the quantitative model. You should be able to define the variables under con- side ration for the quantitative model development.

Further, you should be to collect relevant information from stakeholders for developing the constraints. The report should outline the stakeholder’s analysis for data collection and developing constraints. The developed model should be analysed using the Excel solver function to generate an optimal solution. The report should outline the step-by-step procedure of the solver function. The final output should be presented to management for decision analysis.

The managerial decisions you make in relation to this assessment must be made with regards to any one of the following:

› 1. Make or buy product or equipment
› 2. Financial decision making: Investment portfolio problem
› 3. Transportation/Assignment problem
› 4. Blending Problem/Marketing Mix problem
› 5. Production/Inventory Planning problem
› 6. Multiperiod Cashflow Problems
› 7. Process/Job Sequencing Problem
› 8. Other specific managerial problems...

You will be assessed as follows:

a. Structure of the written report: Background information is relevant, issues are logically ordered, recommendations clearly relate to the managerial problem.

b. Identify critical managerial problem: Formulate linear programming model using variables, objectives and constraints.

c. Analyse and test the issues: Able to mathematically analyse and test using Excel solver.

d. Implement the solution: Justify by providing alternatives that the solution generated is the optimal.

e. Write clearly and concisely: Arguments are explicit and succinct, appropriate headings are used, grammar and spelling are accurate.

Solution

1. Introduction

The topic under consideration in the chosen managerial environment centers on the strategic choice of whether to "make or buy" a certain product or piece of equipment. This is a very important choice for the company since it affects resource allocation, cost-effectiveness, and operational efficiency immediately. For Assignment help, Whether the company chooses to make the product in-house or purchase it from outside, it has to carefully consider the expenses, resource usage, and overall business strategy. This paper aims to support management decision-making in this crucial area by carefully analyzing and presenting a quantitative model using linear programming (Kyheröinen, 2020). The identified managerial problem will be thoroughly explored, a quantitative model will be developed, stakeholders will be analyzed for data gathering and constraint formulation, and Excel Solver will be applied. The next sections will explain the reasoning behind the selected strategy, offering helpful information for efficient decision analysis.

2. Background Information

Before diving into the management nuances of the "make or buy" option, it is crucial to put the organization's history into context. The company, well-known for its leadership in [industry/sector], has a long history of [mentioning significant turning points, the year of founding, etc.]. Being a major participant in the [sector/industry], the company has continuously adjusted its operating strategy to meet changing market conditions (Kyheröinen, 2020).

The current managerial dilemma, which is deciding whether to manufacture a certain product or piece of equipment inside or outside, is a result of the company's ongoing dedication to both financial responsibility and operational excellence. The organization's larger goals of maximizing resource usage, cost effectiveness, and preserving a competitive advantage in the market are all reflected in this choice (Kyheroinen, 2020).

Additional historical and industry-related data highlights how serious the choice is. [Insert any noteworthy events, industry trends, or pertinent historical background]. Contextual information like this establishes the groundwork for a thorough comprehension of the opportunities and difficulties related to the "make or buy" managerial dilemma inside the organizational structure. In the parts that follow, I'll go into more detail about how a quantitative model may be used as a strategic tool to help you overcome these obstacles and make decisions that are in line with the organization's overall aims and objectives (Kyheröinen, 2020).

3. Identification of the Managerial Problem

Whether to "make or buy" a certain product or piece of equipment is at the center of the managerial dilemma that is being examined. The problem at hand for the company is to ascertain whether option is more advantageous and feasible: internal production or external procurement. This is a hugely consequential choice that affects many aspects of the organization's operations and finances (Baqous, 2023).

This managerial issue has a wide-ranging effect on the business, including its overall operational efficiency, cost structure, and resource allocation. The decision of internal vs external sourcing production has a direct impact on labor allocation, financial performance, and the usage of internal skills. Making a poor judgment might have unintended consequences such as higher manufacturing costs, inefficiencies in operations, or lost market possibilities (Baqous, 2023).

Management must find a solution to this issue as it supports the organization's larger goals of maximizing productivity and preserving financial stability. Management may improve cost-effectiveness, optimize resource allocation, and strengthen the organization's competitive position in the industry by proactively tackling the "make or buy" conundrum. Therefore, finding a solution to this management issue is not just a matter of judgment; rather, it is a strategic need that highlights the company's dedication to long-term expansion and operational excellence (Baqous, 2023).

4. Quantitative Model Development

Optimizing the organization's financial resources and operational efficiency is the main goal of the quantitative model created for the "make or buy" choice. The main objective is to reduce the overall expenditure by carefully calculating the ideal amounts of goods to be produced internally (Xi) and purchased externally (Yi). The definition of the goal function is the product of the internal production costs multiplied by the quantities produced and the external procurement costs multiplied by the quantities obtained. The goal of this mathematical model is to minimize costs while meeting demand and production constraints (Karjalainen, 2020).

(Xi) and (Yi), which stand for the amounts of items to be created internally and obtained externally, respectively, are the decision variables that are being examined. These variables affect the organization's resource allocation and cost structure, acting as crucial elements in the quantitative model. The model aims to achieve a balance between lowering production and procurement costs and meeting demand in the best possible way by adjusting these variables (Karjalainen, 2020).

Stakeholder involvement was used to systematically obtain pertinent information for the model's development. Working with production managers gave me insights into internal limitations, production expenses, and the organization's production capability. Procurement experts provided insightful information on external limitations and procurement expenses. Accurate demand estimates were also made possible by feedback from the marketing and sales departments. Gaining a thorough grasp of the factors and limitations that will influence the decision-making model required engaging stakeholders (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

Production managers were especially focused on maximizing internal production capacity and decreasing related expenses, according to the stakeholder study. Procurement experts stressed the need of effectively taking into account external procurement choices. Teams in charge of sales and marketing played a crucial role in producing accurate demand projections, which helped the model accurately depict its restrictions. Through cooperation, it was made sure that the quantitative model was based on actual events and in line with the organization's strategic objectives (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

Constraints from stakeholder input, such as production capacity restrictions and demand prediction needs, are incorporated into the model. These limitations make sure the suggested solution is workable and fits with the company's business plan. They also represent operational realities and market dynamics. The process of developing quantitative models gives administrative decision-making a solid basis by precisely defining the choice factors and restrictions (Arora & Kumar, 2022).

5. Excel Solver Analysis

To design and assess the linear programming model, a methodical strategy was followed in order to use Excel Solver for the "make or buy" choice. The purpose of the quantitative model was to minimize overall costs while meeting different operational limitations by optimizing the organization's production and procurement strategy (Pisuchpen, 2020).

Decision Variables: The Excel spreadsheet included explicit definitions for the decision variables (Xi) and (Yi), which stand for the amounts of items to be produced internally and obtained outside. The model's goal of identifying the ideal production and purchase volumes depended heavily on these factors (Pisuchpen, 2020).
The goal of the objective function, which encapsulated the core of the decision-making process, was to decrease expenses. The goal function was expressed as (Z = {SUMPRODUCT(Production Cost, Xi) + SUMPRODUCT(Procurement Cost, Yi) in the Excel cell holding it. The cost structure related to both internal and external procurement was captured in this mathematical model (Pisuchpen, 2020).

Restrictions: A number of restrictions were put in place to take into account the organization's operating limits and the needs of the market. These limitations included the demand constraint (∑Xi +∑Yi) ≥Demand Forecast) and the production capacity restriction (∑Xi ≤ Production Capacity). Furthermore, the binary nature of the decision variables ensured that a binary choice was made for every product (Xi, Yi ∈ {0, 1}) (Johansson & Rindom Brinter, 2019).

Solver Settings: The model was optimized using the Solver tool, which is accessible under the Excel "Data" tab. The cell carrying the total cost function had to be minimized. The cells that needed to be changed by the solver were identified as the decision variables (Xi) and (Yi). The Solver interface was used to introduce constraints, such as the demand and production capacity constraints. Simplex LP, an acceptable algorithm for linear programming issues, was selected as the technique of solution (Johansson & Rindom Brinter, 2019).

Analysis of the Results: The tool modified the decision factors to get the best answer after running the solver. The Solver Results dialog box was examined to study the outcomes and gain an understanding of the modified values for (Xi) and (Yi). While guaranteeing adherence to the specified limits, the overall cost was kept to a minimum. The study confirmed that the suggested solution satisfies market and operational criteria (Singla, 2021).

Different situations: Different situations were investigated by duplicating the Solver sheet and modifying the input values or Sensitivity analysis was used to determine how different variables might affect overall cost and constraint satisfaction. The selected solution was deemed ideal as it met the operational and market restrictions while also minimizing expenses. The alternate scenarios aided in confirming the chosen solution's resilience to various circumstances (Singla, 2021).

6. Conclusion

A strategic route for the organization's "make or buy" choice is provided by the ideal solution that was obtained using the quantitative model and Excel Solver. Financial prudence and resource efficiency are guaranteed by the model through cost minimization and adherence to operational restrictions. This strong decision-making methodology emphasizes the value of using quantitative tools and is based on stakeholder insights and mathematical rigor. In addition to streamlining the decision-making process, the incorporation of Excel Solver improves the organization's capacity to manage complexity and make well-informed, data-driven decisions in the quest of operational excellence.

References

MGT502 Business Communication 1 B Report Sample

Context

This assessment has been prescribed to appraise your’ ability to think critically and form an argument supported by evidence. It allows you to demonstrate your ability to understand the material you are using and to apply it in ways that go beyond what has been read.

This assessment has been designed to:

• Appraise your ability to critically evaluate academic and other research to form an argument on an organisational topic that is supported by evidence.

• Enhance your writing skills so they are able to form persuasive and convincing arguments and communicate them effectively.

The resources used in Assessment 1 Part A Annotated Bibliography are expected to be utilised in
this assessment to support the argument.

Instructions

1. Write a critical argument up to a page on the topic selected in Assessment 1 Part A.

2. Use the annotated bibliography resources from Assessment 1 Part A for sourcing evidence and ideas for your argument. Review the resources critically and select at least 5 to be used as references for this assessment.

3. Please consider the following factors, when forming the argument:

• A good argument is convincing whereby the premises are acceptable, the supporting evidence is relevant to the claim and provides sufficient grounds for acceptance of the claim.

• You will be expected to form an academic and financial argument in favour, or against, utilizing the communications solution in the modernworkplace.

• Make a clear point and justify it.

4. Please structure your argument as follows:

• Title page

• Introduction: provide a short introduction with a claim.

• Main body: with a logical structure including supporting evidence from academic sources.

• Conclusion: a concise conclusion which restates your claim and summarises your argument.

• References: please provide the reference list on a separate page.

5. Please use at least 5 in-text citations. Indicate logical connections and use connecting words

6. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful forming an argument looks like.

Referencing

It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research. Please see more information on referencing in the Academic Skills webpage.

Solution

Introduction

Enterprises have responded to Covid-19 restrictions by limiting physical interactions and thereby adopting intensive technological interventions that not only enables remote working but also enhancing collaboration and communication. For Assignment Help, Microsoft Teams is among the most common solutions for enabling business communication and collaboration, based on the remarks mentioned in the preceding assessment. Over 500,000 companies, comprising 91 of the Top 100, utilized Microsoft teams (Spataro, 2020). This assessment will argue about the use case, the benefits and the financial consequences of using it.

Arguments

Organizational strategies

According to Anttalainen, T., & Jaaskelainen, V. (2014), modern digital communication strategies have transformed the internal communication strategies of the business by focusing on real-time, segmented and specialised messaging tactics. According to Kologiannidis and Kontsas (2021), the manner of communication utilised in a company has a significant impact on the final product yields since it affects employees' peformance. Harkiolakis et al., (2012) discuss how different means of internal communication might assist organisations in establishing work cooperation and team communication between managers and employees.

Employee Collaboration & Networking

Employees can create a multitude of channels on Teams for specific discussion such as product launches, key events and undertakings, discussion of new ideas. It also enables employees to settle workplace conflict-related team issues and fosters buy-in from a variety of teams. Instant communication, chats, file sharing, SharePoint support and audio telephony enables employees for quick and strategic discussion as well as conduct full-fledged team meetings. This otherwise needs to be conducted in an ad-hoc fashion combining several solutions, disrupting the efficient workflow practises of an otherwise successful cohesive team. Apart from the aforementioned, Microsoft Teams offers a high level of security & compliance in addition to being a comprehensive and extensively customizable productivity suite (Fitzgerald et al., 2012).

Financial Performance & Viability

Microsoft Teams enables organisations to incorporate sale automation capabilities including both their customers and internal teams, resulting in a significant reduction in service and product marketing costs and, as a consequence, an increase in profitability (Vincent & Mukesh Kumar, 2014). Petrescu, (2014) stated that online communication platforms, including such Microsoft Teams, are working to improve digital innovations, digitalisation, and design thinking and organisational market values. This is done by attempting to resolve various types of problems at the workplace shared by marketing personnel, technical staff, as well as R&D personnel. Resilience, performance, productivity, and profitability are all enhanced by frictionless and cohesive organisational departments. By leveraging Microsoft Power Automate Flow, Microsoft teams offers automated attendant bots (Kumar & Nungonda, 2019). As a result, businesses may easily sell various products directly to customers without having to go through a middleman. By increasing employee engagement, improved digital communication via Microsoft Teams could help stimulate employee innovation. Employee creativity is directly linked to increased business viability and revenues.

Conclusion

Advanced communication systems, including such Microsoft Teams, were discovered to provide a variety of financial benefits, including time savings, growth, hyper-connectivity, real-time communication, including cost-cutting measures in lieu of product marketing, hence maximizing business revenue. As a result, an organisation that uses such digital platforms can successfully improve their organisational performance.

References

MGT600 Management, People and Teams Report 3 Sample

Assessment Task

You are required to critically assess the performance of your team and recommend improvements based on the relevant concepts and frameworks you have learnt in this subject in a 1,500-word team evaluation report.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

1. Review your team’s performance in completing the first two assessments and make recommendations for improvement.

 • In reviewing the team performance, considerations must be given to the following:

o How did your team come together and what phases or stages did it go through?
o What roles did team members play?
o What challenges were presented?
o How did individual, team, and contextual dynamics impact performance?
o What would you do differently to improve performance?
o How would you apply your learnings in your current or future workplace?

• Please note that you are not required to review the quality and content of the assessments you produced as a team. Instead, you are required to review the performance of the team in completing the assessment tasks.

• You are required to specifically apply and discuss concepts from Modules 4, 5, and 6 as well as any relevant processes and concepts from earlier modules.

• The evaluation needs to be supported with evidence from academic research as well as examples from your own experiences and or observations. You will also find the module activities useful in prompting your thinking.

2. Write a team evaluation report of 1500 words using the following structure:

Cover sheet: Student details (student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title)

Executive summary

Table of contents

Introduction: Outline the purpose and structure of your report.

Background: Briefly describe your team’s purpose and relevant contextual issues.

Main discussion: Review your team’s performance covering key concepts from all modules.

Exploring these within an appropriate theoretical framework would be appropriate here.

Recommendations / action plan: Provide recommended strategies and actions to improve your team’s performance.

Conclusion

Reference list

Appendices

3. You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful report looks like.

Solution

Introduction:

The current report is going to explore and analyse the performance of the team during assessment 2. Assessment 2 was a team performance, the team members belongedto different cultures and possess different ethics. Here, the study is going to interpret the performance of the team and the different issues and challenges they hadfaced during performing their tasks. The study is going to reflect on the effective relationships between the people and teams of an organisation or a team. For Assignment Help, For performing better as a team, the member wasrequired to possess effective communication skills along with a problem-solving attitude. The study intends to analyse the background of the assessment by explaining the purpose of the team as well as relevant issues faced by the team members during their performance. The main body of the essay explored the performance of the team in light of the cultural differences and time performance of the team. Last of all concluded the essay by evaluating the overall study and the relevance of the current study in the discussed context of management, people and team.

Background of the study:

The purpose of the team was to investigate the upcoming challenges for AccuSoft Medical Technologies in the next two years as well as provide appropriate recommendations to the organisation to face and recover from the issues. The assessment was aimed to assist the chief executive officer [CEO] of the organisation by optimising the findings with real-life examples to resolve the issues and achieve the organisational goals for the next two years by implementing some appropriate strategic changes in the ongoing system of the organisation.through the case study, the team had found three major issues which were inefficient management and leadership, low rate of employee turnover and an unhealthy working environment. The team had recommended solutions with real-life examples and theoretical explanations.

During the time of conducting the case study, the team members were given certain roles and responsibilities. The three team members had performed their tasks though there were some challenges in completing the given tasks. Due to the current pandemic situation, they had to conduct the overall case study through the online method for obvious safety reasons. Thus, the member could not conduct face-face to face discussions. The online mode was time-consuming and dependent on the technical amenities. Thus conducting meetings with the management of the organisation or the team members had been difficult sometimes or it would take more time to connect and fail to continue which would lead to another meeting arrangement. The overall process had taken more time than any physically conducted case study would take. Thus, time management had been a great issue for the team in order to conduct the overall study to get to the desired outcomes. Also, the team members belonged to different cultures. Different cultures had different rituals and beliefs. Team members had faced challenges regarding cultural diversity as they were working with people from different cultures (Xing, 2017). Different cultures had different values, communication styles, customs, etc. The virtual team faced issues while virtually communicating with each other and the management of the organisation for conducting their case study.

Reviewing the performance of the team:

The team contained three people from different cultures. A team could be defined as a group of individuals who performed a set of interconnected activities to achieve specific goals or objectives.The study had discussedthe overall performance of the team on the case study of AccuSoft Medical Technologies performance for the next two years. Here the discussed team had acted asa project team. In a good team, all members perform their part with sincerity and care. The team members communicated and assisted each other in their activities. Diversity among the team members broughtdifferent perceptions on the overall activities of the team (Kelley et al., 2019). With effective leadership, a team could perform in an organised manner.

Performance management is one of the major aspects of good teamwork. The performance of individual team members, units and functional couldbe improved through performance management skills (Kezell and Sonia, 2019). Effective performance management methods set objectives for the team members that were aligned with the strategic direction, mission and vision of the concerned organisations or the main aim of the building of the team in the first place. Tuckman’s five stages of team development theory had described the way a team wasbuilt with due time and team leaders influenced the performance, decision making and behaviour of the team members. Psychologist Bruce Tuck man had explained the different stages of team development which were forming, storming, norming, performing and adjourning. The team had clear roles for each team member with specified goals and roles to perform to contribute to the teamwork. Also, there was regular monitoring of everyday progress between the team members that influenced the performance of the team members (Annie Pullen Sansfacon et al., 2018).

Developing trust was one of the major aspects to perform as a team. When the team members were unable to be in contact physically or had diversity then trust among the team members could act as a pillar of the team. Cultural diversity demanded respect and appreciation from the team members for their diverse cultures to work together as a good team. Monitoring performance without observing, managing the workflow of the team and maintaining commitments towards the virtual team were some of the challenges faced by the team. Leading a virtual team in a virtual project had taken lots of trust, effort and commitments from the team members (Meltem and Hasan, 2016).

The cognitive theory was one of the most common theories that explained the impacts of cultural diversity on an organisation or a group. Through cognitive diversity theory, the differences such as perceptive, expertise and experience between the team memberscould be identified. According to cognitive diversity theory, every team member contributed some exclusive attributes as per their cognitive diversities (Loeb et al., 2019).The social cognitive theory helped people to develop their physical, mental, emotional, and behavioural attributes with a range of diversity (Berg and Watanabe, 2020).

The team of three students from different cultures had shown well-organised teamwork through proper performance management. As team members, they covered important areas and performed as required, though, with different locations and cultural diversity, they were bound to have communication issues. Attending team meetings were sometimes difficult for the students due to issues regarding time management and virtual procedures.

Through SWOT analysis, the performance of the team can be explained more precisely.

The above SWOT analysis had presented the overall performance of the team along with their strengths and weaknesses and future opportunities and threats. The team had completed the case study in an organising manner to reach the desired outcomes. Hence, it could be said that the team performed well, though there were some difficulties.

Recommendations for improving team performance:

By applying performance management skills, the team had performed well. The team had faced mainly two issues, cultural diversity and time management. As the team was working remotely. The members had created a virtual team. Therefore, monitoring daily performances had been difficult due to the time coordination issue. This could be solved by communicating with each team member frequently by arranging team meetings more often.The cultural diversity among the team members could develop miscommunications along with trust issues. This flaw could be avoided by developing a cohesive culture for conducting any performance with people from different cultures (Audretsch et al., 2021).This way the team could perform better than they had done before. Cultural diversity also improved the perceptions of the team regarding different behaviour, society, culture.

Conclusion:

The team of three members had conducted a case study to comprehend the upcoming issues in AccuSoft Medical Technologies for the next two years as well as some recommendations to rectify the problems. The team had faced challenges regarding cultural diversity and time management during their performance. The study had interpreted their overall performance along with the issues they had faced and some recommendations to resolve their issues. Tuckman’s five stages of team development theory, cognitive theory and SWOT analysis had been used to explain the overall performance of the team. The study had interpreted that the team had performed well despite the issues they had experienced and had the potentialityto do better.

References:

MGT605 Business Capstone Project 2A Report Sample

Context:

In Assessment 1, you proposed to tackle a problem or to explore an opportunity of your choice. In Assessment 2A you must produce a final report of the outcomes of the work you have done as per the proposal you made in Assessment 1.

Instructions:

This submission should be in the appropriate format required for your context and workplace. If your report is a Marketing Plan, a Business Report or New Venture Proposal it should be in the usual format and if your report is an academic paper then you will use the commonly accepted format. It should be presented as part of an overall package consisting of a form of presentation and supporting documentation. The supporting documentation may follow a report format, or it may be a set of supporting appendices that are referred to in your presentation submission. The two will be reviewed together and need to relate to each other and fit together. The submission should be a result of following the steps/method that you laid out in the proposal that you submitted in Assessment 1, and must include a reference list with a minimum of 6 academic sources presented in APA format.

Your reference list must be in the format of an Annotated Bibliography detailing why and where you have used each reference.The APA 7th Edition referencing guide can be located in the Academic Writing Guide at http://library.think.edu.au/ld.php?content_id=1882254

Your final report must use and list a minimum of 6 references books & peer-reviewed journal articles) to theoretical literature sources. You must make sure that all factual statements are referenced. You may have up to 20 data source references (newspaper article, trade publications, websites, company documents, government reports, online databases, social media, etc.). Unless it is a seminal author, use recent literature sources preferably less than 10 years old.

Solution

Introduction

COVID19 is one of the most impactful aspects in the higher education industry all over the world. Many educational institutions including colleges and universities have faced uphill challenges in catering to the overall cognitive development of the students in several ways. The impact of online education has not been up to the desired mark as well (Mele, Russo-Spena & Kaartemo, 2020). For Assignment Help, The division into the virtual teams and initiatives for the change management processes have always been important so the situations could be properly brought under control. This paper will highlight the concept of leadership and innovation through the higher education industry on how innovation in online studying could help out the students. Apart from that, the outcomes of the virtual teams while studying online would also be measured. It has to be said that the impact of COVID19 has completely dismantled the progress of the world and forced everyone to shift their processes in the virtual teams.

Aims of study

A new design of higher studies could be created through the online approach. The impact of change management in higher education could be evaluated. The role of leadership in higher education could be evaluated. The students in higher education will be able to apply new solutions to their existing problems. The students will be able to understand the depth of the problems in virtual learning. The students will be able to remember the approaches through which they can get successful in online classes.

Literature Review

Changes in pattern of higher education

According to the critics, it has become very important that higher education should be regarded as one of the most crucial aspects for the growth of the students. It is the role of the leaders in the higher education industry to promote something innovative that will help the students in better learning. Various new aspects of learning are coming through and online platforms are offering free or paid courses to the students. These courses are offering certificates that will help them to get better jobs indeed (Mele, Russo-Spena & Kaartemo, 2020).Moreover, the preparedness of the teachers to go through digital learning should also be measured for the benefit of the students. It seems that most teachers are not friendly or familiar with the digital learning process and taking classes online through platforms like Zoom, Google Meet or others.

The Federal Government also has to take the stand to finalize when and how they are going to reopen the schools. Otherwise, this habit of online learning forever will have negative impacts on the students. Lockdowns have proven the insufficient infrastructure for the schools and they believe it would be one of the greatest challenges for the students to cope up with these habits (Scull et al., 2020).The socioeconomic conditions of the students also matter over here. It is because the students must have smartphones or laptops and an active broadband connection so they can participate in the lectures. Unfortunately, many parents have lost their jobs due to the rise of COVID19 and they are struggling to provide these important things to their children.

Role of the Federal government

The government has to prepare a guideline on how the educational organizations should act as per the new situations. They have to help out all the needy people so the education system does not halt. The educational policies must be prepared for the benefit of the common students. The socioeconomic differences should not create a barrier in the learning process at all. The funding for digital learning should be provided by the Government to deprived classes for the smooth flow of education.
The change management process in education is equally important like all other industries. It has to be kept in mind that the dynamic changes tend to revolutionize the entire process of education and bring forth the growth of the students (Pobegaylov, 2021).The educational growth of the students will need to be undertaken so the COVID19 does not entangle the growth. There are several processes where virtual teams could become very handy. Leadership in the education industry is really important in Australia since the marginalized sections are needed to be pushed more (Khan et al., 2021).They are still among the classes who are not able to gain the proper education at all. This is the reason why the leaders of educational institutions have to be proactive and innovate new processes to educate children. In this time of crisis, higher education should be more creative.

Innovation in higher education

The innovative teaching methods should be applied since students are only familiar with the physical classrooms and interact with their teachers face-to-face. They will need some time to get adapted to this. The leaders in the education industry have noted the biggest challenges in conducting the examinations (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). As there are no classroom exams with invigilators, the students might opt for cheating as they are giving their exams from home. This is the reason they had to customize the technology to make sure that students are not cheating at all(Pobegaylov, 2021).All of these measures could prove to be immensely helpful in future studies. The virtual teams have effectively helped the teachers to be proactive and learn lessons through online modes. Still, some challenges will need to be mitigated (Sundarasen et al., 2020).It is very clear from the experience over the past 18 months that innovation will drive the future higher education industry.

This is why all people should be very much active in providing the blueprint for restructuring the higher education industry (Ismaili, 2021). The leaders of the universities have to sketch out the perfect plans on how these change management processes will take place for the benefit of the students. Moreover, the introduction of these virtual students could help in better one-to-one learning opportunities. Some critics have also notified the fact that online students can also pursue part-time jobs in their leisure time (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). They can implement their knowledge and skills very well since they are learning still now. They can help their families and support them during these critical times. The national economy will also be boosted through this.

Research methodology

In this study, the focus has been to study various changes that have been witnessed across the higher education sector in Australia in the wake of covid-19 outbreak. During the year 2020, it was observed that both the students and teachers had to work and learn from their respective homes. Lockdown measures imposed by the government to contain covid-19 virus had caused white scale destruction across the education sector. Therefore a detailed analysis about various possibilities and challenges that have emerged duty covid-19 have been done by carrying out secondary data analysis where different journals, books, magazines, and company websites have been used to collect data. Interpretivism research philosophy has been found to be beneficial as it involves selection of small sample size as well as it is beneficial for carrying out qualitative or quantitative analysis. Exploratory research design will be followed to develop meaningful findings and present them in a logical sequence.

It is important to note that the study has followed a deductive research approach. Existing theories and models have been used to analyse the current situation of work delivery structure in the higher education sector. Along with this, relevant information and data has been collected to analyse the impact of each possibilities and challenges ahead of the Australian higher education sector in the coming future. Researcher has followed all the necessary at the ethical guidelines and consideration to ensure that only the relevant and valid information is presented in the study.

Data Findings and Analysis

The study has been conducted according to the qualitative and secondary analysis. Several articles have been compared to find out the challenges on how the situation could be made better despite all of these challenges. The research philosophy of interpretivism has been used in this paper to assume the difficulties caused by the COVID19. It has been found that the Australian universities are set to lose a revenue of around $19 billion by 2023 due to the impact of the pandemic. Many children challenged by their socioeconomic conditions had to leave the universities also(Ismaili 2021). This has always been one of the biggest problems why the pandemic has created barriers for better studying. The studies have also found out the numbers of student enrolments have decreased as well. It was around 4,608,520 during 2019. On the contrary, it has dropped down to 708,671 in the month of May 2020. This shows the unforeseen negative impact on the higher education industry.

Due to being unable to buy smartphones and having a stable internet connectivity options, many students of marginalized sections had to leave their studies also. Though the classes are taking place online, but classroom teaching creates more influence in the minds of children (Koopman & Koopman, 2021). The international flight restrictions have been very challenging for all these students to come back to Australia. The higher education industry is believed to be the fourth largest export in the country.

The studies have revealed that it contributes an amount of $40.4 to the Australian economy (Scull et al. 2020).When the studies were being conducted, the statement of Catriona Jackson, the CEO of Universities Australia was observed. It says “Universities estimate that more than 21,000 jobs are at risk in the next six months, and more after that”. The impacts are indeed deep since revenue generation has suffered a major blow along with employment opportunities in the universities(Pobegaylov, 2021).

It is no doubt that the students should be provided with the best kind of positive learning experiences. This is the reason they must be bringing in new creative aspects into the whole sphere of studies. Surely the educators have described several new options through the digital mode of learning (Ismaili 2021). Therefore, they will look to follow them and include the marginalized sections of Australia as well. These are the only ways that can give positive leverage to the Australian economy in the future.

Different Challenges and Possibilities That Rose Due To Covid-19 in Work Delivery Structure

Possibility: Growing acceptance towards online study

Covid-19 has taught people to work from home, learn from home and various other activities. It has been analysed that students are now accepting online study methods even if it is not a preferred method in their respective institutions. It has been noted that several Universities and institutions have transitioned from campus based courses to online delivery so as to enable students to experience and enjoy the benefits of online study (melbourne-cshe, 2021). This particular aspect has become a major possibility after covid-19 and even large institutions in Australia across higher education systems have made the shift. Although, it is expected that online course delivery will be considered inferior as face to face delivery among certain students. However, this particular perception may potentially change once the workforce is able to improve their quality and capability of offering a wide range of learning opportunities.

Challenge: Diminishing capacity of government to invest in higher education

It has been analysed that covid-19 situation has not just been a public health crisis, but, has also economically damaged several countries', companies and enterprises. Governments across the world are struggling to manage their revenue, thereby, leading them towards reduced funds as well as the challenge of vaccination, ensuring robust public health systems and other expenditure (melbourne-cshe, 2021). It has been realised that future governments will have less capacity to invest in the higher education sector. Several citizens have raised the demand to increase expenditure on public policy and public service delivery across health care and school education.

Possibility: Reorganisation of universities and entire workforce

Covid-19 has introduced sudden and serious changes in the higher education sector so much so that it has been realised that Universities and other higher education providers will have to progressively reorganize the activities and workforce to a certain extent.

The massive disruption that was observed during the 2020 has raised challenges for the workforce and other staff workers employed in the higher education sector. It has been realised that various casual staff workers and others employed on short-term contracts will have to seek employment opportunities outside the sector. Student demand has also changed significantly during the covid-19 for different courses and because of the shift towards online delivery methods (melbourne-cshe, 2021). This means that universities will have to rethink the number of staff workers required in different areas, as there is a change in the skills requirement.The nature of academic work has significantly changed in the past one year, emphasizing the role of learning designers, educational technologist and study support staff.
Future implications on higher education sector

Uncertain future due to COVID19 in Australian higher education

It has been analysed that covid-19 has called high uncertainty around future opportunities for research collaborations. Because of restricted international travel and a more shift towards on and communication, several questions have been raised regarding research systems and its ability to cope with new challenges (melbourne-cshe 2021). It is expected that there will be less number of collaborations and reduced opportunities among researchers. Along with this, because of reduced government funds and capacity to support projects, there will be decline in the number of new ideas and collaboration.

Analysing the impact of growing student acceptance towards online study, it can be said that Australia is currently unevenly positioned. Several universities have already developed their sophisticated modes of online delivery while some are still at the forefront of online education provision. Several of them have partnered with MOOC massive open online courses that form to transform their educational delivery methods (Mupenzi, Mude, & Baker, 2020).It is expected that the entire situation will be advantageous for Australia as it has close proximity with Asia Pacific countries, thereby, having a shared time zone. This will enable synchronous communication service and support.

Reorganization in the structure

The impact of reorganization of universities and the workforce may have future implications since the next generation of academics and researchers digress towards other careers. There is the risk of permanently reduced capacity in the coming years in research and development areas (Martin, 2020). It has also been anticipated that Australia may observe decline in its expertise in certain specific areas and lose its valuable Natural resource. Since, there would be lack of opportunities and research, thereby, students may prefer to move towards other international locations for higher education.
The impact of uncertainty around research collaboration would mean that the Australian higher education sector would witness slow growth International collaboration, there is a possibility that it may stagnate for coming years (Nash& Churchill, 2020). This would have long-term implications on the Australian higher education sector advancement in various research fields in Australia.

Conclusion

On summarising important points discussed above it can be said that leaders have played a very important role in the higher education sector to promote innovation as well as meeting all challenges during the covid-19 pandemic. Agility and flexibility adopted by educators have been highly crucial to enable continuous learning for students from remote places. The Australian government has taken proper note of the current situation and its influence on the higher education sector, thereby, it has promoted proper training among the workforce as well as connected assessments. The government has released new guidelines for universities to reduce challenges and barriers. It has been observed that various new possibilities and challenges have emerged with covid-19.

Recommendations

According to Thatcher et al, (2020), it has been stated that sudden closure of all universities in the wake of covid-19 had caused unprecedented transformative changes in the delivery of education. As discussed above, it can be said that the Australian Higher Education sector has been rethinking its strategy and education delivery model as a response to the covid-19 induced changes. Many universities and institutes adopted remote learning methods, however, it was affected because of substantial challenges. Currently, a vast number of Universities and institutes have opened up across different states and territories. In order to prepare leaders for the future, it is highly important to address ongoing professional development needs. Every University and Institute is required to operate in an accelerated digital environment, where it becomes necessary to provide all digital resources and related training to the workforce. This will significantly help in supporting critical teaching skills.

Secondly, in order to function smoothly in the post covid world, it is important that workforce across universities should develop and reinforce the importance of agility and leadership skills. These are considered to be too important hallmarks of success. During the covid-19 pandemic, it was the agility and leadership skills among the workforce which helped them to navigate the challenging time. Since, the future will continue to involve various social challenges, therefore, leadership and agility will be crucial.

It has been learnt that the overall education outcomes have been declining in Australia. However, the covid-19 pandemic has brought changes across the entire sector empowering the workforce to look for new ways and solutions (Thatcher et al, 2020). This particular situation should be capitalised by encouraging front line educators to act collaboratively and flexibly to ultimately lead to better learning outcomes for students. Therefore, universities and institutes should prioritise workforce wellbeing and sustainability to develop a more resilient workforce as well as reduce attrition rates.

Considering the impact of low government capacity to invest in the higher education sector, it would be that the modest scale of the Australian government package for universities will have the least prospect of supporting domestically focused universities. In the immediate term, universities will have to look for other areas together with necessary funds and resources (Ewing, 2021). It is also expected that universities may choose to increase fixed term contracts as well as casual employees rather than employing highly paid permanent academics for research and teaching. It is also expected that the Australian government make choose to introduce a radical policy option by introducing higher student fees, targeting equity and other support programs separating research funding. While universities in Australia will have to look for methods to reduce outlay in the immediate term so as to restructure their business model.

References

MBA5007 Managing Strategy and Innovation Report Sample

The following instructions are strictly applied throughout our MBA programme:

› 1. The assessments are an important part of unit progression and are to be attended to diligently. Hence, no attempt at an assessment task means no marks.

› 2. Assessment tasks must be submitted within the timeframe given. Late submission will attract a 10% deduction in the mark for each day the submission is late.

› 3. Assessment guidelines must be followed, for example, if the assessment involves a written report of 2,000 words, the word count is important. If the word count is more than ±10% outside the guideline, there will be a deduction of 5% off the final mark.

› 4. All assessments must be submitted to VIT, Australia. The primary place of submission is LMS (refer to LMS User Guide). In case of unavailability of LMS, assessments need to be submitted by email, MBALSA@vit.edu.au.’

› 5. Students are required to achieve at least 50% of the overall marks to pass the unit.

› 6. The authorised agent/local facilitator can help students understand the various parts of the assessment and also will be appointed as “Invigilator” (supervision only) for the assessment.

NOTE: For all assignments, the preferred layout is in 12-point Calibri, with 1.5 line spacing, 5 centimeters left-hand margins and bold headings. Whenever you use the ideas and arguments of other writers, you must make reference to the writers and their work. By acknowledging the work of others, you avoid plagiarism. The APA style requires a reference list at the end of your assignment. It is arranged in alphabetical order by author surname.

For further clarification you can contact the coordinator via email.

Further details on each assessment for MBA 5007 can be found on the following pages.

Assessment Guide

For the assessment of MBA unit 5007, there are five assessment tasks you have to complete in order to satisfy the unit requirements. Details are given in the unit descriptor and on “Studyboard@VIT”.

Solution

1. Introduction

1.1 Context and background to the report

The unprecedented challenges unveiled by the global pandemic of Covid-19 has disrupted the existing operational and functional dynamics across all the different industries of the organisation leading to many challenges like restriction in people’s visits to the physical stores except the essentials amongst others. For Assignment Help, However, the online shopping, delivery, and e-commerce channels have gained huge prominence and momentum in the present time owing to their plethora of convenience.

1.2 Purpose and Scope of the report

The report herein tries to deal with Amazon’s online grocery venture named Amazon Fresh which the brand introduced in 2007 and delivers grocery items upon getting the orders being placed online as well as facilitates takeaways and physical stores. However, to enhance its present dimension of grocery services, Amazon could modify and develop the existing service criteria through the incorporation of the innovative facets of operations. This’s what underpins the report as the report endeavours to develop an innovative plan for Amazon Fresh after ascertaining the influences of macro-environmental and micro-environmental factors on the business as well as determining the internal strategic resources and capabilities of the firm. This would be done by recognising the opportunity and exploiting the same for the betterment and welfare of the brands and integral stakeholders.

Figure 1: Amazon Fresh
(Source: Butler, 2021)

2. Determining the goal and context of the Amazon Fresh initiative

2.1 Charting company’s direction

2.1.1 Vision

Amazon.Inc holds the vision of achieving the position as one of the most customer-centric organisations’ across the globe where customers can find anything of their need in their online platform (Alassaf et al., 2020).

2.1.2 Mission

The mission of the Amazon Company is guided by four key principles that are an obsession with the customer rather than focusing on the competitors, passion towards invention, commitment towards operational excellence, and long-term planning. These four principles of the company act as the mission of the company. They remarked in their mission statement that they strive to offer budget-friendly and best-selected products to their customers (Rivet, 2017). Its mission is to offer attractive services of e-commerce for satisfying the needs of the customers.

2.1.3 Objectives

The objectives of Amazon are:

• To assure safety to their customers by providing grocery delivery services by maintaining all the safety protocols keeping the Covid-19 situation in mind.
• To innovate new technology so that the customers find it easy to buy groceries.
• To help the customers find any item in the store with the help of technology and internet services (Wadhwa et al., 2020)
• To learn about the habits of shopping of the customers after the Covid-19 pandemic.
• To bring significant changes in its warehousing and distribution model.

2.1.4 Strategy

The marketing strategies that were adopted by Amazon during the Covid-19 pandemic are:

Figure 2: Covid-19 increased the E-commerce sales of Amazon by 70%
(Source: Teresa Hernandez, 2020)

The sales of e-commerce have bolt up during the pandemic, Covid-19. Online shopping became the primary source of shopping for a major demographic that is maintaining the social distancing norms so Amazon has planned to shift their product catalogue (Majed et al., 2017).

With the increase in the number of online shoppers, shopper behaviour is becoming deliberate. For competing with the foreign manufacturers' Amazon has decided on making their customer services stronger so that they can uphold a trusted presence in the market.

Volatility in the market has increased due to the pandemic so a lot of delay in service takes place and the customers have several queries so it Amazon has adopted this business strategy after the Covid-19 pandemic to deal with their customer with more patience and flexibility (Robischon, 2017).

2.2 Exploring the competitive environment of Amazon Fresh through the framework of Porter’s Five Forces

The external analysis of Amazon‘s e-commerce business will be done using Porter's Five forces that will mainly focus on the online retail market of Amazon. These external factors will help in understanding the condition of the e-commerce industry. Therefore, the five forces that affect the success of the company are:

Figure 3: Porter’s 5 Forces
(Source: cgma, 2021)

Competition with Amazon (Strong Force)

Amazon strives against strong competitors in the market. Some of the external factors that increase the intensity of competition in the retail industry are: Extreme aggressiveness of the other firms (strong force), the high accessibility of the substitutes, and the low cost of switching (Robischon, 2017). After the Covid-19 pandemic Amazon is facing high competition in the e-commerce market and competing with huge giants like Walmart, the organisation is also having to compete with other foreign manufacturers who are serving the customers directly after the pandemic.

Bargaining power of the customers of Amazon (Strong force)

The customers have accessibility to high-quality information regarding the online retailer service. This macro factor affects the organisation in terms of the customer's ability for finding alternatives to the online retail service of the company. The low switching costs act as a factor that makes customers switch their services from Amazon to Walmart (Majed et al., 2020).

Bargaining Power of the Suppliers of Amazon (Moderate Force)

The product availability or supply is controlled by the suppliers. The suppliers impose their strong force on Amazon due to the small population. However, moderate forward integration acts as a limitation to the suppliers.

The threat of Substitutes (Strong force)

Amazon faces huge competition in the online retail market and they also face the fear of substitutes from their competitors like Walmart. For example, Walmart may try to deliver grocery products of their own brand at a cheaper price. Especially during the Covid-19 pandemic so there are higher chances that the preferences of the customers may change (D'Agostino, 2018).

The threat of new entrants (Mild Force):

As Amazon has successfully won the loyalty of the customers and the high cost for the development of the brand has weakened the new entrants so they do not have fear much regarding that.

2.3 Evaluating the influences of the macro-environmental forces on Amazon Fresh through the framework of PEST

Pest analysis of Amazon

For Amazon, the external factors that affect the development of the industry of e-commerce are the stability of politics in the developed nations like the U.S.A, the support of the government, and the escalating efforts of the government on cybersecurity. All these three factors will act as an opportunity for the company. Political stability helps the organisation affects the company positively and helps the company to bring innovative measures (Al-Marzooqi & Nobanee, 2020).

Economic Analysis

The Covid-19 pandemic has badly hit the economy and has led to economic recession but it has also acted as an opportunity for the company to make a profit from its online services. Since the entire population was homebound their shopping of grocery products was dependent on online platforms. Therefore, taking this as an opportunity Amazon started the service of Amazon fresh for online grocery shopping and saw a hike in their profits during the pandemic. According to the reports of the U.S.A Today, Amazon saw a profit of US$203 billion after the pandemic which is almost double what they earned before the pandemic (Takefman and Takefman, 2021).

Social Factors

After the onset of the pandemic, the preferences of the customers have changed and there has been an increased demand of the customers for online grocery services and the customer preferences towards contactless services have escalated (Preuss, 2019).

Technological Factor

Since the preferences of the customers towards contactless services have increased so Amazon has thought of innovating robotic services for enhancing contactless services. The U.S.A government has plans for transforming a few services with robotic automatic so Amazon can use this opportunity to invent this new technology (Jain & Sharma, 2017).

3. Recognising The Opportunity

3.1 Demonstrating The Sources of Opportunity

Apart from the existing provisions of delivering fresh grocery products through the attended delivery, doorstep delivery and pickup options, one new service innovation could be introduced in Amazon Fresh that is robotic services at the various outlets of the US’ Amazon Fresh outlets. These robots would be helping out the customers in selecting the grocery products that eliminates the needs of the salespeople or assistance. Since the contemporary social and technological factors revealed that people have been inclining towards the "contactless" and online grocery shopping in the wake of pandemic coupled with the advanced technological developments in the areas of artificial intelligence, automation, and robotics respectively, the innovation plan of installing robots at the amazon fresh is put forth. This would not only enable the brand in upgrading the grocery services superseding its rivals but also cater to the present demands of social distancing due to Covid-19 pandemic and online shopping. This because from ordering to billing everything would carried over online and handover to stationed robots and vice-versa.

3.2 How to make use of the individual and organisational entities for driving innovation

Though the cooperation of the customers is of utmost importance in these new innovative services, trained and skilled employees must also be employed in the outlets so as to effectively monitor the functioning of the robots and make sure that the robots are competent in delivering convenient and viable services to the customers. In addition to this, the organisation has to very specific about the usage of proper technology that would do justice to the planned innovation. These contactless grocery services would be available to anyone signed up to the Amazon app and the customers before ordering their required groceries to the robots must scan a code with the robots to access entry and leaving. Even the customers could wait at the store and the robots would help them with all the needful with the need for human interactions and contact.

4. Determining The Critical Resources and Capabilities of Amazon Fresh

In order to make the innovative idea successful, it is integral and very essential for the organisation to recognise its resources and capabilities so as to channelise them into the execution of the plan effectively and exploit the organisational resources and capabilities in the best interests of the organisation and its crucial stakeholders. In the words of Kellermanns et al. (2016), resources could be defined as the organisation’s skills, assets, and knowledge and exist in the form of tangible and intangible resources while capabilities stand for the company’s efficacies and potentiality to effectively use the organisational resources to accomplish the desired outcome. Therefore, the integration of the capabilities and resources in an organisation according to the theory of Resource-based View acts as an antecedent for driving strategic opportunities and advantages for the firm by strengthening its core competencies. These core competencies empower the organisation in procuring competitive precedence in its operating market by offering unique and differentiated service offerings.

In this respect to determine the internal strengths including the resources and capabilities of Amazon Fresh the theoretical framework of VRIO has been contextualised that would be helpful in ascertaining whether the organisational assets are valuable, rare, and non-imitable and supported by organisational efficacies. The framework would also help to understand what type of competitive advantage does Amazon employs.

Figure 4: VRIO framework
(Source: lumenlearning, 2021)

Table 1: VRIO analysis
(Source: aboutamazon, 2021)

All these resources identified helps in ascertaining that most of the resources empowered Amazon Fresh to perceive a sustainable competitive advantage on the part of the organisation in the market. Moreover, since Amazon Fresh strives to cater to the well-being of the customers by aligning to the contemporary safety and health demands as well as enhancing the brand’s service dynamics by exploiting the internal capabilities and resources, it is inevitable that Amazon Fresh would be generating value for the customers. This is because it could be evidentially stated that innovative resources would assist in the installation of the robots while the leadership and employees efficacies would help to sustain the innovation effectively. Furthermore, the sustained corporate reputation and market positioning would help in attracting customers to the new robotic grocery services at Amazon Fresh.

5. Conclusion

The Covid-19 pandemic has changed the needs and preferences of the people and they have started depending more on online services. Amazon.Inc has utilised this situation as an opportunity and they have planned to undertake some innovative measures to bring about some changes in their services. Since the customers prefer contactless delivery services so Amazon has planned to invent robotic automation services so that they can deliver fresh grocery products to the people using robots. In this study, the various micro and macro-environmental factors have been discussed that has helped in recognizing the opportunities which would allow the company to make new innovations with that opportunity.

6. Recommendations

As Amazon has decided to bring about an innovation in technology like the use of robotic automation services, so for continuing that operation without any kind of hindrance they must plan for proper training and development for unwavering services and hire a skilled mechanic or technologically skilled personnel so that if the robotics start malfunctioning then they can mitigate that problem.

7. References

MGT600 Management, People, and Teams Report 3B Sample

Context:

This assessment is designed for you to experience the challenges that managers face in thinking strategically, conceptually and analytically to create effective organisations and productive work environments. You will need to clearly communicate your ideas and critique the ideas of others. Assessment 3 is in two parts and this is Part B.

In Part A, the thinking focused on strategic issues from modules five and six in relation to management, people and teams, whilst forcing you to integrate the underlying principles discussed in earlier modules.

Part B requires you to critique the Part A video of another student. Though challenging, this process requires you to consolidate your own understanding of relevant concepts and principles, as well as drawing on your communication skills to provide effective feedback.

Instructions:

Part B

You will be required to review the Part A video presentation of another student. Your facilitator will pair you with another student and you will be provided with a link to view the relevant presentation. You are not required to meet, hold discussions with or provide any feedback to the other student. Your review is submitted to the facilitator only.

This review will be a written response of no more than 1250 words and whilst you will have limited information and understanding of the other student’s context and challenges, you are to provide feedback in the following:

• Consideration of relevant theory and concepts and their application to the issues raised.
• Integration of concepts and appreciation of their implications
• Communication style and effectiveness
• Strengths of the presentation
• Areas for development or further consideration

Your response should take into consideration the key principles discussed in relation to communication and performance management.

A constructive review will require you to have a solid understanding of all topics covered in this subject.

Your review may take a variety of forms but must be within the word limit and include:

• Cover page
• A short introduction
• A review of the presentation including the points mentioned above
• A short conclusion
• Reference list

Your review will be assessed against the learning rubric below taking into consideration the above requirements.

Solution

Introduction:

The below assignment is prepared to study the behaviour of the organization and how important it is for the organization to make the employees happy to improve the performance. For Assignment Help, The assignment also includes a peer review of a video that reflects that the organization is facing issues regarding employee retention because employees are not happy as they are working in an unethical manner and includes suggestions for improvement as well.

A review of the presentation:

Relevant theories and concepts:

For every organization, managing its people and team is the biggest task. This is because as globalization is increasing, the demand in the market from consumers is also changing, due to which it is very important to have a diversified workforce. However, this gives rise to conflict and hence, management is required to take strict actions, or use various theories to ensure that the management of the company is successful in managing their people and team. Because it is the workforce of every organization which gives them a competitive advantage because the human force will never thinks alike.

On a review of the video, it has been analyzed that no reference was made to theories or models which can be used in the entity. However, reference to these suggested theories could have made to find better solutions.

Hence, some of the management theories which can be used to manage people and teams are discussed as follows:

1. Scientific theory:

This is the traditional theory of managing people and teams. This is the classic theory that was given by professor Taylor and questions the ways in which the efficiency of the workforce can be improved. The theory states that before understanding the behaviour of employees, it is very important to analyze the efficient way of doing the tasks and then taking measures or train the employees to do the task accordingly. However, in modern times the theory is not applicable, because you cannot expect employees to only work hard to get better results (Pyszczynski, et al, 2021, p45(8)).

2. Administrative theory:

This theory was given by Henry Fayol and works on the principle of giving freedom to employees to nake their own decisions and making the organization flexible to change according to the needs of employees. The theory promotes concepts like dividing the work, taking accountability and responsibility, etc. Hence, if an organization wants employees to improve their efficiency it is very important to value their views and give them a chance to showcase their talent (Liem, et al, 2018, p56(8)). It has been analyzed that he was facing problems in the organization due to unethical practices going on in the organization. He has been working as a service manager and share some responsibilities with the company where the main task is to gain the highest customer satisfaction (Alnoukari, 2020, p12(8)).

Because if my peer is working ethically, other employees in the organization will follow. Hence, it is the responsibility of leaders, and team heads to show ethical behaviour and motivate the employees to make organizational goals their goals (Olden, 2019, p3(8)).

Some other recommendations which were issued in the video was to take steps to build the communication gap with top management and lower staff, as it will bring harmony and it will become easier for top management to understand the problems faced by employees. Also, it is very important to keep the employees and team motivated to work as an entire group, and that performance of one employee impacts the entire team and the organization.

Integration of concepts and application of their implications:

As studied above, it is very important to integrate different concepts in the organization so that the efficiency of the company can be increased. From the above case study, it can be seen that as the company is facing ethical issues it is the responsibility of management to ensure that actions are taken to improve the morale of employees and build the gap between the team members (Odor, et al, 2018, p7(2)).

In the video, recommendations have been given to integrate team work in the company as it can help to gain success and change the unethical behaviour. Hence, it is very important that reference is made to the leaders to showcase their skills to motivate the employees and keep them in line. However, team performance will not be improved automatically and steps are to be taken by the management.

Communication style and effectiveness:

It has been studied that the company of peer is facing issues relating to building a gap between the top management and the employees. Hence, the company should use different communication styles to build the gap. One such form of communication which can be used is assertive communication. Under this, the freedom is given to employees to share their ideas and values, and management tries to implement the same in their working style.

The peer has explained the issue correctly in the video and the problem that the company is facing was clearly understandable. Also, as the video progressed, some suggestions were also made, which can be used to resolve the issue. However, there were three or four suggestions which were made, but no reference was given to theories which can be used to improve the issues. For instance, if unethical behvaiour persists in the company, then what are the steps management is taking to resolve the same, i.e. getting behind the reason for unethical behvaiour etc.

Strengths of presentation:

The presentation was very impactful, it contained all the points which were necessary. The peer had raised the issues effectively and has suggested several methods which can be used to solve the issues. However, some other methods could have been suggested such as what kind of effective communication can be used and what strategies can be used to improve and fill the gap between the management and the employees. Such as taking counselling sessions, etc.

Following are the strengths of presentation:

1. The issues to the case were communicated clearly.

2. It was explained well in the video as how leadership, team work, and giving rewards can help to resolve the issue to a certain extent.

3. The video was short and easily understandable.

Areas for further development:

The areas for further development in the presentation is to make more compelling ideas and though the theories which were used were right, some real-time suggestions can be used to make the argument.

The areas of further development are:

1. No reference were made to the theories which can be used by company to improve people behaviour.

2. No models were used to suggest ways in which problem can be solved, and reference was made to general solutions, and no emphasis was done on a particular issue, or how can one solution, can help to resolve the issue.

3. For instance, one employee left because he or she was not feeling motivated, for which incentive scheme is introduced by the company.

Conclusion:

From the above report, it can be concluded that for every organization it is very important that their people are satisfied and working effectively towards the success of the organization. Because the employees decide the future of the company and if the employees are not happy or are working in an unethical manner the performance of the company will not be good. Hence, there are various theories that can be used by management to make the employees satisfied.

Reference:

MBA643 Project Initiation, Planning and Execution Report 3 Sample

Your Task

This assessment is made up of two parts:

• Part A students are asked to imagine they have been engaged by a Renewable Energy (utilities) company to develop a report on key aspects of project risk management and how they might be used in proposed future projects in order to manage and limit risk.

In Part A you are asked to write a report based on one of the below companies:

Infigenergy: https://www.infigenenergy.com/

Tilt Renewables: https://www.tiltrenewables.com/

The company you will analyse will depend on the LAST digit of your student number:

o 0 and 5 = Tilt Renewables

o 6 and 9 = Infigenergy

In Part B you are asked to conduct a capital budgeting analysis for the second company Tilt
Renewables. Answer the short answer questions.

Assessment Description.

PART A

The report should begin with a short executive summary and conclude with several, short general recommendations. The content you include in the report should link the project management principles detailed below with the practices of the renewable energy company you have been allocated.
The topics on which students need to make recommendations in their report include:

i) Project selection – How should the company you select determine what projects to undertake and what ones to avoid? What tools, measures, and practices are available to project analysts in this industry?

ii) Cost management – What is the role of project cost management for your chosen company? Why is it important? What strategies or approaches should the company you have chosen adopt in order to
effectively manage project costs?

iii) Financing – What financing measures or options are generally available to assist companies like the one you have chosen to fund proposed new projects? The report should include reference to any implications associated with different funding types or models.

iv) Implementation and winding up – Are there any particular issues associated with commencing a project that your company must consider? Why are they important? Who do they impact or affect? What happens when the project finishes? How are projects wound up? Do they just end or are there resource or infrastructure considerations? Are there environmental issues associated with the end of a project?

Where possible, students should relate each section back to the renewable energy company they have been allocated. The executive summary should bring together general recommendations for the student’s chosen company relating to i)-iv).

Students should provide between 200-400 words per topic, together with approximately 200 words in total for the executive summary and final recommendations.

PART B

Consider the following three sources and answer the following questions directly. You do not need to write a lot for each question and for some you will need to use excel calculations. Submit you excel spreadsheet together with your report in the separate submission inbox on the assessment table.

Source 1: Tilt Renewables Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm
https://www.tiltrenewables.com/assets-and-projects/Snowtown-North-Solar-Energy-Farm/

Source 2: Tilt Renewables (TLT.NZ) Yahoo Finance https://au.finance.yahoo.com/quote/TLT.NZ/

Source 3: Tilt Renewables Financials
https://au.finance.yahoo.com/quote/TLT.NZ/financials?p=TLT.NZ

You have been employed as a project manager by Tilt Renewables and asked to evaluate a solar farm project at Snowtown run by Tilt Energy (See Source 1).

You have been asked to evaluate whether Tilt Renewables should undertake the Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm based on the above sources. Assume this project has not yet been approved.

• Assume this is a twenty-five-year project.

• Consult source 1 for the estimated initial outlay/investment today (year 0)

• The investment will be depreciated on a straight-line basis over twenty-five years to 0 book value. It is estimated that the solar farm can be sold at the end of year 25 for $10 million.

• The solar farm will sell $15,000,000 worth of electricity each year into the grid from year 1-25

• Operating expenses for 25 years are $5.50 per solar panel per year (see number of solar panels from Source 1)

• The tax rate is 30%. All cash flows are annual and are received at the end of the year. The discount rate is 10%.

a) Based on the above information calculate the FCFs of the project. (10 marks)

b) Calculate the NPV for the solar farm. Should Tilt Renewables undertake this project? (5 marks)

c) Does the NPV take into account the CO2 emission reductions that the project will lead to (See Source 1)? Should it take this into account? Why or why not? (2 marks)

d) What is the debt to equity ratio in 2019 of Tilt Renewables according to source 3? How does this compare to other utility companies? What is the current share price according to Source 2 and when were shares first issued? (3 marks).

Solution

Part A

Executive Summary

Tilt Renewables is an electricity generation company based in Australia. The company was founded in 2016 and has been listed in both the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX) and the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX). The company deals with the production of wind energy and solar energy. The company aims for a cleaner world which will give a head start to the future generation. For Assignment Help, This report has been written in order to provide a structure of the company adopted in order to select a project after assessing risks. The readers will be enlightened with the cost management concepts adopted by the company while dealing with a project. The brief narrative provides a summary of the funding strategies latched onto by the company, which helps the company to raise capital for its renewable energy projects. Techniques such a debt funding and equity funding have been discussed briefly. The company also follows a certain procedure for starting a project which has been briefly discussed. In addition to the above, the report also deals with the process of winding up of a project followed by Tilt renewable energy.

Project Selection

Tilt Renewables deals with mostly wind and solar assets. Due to the rise in the risk of such projects, often company find it very difficult to measure the risk-reward ratio which can be extracted from a given project (Sailiand Mwiya2018). The most threatening risk which the company faces is the volume risk of wind. It is a very concept that wind energy is produced due to the flow of wind. If the volume of wind on a particular day is not up to the mark, then electricity generation is very less.

The company has been newly established and is just five years down in the business; hence it uses the Agent-Based Modelling (ABM) method to solving the complexity of any kind of problems which can arise from renewable sources (DeAngelisand Diaz2019). The ABM method is very flexible, which efficiently analyzes renewable sources.

The company being very new, has adopted the feed-in tariff method where the company is paid for the surplus energy produced. The company selects a project which can provide a high feed-in tariff (Ye, Rodriguesand Lin2017). Generally, a renewable energy project is started keeping in mind a long-term goal. The company is very new, has a long way of generating revenue from its investments. Therefore, Tilt Renewables uses this method which serves the purpose of a long-term contract mostly from 15 to 20 years.

Cost Management

A cost manager is an integral part of the project management team who surveys the quantity required for the completion of the project.

Role and importance of cost manager

• The cost manager takes care of estimating the project’s viability by using appraisal techniques.

• It is the duty of a cost manager to look after the capital expenditure and revenue expenditure of a project which will provide an overview of the project’s total cost allocation.

• The budgetary estimations are conducted by the cost manager.

• The cost manager takes charge of controlling the cost of constructions and other activities. Cost control is a very important aspect while developing a project because it is a way of finding alternate measure to reduce the cost of a project.

• He or she must prepare the contract documents for the purpose of the project.

Project cost management strategies

• Expert judgement: Advice taken from the expert in concern to the project cost.

• Analogous estimate: It involves budgeting the project and finding out the time required for the completion of the project.

• Parametric estimation: It is a way of finding the cost of an activity encircling the project by using algorithms backed up by historical data.

• Bottom-up estimation: Estimation from the lower level of activities (Alhassan et al 2021).

• Three-point estimation: Analyzing the risk involved.

• Cost of quality: Estimation of both cost of conformance and cost of non-conformance.

Recommendation of strategies for the company

• Use of vendor database in order to provide the clients with information about the cardholder.
• Establishment of project management guidelines for the Core team within the group of networks.
• Development of a newer project initiation process to improve the project program.

Funding

Funding a renewable energy-based project can be done by the following methods.

• Funding from cash reserves: Tilt Renewables is a large company with a larger reserve of cash. Hence the company can easily fund the project by the cash reserve.

• Equity financing: Tilt renewables is a listed company. Hence it can raise capital by the selling of shares. In order to fund any project, the company will supply shares in the market. This kind of funding entails high strategic growth, which might involve fund expansion or merger and acquisition opportunities.

• Debt financing: Tilt Renewables is relatively a newer company with $522.99 million as debt outstanding to date. The company has the opportunity to grow in the market because it invests in renewable sources of energy. Hence it can procure loans from financial institutions in order to fund the projects. Debt financing will help the company enjoy tax deductions also (Muellerand Sensini2021).

• Government schemes: The government of Australia has provided a large range of funding schemes for companies who are trying to form successful renewable source of energy. Government schemes such as Clean Energy Finance Corp or CEFC helps the Australian renewable energy companies with increased cash inflow in the energy sector. The South Australia Government provides grants to the company in order to sustain itself in the market.

Implementation & Winding Up

The process to start a new project

• Awareness about the energy situation: Survey of the nearby area to assess the current condition of the energy consumption by houses.

• Choosing an energy source: As per the goal, try to choose an energy source that can be used to supply energy to the area.

• Assessing risk: Since the risk involved in starting a new project is very high hence the risks must be assessed prior to the investment.

• Cost determination: It is a very important aspect of a project. Before initiating the project, one must know about the finances required for the project. The cost must be estimated.

• Choosing an installer: The project shall be initiated by the installation of the technology required to generate energy.
Issues and recommendation to tackle it

• Change in management: At times, inputs are to be made using the available budget, which can be very tough. Hence a free up budget may be prepared if things go haywire.

• Design issue: The architecture of the project may not support the work. Hence proper blueprint of the design must be prepared in order to assess the flaws with the project.

• Integration: Often, machines do not work, which can create problems in the project. Hence the machines used must be properly checked, and quality must be assured.

• Budget failure: The improper estimation may result in underestimation of a budget which will result in lack of finances. Hence before initiating the project, the project manager should try to thoroughly check the cost and, if possible, over-allocate the cost (Frefer et al 2018).

Winding up a project

• Transferring the necessary deliveries.
• Confirmation of the project completion.
• All the contracts must be reviewed.
• The team members must exit.
• Post completion checks must be conducted.
• All the necessary documentation must be duly protected.

Conclusions & Recommendations

Renewable sources are very important for the long run in the future. Hence more and more companies are cropping up in order to invest or start a new project which will help the mankind in future. However, the risks are gradually increasing. In case of Tilt Renewables, the risk of volume is a prime concern which can be avoided by proper assessment of the environment or the energy model by using the ABM techniques. The company is very new in comparison to the other market giants even then it is performing very well in the renewable energy sector. The company has funded the project mostly by debts which can be beneficial as the company is aiming for long term investments which can be observed as it uses the feed-in tariff model. The company takes minute analysis while implementing a project. However, the company should try to avoid frequent investments as it has already invested and started many projects. Moreover, the company has accumulated a debt of over $500 million in just a span of 5 to 6 years which can cause problems in the future as the leverage ratio might go down. The company should post project completion service unlike other companies which will significantly increase the goodwill of the company in the market.

Part B -Tilt Renewables: Snowtown North Solar Energy Farm
(Refer to my ‘Content Guidelines & Resources’ document)

Bibliography

MGT605 Business Capstone Project Report 1 Sample

Context:

This subject allows the student to synthesise the knowledge and skills gained from all other subjects studied up to that point. The main deliverable in the subject is a major project. In this first assessment, the project is proposed.

Instructions:

In this assessment, you are required to propose how you are going to study in the capstone project. Before you can do that, you first need to identify a project idea on which to develop your project proposal . Your project proposal must include the pain statement or problem statement. The capstone project proposal serves two basic functions. Firstly, it presents and explains how you are going to study and analyse the issue of your capstone project. This is essential to make clear what you aim to achieve by the end of this study period, what data you will collect and analyse and what MBA subject theory applies to your project. Secondly, how you will conduct the capstone project. This is an account of the steps you will take until you produce the final report. This includes a timeline. The timeline will help you track your progress. With this information, your facilitator will be able to guide you concerning the suitability and feasibility of your capstone project.

Formulating a project idea

As mentioned above, before you can develop your capstone project proposal, you need to identify a problem or opportunity. Please refer to the “Broad Business Capstone Project Ideas.pdf” file for help with identifying project ideas. You can find the “Broad Business Capstone Project Ideas.pdf” in the learning portal.

Structure of the project proposal

Include all relevant content expected in a project proposal.

Cover Page – provide a cover page with identification information including, your name, the subject and code, the capstone project title, date, word count, etc.

Introduction or Context – background information including a description of the country, the industry, the organisation (case unit) and the problem or opportunity (the issue(s)). Discuss the circumstances through which the problem or opportunity has arisen.

Aim/purpose of project – the specific aim of the capstone project is to identify the problem or opportunity and to summarise what your project intends to achieve.

Method – identify the proposed sources of information or data. Also consider how your knowledge from your post graduate program will apply in your project. Ensure that the project is feasible within the available time. Also describe the relevance and significance of your capstone project.

Conclusion – a brief statement about what the project is all about, its suitability and feasibility.

Indicative timeframe – itemise what you will cover in each week.

Solution

THE USE OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY FOR GROWTH AND SURVIVAL: THE CASE OF HCL TECHNOLOGIES

Background

HCL technology is one of the leading IT companies that provides a wide scope of IT services that include application development, digital transportation, support, project management as well as consulting. For Assignment Help, This company is continuing its business procedures for 20 years in the global marketplace (Businessinsider.in, 2020). The primary focus of any business is to expand its marketing shares in the specified marketplace (Kazem, Rice& Adzhyan, 2018). That is why this company is trying to enhance their growth rate as well as expanding their marketing shares with the help of an effective acquisition strategy. In order to expand the business area, the core executives of HCL want to acquire DWS Limited. Both companies have already occupied a secure place in the Australian market.

According to the annual report of Australia, 2020, the revenue rate of DWS Limited is $ 167.9 million (Businessinsider.in, 2020). On the other hand, the revenue rate of HCL is $9.93 billion based on the Australian marketplace. Therefore, it will be an advantage for both companies if they combine with each other. HCL will be able to become a top brand with a maximum effective workforce whereas DWS Limited will be capable of continuing its business in the Australian marketplace. In this proposal, the purpose of this project as well as issues are going to be elaborated by the researcher based on the case study of HCL in an efficient manner.

Main issue

The main issue that will be researched in the project report is how a Strategic Acquisition can help in growth and success of a business. The concept of Acquisition is generally buying majority share of another company. Only The research will be digging deep in aspect of acquisition as a mode of survival in future competitive market. The research will be dwelling around the very prospect of acquisition will enable HCL in future to determine next course of business and financial action. HCL follows a total of three types of acquisition strategies for building a strong reputation in the specified marketplace that includes improving the performance of the company, removing competition as well as using current trending technologies for developing the products.

In this case, HCL tries to acquire DCL Limited that might help to remove the competition from the marketplace as well as improve the performance of the organization with an effective workforce (Businessinsider.in, 2021). In this case, there are some other issues that can be faced by this company that include managing cash flows, monitoring performance, managing overheads as well as retaining customers (Mckinsey.com, 2017).

Purpose of this project

The main purpose of this project is to identify the acquisition strategies that are being followed by the HCL Company for survival purposes. It is also required to understand how HCL Technologies acquire DWS Limited by managing the cashflows as well as overheads. Therefore, it is required for HCL Technologies to understand the use of acquisition strategy for survival as well as growth purposes. It might help to analyze the benefits of following the acquisition strategy for enhancing the growth rate of the business in the specified marketplace. According to the case study of HCL Technologies, they follow the acquiring strategy for expanding their business area as well as remove the competition from the specified marketplace (Businessinsider.in, 2021). It will help to attract more target customers because they will be able to provide a superior quality service to the customers within a minimum time. This is because they will have a large number of employees after acquiring DWS Limited.

Related Theories

The main objective of running any business is to build a strong reputation based on their products and services as well as enhance the profit rate within a minimum time. That is why HCL is trying to follow the same policy. During the Covid-19 situation, customers are portraying a lesser demand based on the services. Therefore, it is impossible to enhance the growth rate because of the lesser market demand. However, a total of 1.1% growth rate of HCL has been increased in 2020 (Businessinsider.in, 2020).

Theories are critical concept in discussing the feasibility of acquisition. Therefore the search for rrlated theories which be coincided in the research project is essential.

“Theory of Market Timing” is one among many theories that will be used to understand the very prospect that HCL took into order to go forward for the acquisition of the DWS. The very advice that guides one to judge the future growth ratio of other concerned companies is from the theory of Market timing. Overvaluing of the company to be processed under acquisition is something theory of market timing suggests.

Decision theory will be followed by the HCL technologies to manage the business procedures. As per the case study, HCL wants to acquire DWS Limited. In this case, they can be faced many issues that include employee overloaded issues as well as monitoring-related issues. Therefore, decision-making theory helps the core executives to make a crucial decision for solving those issues within a minimum time (Entrepreneurshandbook.co, 2020). It will also help to mitigate certain risks in an efficient manner.

Data Collection Procedure

The data collection procedure helps the people to gather the relevant information depending on the specific research topic. The data collection procedure are of two types that include a primary method as well as a secondary method. However in this case the use of secondary data will be considered. Secondary data is efficient in collecting data could be easily searched for authenticity. The information about acquisition and other critical factors those are needed to be consulted before proceeding with acquisition could be easily gathered from peer reviewed secondary sources.

This researcher will develop five themes based on the research samples. Along with this, the 10 research samples will be used by the researcher to evaluate the use of acquisition strategy for enhancing the growth rate as well as survival purposes. This research study will be based on the HCL company that will help the reader to understand the acquisition strategy that is being followed by the HCL company for expanding their market shares as well as survival purposes.

Journals that could be of use in the future endeavour of the project are:
http://abd.teikav.edu.gr/articles/journal_ERS.pdf
https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1255298/FULLTEXT01.pdfTheoretical foundation of Diversification Decisions: (virtusinterpress.org)

Websites those could be used are:

HCL technologies | DWS Ltd: HCL tech acquires Australian IT firm DWS for $115.8 million (indiatimes.com)

Data Analysis Method

The researcher will perform secondary thematic analysis for evaluating the use of the acquisition strategy of HCL Technologies in a proper way. A total of 5 themes will be developed by the researcher based on ten research samples. Authentic articles, as well as journals, will be collected by the researcher to meet the research criteria. Graphs will be analyzed by the researcher based on the sales rate, turnover rate, growth rate as well as marketing shares of the HCL to describe their acquisition strategy in a proper way. It will help the reader in understanding the journey of HCL for 20 years. This company has already expanded its business area in the global marketplace. Now, they are trying to remove the competition by following any effective acquisition strategy. It will also help the reader in analyzing the importance of using acquisition strategy in order to run the business effectively. Therefore, the research articles will help to collect the relevant information about the HCL technologies.

Deliverables of the Project

According to this research study, the reader will be able to analyze the enhancing growth rate as well as revenue rate of the HCL Technologies. At the same time, this research study helps to measure the predicted growth rate of this company based on following the acquisition strategy within a minimum time.
The research will be well poised with information related to the factors that determines when and how to invest at time of acquisition. The central factors that the project will be supporting are the search for relevant theories that could guide an organisation in future opting for acquisition as an option for future growth. The outcome of the project will suffice the ways acquisition could boost future aspect of a business.

Timeline of the Project

References

MBA505 Business Psychology, Coaching and Mentoring Report 3 Sample

Your Task

The purpose of this assessment is for you to demonstrate and develop your knowledge and skill in mentoring and coaching as an important people development technique within organisations. This subject requires you to thoughtfully develop your abilities in coaching and mentoring, and in weeks 8, 9,10 and 12 we will explore styles and techniques in doing this. These skills will serve you well in many facets of your life. To assist with developing your skills, you will be using these skills to interact with your fellow students or others to sharpen your abilities, allow you to observe others and receive assistance so you can learn to work meaningfully with others in the future.

Assessment Description

In weeks 8-10, you will have opportunities to take the role of a mentor, coach, observer or employee through in-class or online discussions and role plays. In week 12, you will be exposed to content to do with the role of coaching in organisations.

To strengthen your understanding of these experiences, you will be required to write a reflection of the experience of your role as mentor, coach, observer or employee of around 650 words. Over each week you will be required to use your experience to assemble three of these reflections as you engage in the week’s exercises, bringing your work to a total for this task of 2000 words.

In writing up your experience of these coaching and mentoring experiences you should reflect on:

• What happened in the interaction, including what aspects went well and what needed improvement,

• How relevant theoretical reading or research you have done applies to the situation,

• What you learned or gained from the experience, and

• Practical actions you could take to improve your approach in the future based on your reading, reflection, experience and observation.

Assessment Instructions

• This is an individual assessment to be submitted via Turnitin.

• You are to write 2000 words, composed of three pieces of 650 words each as follows-

→ One reflection related to your experience of mentoring (covered in week 8),

→ One reflection related to your experience of coaching (covered in weeks 9 and 10),

→ One reflection related to the application of coaching in the workplace (covered in week 12).

• You are expected to include references to strengthen your understanding of the theoretical bases of your work.

• Your writing should be based on very recent experiences only, ie those which have taken place during the in-class sessions or in the workplace during the period of the subject.

• As with all scholarly work, competent and relevant citing and referencing is essential.

The completed assignment of three reflections is due in Week 13 (one week after completion of formal classes). You should aim to complete your work each week during the class or soon after to minimise workload and maximise accuracy and then consolidate and finalise for submission in Week 13.

SOLUTION

INTRODUCTION

Organizational mentoring can be related to strategic approach which does assist in developing employee i.e. mentee through pairing them with some more experienced i.e. having more knowledge and experience in context with management and taking effective decision. Present report presents reflective assessment relating to experience on mentoring and coaching. I have made efficient effort to provide explanation relating to acknowledgement and insights of my learning period. For Assignment Help, I have also included discussion relating to learning’s which I gained from experience along with action plan which I would apply for improving approach in future on the basis of reflection, experience and observation.

REFLECTION ON EXPERIENCE OF MENTORING

Mentoring can be specified as positive development partnership between two members or a group managed by mentor so that mentees could be provided appropriate resolution for issues faced by them (Jackson, 2019). I acknowledged that in order to develop bond between mentor and mentee it is necessary that confidentiality, trust and positive expectation should exist so that both does have faith that things are working well between them. During my learning period I got to know that mentoring does act as efficient tool for developing skills within an individual i.e. for mentor as well as mentee. I did not know previously mentoring approach is beneficial for mentor also but during my learning period I got to know it does assist mentor as well in enhancing his skill relating to promotion of diverse culture and application of resources in prominent manner.

Figure 1: Phases of Mentoring Cycle

Even I got opportunity to attain learning relating to establishment of mentoring program and practically applied and got opportunity to assess the areas where I could perform well and which required improvement. I assessed that I do have strong forte at developing stage of plan as I consider strength and weakness of members of my team and requirement of specific project or assignment and develop plan accordingly. However, a variety of issues have been faced by me in implementing same efficiently as I do lack in skills such as coordinating, resolving issues, managing different issues within members etc. I acknowledged that mentoring does assist mentees in provide advice with which they could make their own appropriate decision; thus mentoring does not leads to bounding rather it does promotes freedom to mentees so that they could grow or develop to maximum possible extent (Koopman et al, 2021). The six phases of mentoring cycle are building rapport, contracting, direction setting, progress making, maturation and closure. While analysing mentoring cycle I assessed the role of mentor in detail. I realised that planning stage does have significant role in developing program as one could attain predetermined goal only in case where all significant areas are covered at planning stage. I do have to work on skill relating to development of plans and for same I have indulged practice of developing plans of projects and analyse same so that I could analyse the areas where I do lack. I acknowledged that it includes attaining clear understanding to company goals, vision and mission, motivating mentee, ensuring confidentially at which I was strong and challenging mentees so that they could perform in best way, providing constructive feedback at which I have to work so that I could enhance my capability in same extent (Bush et al, 2018). Overall the learning and experience relating to mentoring assisted me in to ascertain areas I am required to work on which includes providing constructive feedback and providing challenges in constructive manner as both the qualities are necessary to encourage mentees to make out the best possible.

Action Plan:

In order to work on areas on which I am presently weak i.e. providing constructive feedback, I would provide habit of providing written feedback to team members during project and would take review for same to assess its impact on team members. Through practicing same in continuous manner I would be able to not only assess the extent to which I have succeeded in same but would also get to know its impact on mentees. Further, in order enhance skill relating to providing challenges in constructive manner I would work of personal characteristic such as confidence, supportive and other skills which are available in prominent leader so that mentee could trust me and I could successfully present myself in correct manner. Incorporation of these skills within me would assist me to enforce my team members or mentees to perform in best manner and develop their skills to next level in best way.

REFLECTION RELATING TO EXPERIENCE OF COACHING

A variety of models are available which can be applied for providing structure of coaching conversation (Bernard, 2018). However, the model which influenced me the most in GROW model which stands for Goal, Reality, Options and Will. The specified model does comply a linear pattern even though in exceptional circumstances it does require flexibility. During my learning period I assessed the way in which a coach does practically applies this model in order to attain main objectives of an organization. I analysed that the primary stage i.e. Goal does play main role in developing the idea which does enforce to create better experience in future for themselves. As far as I have assessed initially GROW model emphasizes on setting goal and then asses real option which are available to attain same and finally make decision in context with action to be taken for establishment of targeted commitment (Panchal and Riddell, 2020).

During my learning opportunity I got opportunity to apply GROW model practically; it was a new experience for me as I got a chance to learn new approaches. For instance; I assessed that the coach is require to emphasize on interest of client rather that curiosity of coach. Even I attained acknowledgments relating to skills and competencies required in a coach i.e. active listening, direct communication, designing actions, planning and goal setting, powerful questioning. I analysed that I do have strong forte on planning and designing action but I do require working on direct communication and powerful questioning so that I could play role of coach in prominent way in future.

Figure 2: Perspectives of SMART goals

Smart Goals does set up one for success by transforming goals specific, measurable, achievable, realistic and timely (Whitmore, 2009). It does provide assistance in providing sense of direction along with organizing the way through which one could reach goals easily. I do have basic knowledge of SMART goals concept but through learning’s and acknowledgments of this course I analyzed it real worth that a goal is vague with no sense of direction. Further it can be indulged only through developing SMART goals. I acknowledged that learning is persistent process as it is represented through continue change in performance which is attained through experience. The learning relating to SMART goal approach and GROW model would assist me in future in playing role of coach in form of manager in organization of which I would be part. As through these approaches I would be able to make understand my team how can one assess available real option and make appropriate choice within same for accomplishing goals. Further it would also assist me in developing SMART goals rather than goals having no direction and through same I would be able to achieve within specific time period and revise same if required.

Action Plan

In order to work on skills relating to powerful questioning I will have emphasize on questions which evoke discovery, insights. It is necessary to ask question which are open ended as it does provide greater clarity and new learning to significant extent. Thus, prior asking question I will have to note down same and analysed that would it work as powerful questioning or not. Direct communication does assist in articulating another perspective of client in which he or she is uncertain. I have started working on my communication skills and also participated in personal development seminars so that I could enhance my communication skills overall and make efficient direct communication

REFLECTION RELATING TO COACHING AT WORKPLACE

It is a bitter fact that organizations do face high competition in constant manner and this trend would be sustained in future also. Thus, these changes have enforced organizational leaders to seek ways through which they could make employees learn adapt and demonstrate right behaviour to be successful (Grant, 2020). During my learning period I assessed role of coaching at workplace. I analysed that it is responsibility of coach to analyse and provide objective prospective on what is working and what is not working. In other words manager is required to take responsibilities as coach so that they could transform employee to perform in competent and efficient manner. During this course I got opportunity to assess variety of role to be performed by manager as a coach i.e. managing, mentoring, counselling, mediation, teach etc so that they could provide intrinsic as well as extrinsic solutions. Prior to this course I was not aware that counselling and mediation are the key roles to be played as a coach at workplace. However, through acknowledging learning attained through this course I got to know about same and assessed that as a manager it is his responsibility as coach to focus on performance and potential by counselling and acting as mediator between employees and goals of company.

A coaching management style is considered less directive in comparison to traditional management style. The reason behind same is manager applying coaching management style has to conduct ‘coaching conversation’ for encouraging employee to develop their own thoughts and action which are more self-directed (Whitmore, 2009). During my learning period I got opportunity to analyse management style of applied by manager of different organization and to assess the extent to which they do indulge coaching style method for management of operations. As far as I have analysed the experienced I gained assessing different management style outcomes of cited approach makes employees feel that they are valued and significant part of organization of team which motivate them to perform in best manner. It eventually results in production of superior performance of employees. This management style would assist me in playing role of manager in future appropriately as I learned the way I have to act in different scenarios and how to encourage employees or colleagues for attainment of predetermined goals. Even I learned the significance of ensuring to let employees know what is expected from them so that they assess their performance goals and accomplish same.

Action Plan:

In order to perform role of efficient manager in future; I have to develop coach mindset so that I could apply coaching style approach appropriately. I have decided to work on different skills such as indulging empathy so that I could deal with others in better manner, keeping helpful attitude; as these can be incorporated only through practice; I will work on these skills in each activity in which I participate and project of which I am part so that I could enhance them to significant level. I will also take assistance of my mentors by taking reviews and feedback about my performance so that I could make changes adequately.

CONCLUSION

It can be concluded that the whole learning journey was adventurous and it is still continued as I am practicing on areas and skills which require more concern such as confidence, supportive and other skills which are available in prominent leader so that I could accomplish goal of being successful coach and mentor in form of manager. The learning attained during this course would assist me in playing role of manager in efficient manner in organization of which I would be part in future. Moreover, I would able to develop my personality in required manner and perform well at different phases till I reach my main goal. Lastly, these acknowledgements made me realise in order to attain success one has to keep learning in continuous manner even though various achievements or accomplishments have been made.

REFERENCES

MBA652 Strategy and Leadership in Tourism and Hospitality Report 1 Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to record an 8-minute video in which you will address an executive leadership team based on the below assessment instructions.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to foster students’ ability to analyse and select the most appropriate contemporary leadership practices for the tourism and hospitality industries by demonstrating skills in critical leadership, problem-solving and reflective learning relating to the tourism and hospitality industry.

Assessment Instructions

Organisational restructuring is a strategy commonly deployed when a business needs or wants to transform its people and operations for the better. Such a strategy can be challenging to implement effectively, especially when an organisational restructuring occurs due to the business engaging in unethical and illegal practices. Presume that you have been asked to provide strategic advice on the most suitable leadership profile and associated human resource processes for a tourism and hospitality organisation that seeks to hire a new Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO would need to address the toxic organisational culture that fostered unethical and illegal misconduct demonstrated through systematic breaches of relevant legislation and rules.

More specifically, you are required to record an 8-minute consultancy webinar addressing the executive leadership board by advising on the:

• Preferred leadership style/s to address immediate needs of highly dependant stakeholders. Your advice must be based on a thorough analysis of various leadership style/s and relevant theories and concepts covered in week 2.

• Associated human resource processes needed to find the right candidate. Your advice must be based on relevant theories and concepts covered in week 3.

• Required strategies for improving employee engagement and motivation to facilitate organisational change in leadership. Your advice must be based on relevant theories and concepts covered in week 4.

The findings presented in the webinar must be accompanied by PowerPoint slides and be based on a minimum of 10 scholarly and peer-reviewed sources of information published no longer than five years ago and relevant to the field of tourism and hospitality leadership. These sources must be presented in the video in the form of in-text citations and a reference list adhering with Kaplan Harvard Referencing Guide. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

For Assignment Help,

MBA401 People, Culture and Contemporary Leadership Report 3 Sample

The Assessment

Task Part A

Students will participate in workshop activities throughout the semester to help develop the depth of their knowledge and understanding. Student’s participation during Weeks 10 and 12 will be graded in relation to the quality and relevance of their contributions during those two subject workshops.

The Assessment

Task Part B

Students will write an individual report to demonstrate the depth of their learning and development of knowledge arising from their participation in the MBA401 subject. This report will require undertaking research that is relevant to the topic statement.

• Students must draw on key academic theories (minimum 3) relevant to the chosen topic.

• The topic proposition posed for the assessment cannot be answered definitively. The assessment requires students to discuss possible assumptions, make effective arguments, and with a logically detailed conclusion.

• Students will use a report structure for the writing of this assessment.

Trust and workplace relationships

Trust is an important influence for effective communication, co-operation, problem solving and performance in the workplace. Social conflicts in the workplace can hamper personal relationships and limit group cohesion and effectiveness. In an organisational context, trust can also be treated as an issue of behavioural competence, with people trusting those that they believe can solve problems and deliver desired outcomes. Is conflict always negative or can it also be constructive? Leaders, therefore, need to build a culture of trust in the workplace towards organisational effectiveness.

Assessment Description

This is the summative assessment for the subject. Students are to demonstrate the level of their overall subject understanding, drawn from a semester’s learning, subject engagement, and with considerations of theory, drawn from academic research, that might also be applied in a practical setting. The following should be explored and be included in the report:

1. Explore the critical nature of relationships between people in an organisation especially with regard to leaders and followers.

2. Identify how leaders may create, reinforce or even destroy organisational culture by their interactions with the organisation’s employees.

3. What role, if any, might trust between leaders and followers play in the decision making process?

Discuss with reference to at least three theories or concepts you have explored in MBA401. You may also provide practical examples drawn from contemporary business.

Report Structure (this is a guide to assist in how you can frame your report)

Introduction (150 words) – Present your response to the statement and outline the aim and structure of the report Discuss the critical nature of the relationships between leaders and followers (400 words)

– here you are responding to statement 1.

Analysis of how leaders may influence organisational culture (400 words) - here you are responding to statement 2.

Analyse the role of the leader and the importance of trust (400 words) here you are responding to question 3.

Conclusion (150 words) – a summary of the analysis and key theories discussed.

Reference List

Solution

Introduction

People and culture is the unseen way in an organization as it helps to take a progressive approach of managing job seekers. Finding the right culture is increasingly important for people to create a positive environment in the workplace and make them happy at work. For Assignment Help, as the present world is growing rapidly, there is a need for strong management and leadership within the organization to foster a knowledge- based economy. Modern leaders have the tenacity to challenge the current landscape and destroy the social conflicts that predominate within the workplace and hamper personal relationships between people. The aim of the study is to highlight the concepts of trust and human behavior to discuss the ways by which a leader can develop better workplace relationships. It has discussed the critical nature of relationships between leaders and followers, while exploring their effectiveness on organizational culture and underlying the importance of trust played by the leadership approaches.

Discussing the critical nature of the relationships between leaders and followers

Both leaders and followers influence their team either by positive or by negative collaboration. This helps to instill the leaders as well as the followers to trust, listen and solve problems by finding new solutions (Daft, 2019). Every organization has significant individuals such as followers who are responsible to monitor and manage the organizational processes by implementing them effectively. On the other hand, every leader has been once a follower within a team to accomplish the required tasks through their passion and dedication. According to contemporary thinking, there is a close relationship between followers and leaders as they are primarily participative and share all the responsibility with employees. Through a dominant personality, leaders can assure right people at right positions within the organization and hire competent employees instead of punishing the low-skilled ones. For instance, Mark Zuckerberg follows the transformational leadership style practically, which is known to inspire the followers with a clear vision of company's future. Developing effective working relationships between people in an organization with regard to their followers and leaders can induce a collaborative environment within the workplace and ensure team building by addressing the concerns of each team member. Application of the five-factor model of personality is effective to draw inference on the nature of relationships between people and leaders in an organization (Wren and Bedian, 2017). These factors include surgency, adjustment, agreeableness, conscientiousness and openness to experience. As the leaders have emotional stability traits, they maintain a focus on challenging things and inspire communication as well as confidence with employees in the workplace. Being open to experiences can allow the followers to be broad minded, imaginative and strategic thinkers, which can build strong connections with the people in an organization. Promising to support people through proper tools and techniques can allow the leaders to identify any problems within the organization in terms of policy changes or discontent among the people. With regard to followers and leaders, they should be open to receive news of glitches and maintain staff respect to build a positive relationship with people. For instance, Tesco follows the policy of diversity and inclusion to treat their employees due to which employee satisfaction increased from 3.6% to 3.7%, showcasing strong emotional traits of leaders (Moss, 2020). Granting autonomy is more effective in creating positive relationships between people and followers instead of micromanaging. Correspondingly, creating a mutual interaction between employees and leaders can develop better relationship quality and ensure greater performance within the business process.

Analysis of how leaders may influence organizational culture

Leaders reinforce organizational values by allowing employees to maintain organizational effectiveness through goal setting, recognition and opportunities. While interacting with the organization's employees, the leaders have open and ongoing dialogue that can strengthen their relationship as well as develop trust. This can be elevated through regular communication, two-way feedback and frequent one-on-ones meeting. As the leaders have a tremendous impact on an organization, they are allowed to prioritize work as per the demands of the employees in relation to accomplish organization's objectives. For instance, Mahatma Gandhi's strong leadership attributes were the success criteria of establishing a successful post-Independence India nation and challenging the British government with the help of the nation's party and general people (Acharya, 2019). In relation to business intervention, the role played by the leaders in terms of driving organizational culture is through the successive pathways of Herzberg two factor theory, which allows the leaders to identify the motivation and job satisfaction rate of the employees in terms of improving the organizational effectiveness. By maintaining an adaptive culture, the leaders provide a sense of purpose and mentorship to their employees, which build on a diverse workforce within the organization. While interacting with the employees, the leaders are responsible to actively monitor the internal and external environment for creating a better organizational culture. Moreover, working mutually towards reinforcing exchanges and linkages are the stepping stones of leaders in reinforcing a positive culture within the workplace and maintaining good relations between employees as well as departments. By fostering open communication with the employees through a feedback session or participation in seminars, the leaders can create a better organizational culture and reinforce the company's values and goals. Integration of A model of organizational behavior is utmost effective to understand the three levels of organizational boundaries such as organizational system level, group level and individual level (Brauer and Proyer, 2021). This is important in creating and reinforcing a strong organizational culture as it helps to empower employees with greater innovation and more problem solving redundancies. Poor communication of leaders with the employees and focusing on hyper-competition, micromanagement and bullying behavior can affect the company culture. The leaders can also destroy the organizational culture by insulting the employees publicly and taking the credit of their work, which results in low morale, and high turnover of employees.

Analyze the role of the leader and the importance of trust

Trust is the primary attribute associated with followers and leaders in the decision making process as it helps to increase their power over the employees with regards to raising productivity. Successful leaders can maintain employee trust through practices that create intrinsic motivation and work engagement with the people in an organization. Application of OODA model relates to observation, orientation, decision-making and action, which allows the leaders to make up a composite of data and knowledge as imparted by their followers. For instance, people having obesity rush into judgments of doctors without addressing their causative factors such as individual psychology, societal influence and food consumption. People trusting their immediate leaders develop high job satisfaction rates and induce more commitment to the organization. For instance, Martin Luther King followed transformational leadership to induce decision making ability in the economy and allowed American people to fight for their civil and equality rights through his rhetorical speech and universal message (Campbell, 2021). It is due to the trust between leaders and followers that helps to create a collaborative environment, where people are treated equally and resources are allocated in an equitable way. In the decision making process, the role of leaders is to communicate the impact of organizational changes through day-to-day activities and allowing employees to adapt the changes. On the other hand, the followers are responsible to meet the overall goals of the team and organization, making the employees feel valuable through potential trust. Trust is the positive expectation of the people within the organization that creates a stable foundation for employees and allows the leaders to maintain a tone of commitment, compassion and capabilities. Application of The Rational Economic Model is effective to draw inference on the rational approaches of decision-makers to trust between leaders and followers in the decision making process (Robbins and Judge, 2017). This encourages both followers and leaders to identify a problem situation and generate alternatives that can increase the trust between them as well as ensure strong organizational operation. Implementing such alternatives as a part of the decision making model, the followers trust the leader to feel positively about the alternative and exert extra effort to accomplish the tasks effectively. Trust acts as a mediator between leaders and followers, while inducing respect as well as fairness for the employees and maintaining organizational credibility. For instance, Nelson Mandela's strategic decision of turning down Botha's offer of conditional amnesty in 1985 by living in a cold, dark prison cell elevated the face of ANC's opposition in regard to his personal sacrifice (Schoemaker, 2022). This reflects the fact that building trust is most effective in the decision making process as it embarks a positive change on organizational culture as well as smoothen the relationship between leaders and followers.

Conclusion

It can be concluded from the above that trust is a crucial intervention in an organization as it ensures strong communication, commitment and problem solving capacities within the workplace. The human behavior reflected by the leaders and followers can develop better workplace relationships that can treat the issues of behavioral competence and improve group cohesion in a positive way. They are the only ones to destroy organizational culture if their personal attitude towards the employees is irrational or unexpected, which can further affect the decision making process. Implementation of the five factor model of personality and rational economic model were some of the important theories to understand trust and human behavior to enforce a stronger and better workplace relationship. Immediate attainment of constructive leaders through contemporary leadership approaches can build trust in the workplace and also improve the organization's context.  

Reference list

PRJ5108 Project Delivery and Procurement Report Sample

Assessment 2: Written Report

Working in small groups, students (a) analyse a real project and develop and write a delivery management plan including procurement documents, bid preparation and evaluation, and select delivery method, (b) analyse potential contract types, analyse the risks related to each type and select appropriate contract type including contract administration and communication.

Assessment 3 Details:

Following are some of the high priority infrastructure projects in Australia which are currently in construction phase. After completion of these projects the Australian people will get huge benefits from the outcomes.

1. Stage 2 of Pacific Motorway, Eight Mile Plains to Daisy Hill Upgrade (QLD)

2. Ichthys Gas Field Development (WA)

3. Mount Peake Vanadium-Titanium-Iron Project (NT)

4. Gawler rail line electrification Project (SA)

5. Sunrise Battery Materials Complex Project (NSW)

6. Western Sydney Airport (NSW)

7. Metro Tunnel Project (VIC)

8. Level Crossing Removal Project (VIC)

In this assessment task, students are required to choose ONE of the above six projects and answer all the questions stated below. There are three parts of this assessment task:

Part I: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to write a report based on the answers to the following questions and submit the report in week 5. Although this part of the assessment task will not provide any grading points, but the lecturer/tutor will provide feedback based on which students are required to write part II and the final part of the assessment task. Students are reminded that this part of the assessment task must do because the performance of the final part of the assessment task will depend upon the incorporation of the feedback of this part of the assessment task.

Answer the following questions in Part I of the assessment report:

1. Briefly describe the background and the objectives of the case project.

2. What is the delivery method of this project? What are the reasons behind the choice of this project delivery method for the case project?

3. Which organisation is the main construction contractor of this project, briefly describe the background of the construction contractor organization?

4. Briefly describe the bidding processes and the selection of the construction contractor.

5. Briefly describe the current updates of the case project.

Part II: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to summarise about the improvement of the first part of the assessment task based on the feedback obtained from the lecturer/tutor and students are also required to answer the following questions. There are no grading points for this part, but it is a must do task because the performance of the final part of the assessment task will depend upon the incorporation of the feedback of this part of the assessment task.

Answer the following questions in Part II of the assessment report:

1. Write a summary about the improvement of the first part of the assessment task based on the feedback provided by the lecture/tutor.

2. Are there any variations of contract types (fixed-price, cost-type or labour and material) for different works of this project such as design, construction, construction management or operation and maintenance?

3. Are there any issues (environmental, source of funding or political) associated with the case project which are obstructing the project progress?

4. Is there any cost overrun or schedule delays for the case project? Discuss about these issues using numerical values such as cost overrun in millions and schedule delays in months or years etc.

Final part of the Assessment task: In this part of the assessment task, students are required to summarise about the improvement of the first and the second parts of the assessment task based on the feedback obtained from the lecturer/tutor and students are also required to answer the following questions.

Answer the following questions in the final Part of the assessment report:

1. Write a summary about the improvement of the previous two parts of the assessment task based on the feedback provided by the lecturer/tutor.

2. Finally, you need to interpret the findings in the discussion section, draw conclusions, and make recommendations. The conclusions and recommendations must be directly related to the data about the case project that you have collected and analysed based on the literature review on the case project.

3. You are also required to verbally present the analysis of the case project in week 12. Please
see the presentation details in Assessment 4.

Solution

Part I: Assessment Report on the Western Sydney Airport Project

1. Background and Objectives of the Western Sydney Airport Project

The Western Sydney Airport project is a significant infrastructure development in Australia, aimed at addressing the growing demand for aviation services in the Sydney region. The project was initiated in 2014 by the Australian government, which recognized the need for an additional airport in the region to cater to the increasing number of passengers and air traffic. For Assignment Help, The project aims to develop a new airport facility in the Western Sydney region, which will provide economic, social, and environmental benefits to the local communities and the wider region.

The project's main goals are to increase aviation capacity, foster job creation, encourage economic development, and enhance regional connectivity. Around 10 million passengers per year are anticipated to use the Western Sydney Airport, which is also estimated to support up to 28,000 direct and indirect jobs both during construction and after it opens (O’Neill 2020).

2. Project Delivery Method and Reasons for the Choice

Public-private partnership (PPP) is the mechanism of delivery selected for the Western Sydney Airport project. The PPP approach entails cooperation between the public and private sectors in order to fund, plan, develop, construct, operate, and maintain infrastructure projects (Infrastructure Pipeline 2022).

The PPP model was chosen for the Western Sydney Airport project because it has the potential to be cost-effective, to transfer risks to the private sector, and to guarantee project completion on schedule. The PPP model also enables the government to keep ownership of the asset while entrusting the private sector with the risks and obligations of development and operation.

3. Main Construction Contractor Organization and Background

The main construction contractor for the Western Sydney Airport project is the Western Sydney Airport Company (WSA Co). The WSA Co is a government-owned corporation established in 2017 to oversee the construction and operation of the airport (Senaratne and Rai 2022).

The WSA Co has engaged several contractors and consultants for different aspects of the project, including the design and construction of the airport infrastructure, the procurement and installation of airport equipment and systems, and the development of the surrounding infrastructure and facilities.

One of the major contractors for the project is the CPB Contractors, a subsidiary of CIMIC Group Limited. CPB Contractors construct the airport's runway, taxiway, and other airside infrastructure. The contract includes the construction of a 3.7-kilometer runway, parallel taxiway, aprons, and other associated infrastructure (Western sydney airport airside works 2022).

4. Bidding Processes and Selection of the Construction Contractor

An open and competitive bidder selection process was used for the Western Sydney Airport project. In order to solicit bids for the planning, building, and management of the airport, the government published a request for proposals in 2016. Entities from the private sector were invited to respond (Wastnage 2018).
Numerous private sector organizations, including both domestic and foreign businesses, submitted their proposals. These were then evaluated according to a number of factors, including the proposed design and construction methodology, financial capability, and experience completing projects of a similar nature.
The Western Sydney Airport Company (WSA Co) chose a group led by CPB Contractors as the project's primary construction contractor following a thorough evaluation procedure. The CPB Contractors consortium also consists of a number of other businesses that are in charge of various project-related tasks, including Multiplex, Aurecon, and Jacobs (Western sydney airport airside works 2022)

5. Current Updates of the Western Sydney Airport Project

The Western Sydney Airport project is currently in the development phase, and major advancements have been made on a number of project-related fronts. The runway, terminal, and other crucial infrastructure are still being built as of March 2023, keeping the project's 2026 opening date on schedule (Hotchkies and Philippon 2021).

The runway's development is one of the project's noteworthy accomplishments. It will be one of Australia's largest runways, measuring 3.7 kilometers long and 60 meters wide. Almost 22 million cubic meters of soil were extracted and used to build a flat and sturdy basis for the runway during the extensive earthworks necessary for its construction. The runway's construction is essential to the project's success because it is the major infrastructure needed to meet the region of Western Sydney's rising demand for aviation services.

The first phase of the airport terminal building, which is now under development, is scheduled to debut in 2026. The terminal building will be a striking construction with a floor area of more than 300,000 square meters and a capacity for up to 10 million passengers annually. Critical infrastructure, including communication networks, luggage handling systems, and electrical systems, must be installed prior to the terminal building's construction (Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications 2022).

The project's environmental management is also a critical aspect of the construction phase, with the project team implementing various measures to minimize the project's environmental impact. The creation of the Western Sydney Aerotropolis is a further noteworthy accomplishment of the project. The 10,000-hectare Western Sydney Airport precinct known as the metropolis will have a positive impact on the area's economy, society, and ecology (Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications 2022).

Overall, the Western Sydney Airport project is a significant advancement for the Sydney area because it will increase connectivity within the area, provide much-needed aviation capacity, and foster employment growth and economic development. Effective management and cooperation between stakeholders will be crucial to the project's success in ensuring that it is finished on schedule, within budget, and to the needed quality standards.

References

CSM80017 Managing Quality and Safety in Construction Site Operations Report 2 Sample

General Instructions for CSM80017 Assignment 2

• The assignment 2 of CSM80017 Managing Quality and Safety in Construction Site Operations unit in 2023 Semester 1 (SUT-Hawthorn) is for 30% weighting.

• The deadline for submission of CSM80017 Assignment 2 is: 5th May 2022 (11:59 PM).

• The questions of Assignment 2 are from Component 2 of this unit on Safety Management in Construction Site Operations covered during Week 5 to Week of this unit delivered in current Semester.

• Please ensure that your response demonstrates a thorough knowledge of the materials covered from Week 5 to Week 8 of Semester 1. You need to address the requirements in a coherent report format with typical headings supporting the report’s beginning, body, and conclusion.

• The list of questions and break-up details of marks are in the following page.

• Upload your assignment submissions in designated submission portal under assignments 2 section in CSM80017 unit canvas.

• Use Microsoft WORD or Adobe PDF document file format.

• Use Harvard referencing style.

• Tentative, maximum page limit (excluding coversheet and list of references) for this assignment 1 is 10-12 A4 pages.

CSM80017 Assignment 2

Background

Assume that you are having a key responsibility for occupational safety of construction site operations in a major hospital complex expansion project in Victoria. A large accident happened recently in your project in which one fatality of a site personnel and some serious injuries for two construction workers of your organization and another one from your subcontractor have been noted. Also, there were some property damages have been recorded from this incident. Your staff records revealed that the age of that deceased person was 44 years. Age of other two workers from your organization got seriously injured in the same accident are 58 and 24 while the injured subcontractor staff was 36 years old. All three injured remain in critical condition after having admitted at the same hospital. Given this brief case-study background, you are required to develop a concise description of the accident scenario (around 250 words) that is relevant to this accident case-study. In developing the scenario, you may consider consulting one or more of the following sources: published case studies of similar accidents, suitable articles, accident records, or personal observations/experience.

Once the scenario is established, you are required to produce a case analysis of the accident in the form of a professional report addressing the following:

Question 1 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

a) Description of the accident process - the sequence of relevant events prior to, during, and immediately after the accident.

b) Your analysis highlighting both findings and justification (evidence that substantiates your findings) of:

1. Main root cause(s) of the accident (up to 3); and

2. Safety arrangements/ protocols that

i. should have minimised hazards

ii. might have prevented and/ or eliminated serious harms/ injuries and fatalities.

Question 2 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

Discuss regarding the following:

a) Strategies and arrangements for preventing similar accidents in the forthcoming construction site operations of this project and future projects.

b) Suggestions regarding safety management system improvements in your current project (e.g. revise and improve the programs, plans, policies, processes, and proceduresthat indirectly caused/allowed the hazardous conditions or unsafe behaviours, etc.)

Question 3 of CSM80017 Assignment 2

Provide your:

a) Recommendations to enhance safety leadership and promote safety culture in your organisation’s projects.

b) Recommendations to ensure occupational health and safety of manual handling works in your remaining construction site operations for this project.

Solution

Introduction

Workplace safety on a construction site is crucial to ensuring the health and safety of employees and avoiding incidents that could lead to death or serious injury. A fatality and three serious injuries were reported in this case study of an accident that occurred during the expansion of a hospital complex in Victoria. For Assignment Help, The accident's chain of events was dissected in the case study, with the underlying reasons, preventative safety measures, and recommendations for bolstering the company's safety management and culture in projects being highlighted. The report also included recommendations for improving the safety and health of workers performing manual labor during the project's remaining construction phases.

Scenario Description

The given scenario is about the casualty taking place at the expansion project of a major hospital complex in Victoria. This accident results in one fatality and three serious injuries to the workers along with property damage. A worker 44 years old was deceased and the other two workers 58 and 24 years old were seriously injured. Also, a subcontractor of a 36-year-old and other three workers remain in critical condition as they are admitted to the hospital. This incident took place with the digging of the trench without any solid support. Due to this, the wall collapsed and the injury took place to the workers under it. Then the emergency service was called and the rescue operation take place. According to the investigation, the primary course of this accident includes insufficient risk assessment, ineffective communication, and the failure of safety procedures. A similar incident took place in 2021, when a worker fell 3.3 meters from the second floor to the first floor and suffered from facial and rib injuries (Health, 2021).  

Question 1

a)

The fatal accident that occurred on the Victoria, Australia, building site of a major hospital complex expansion project left one worker dead and three others seriously injured. The accident process can be thought of as the chain of events leading up to and including the incident itself. There had been a great deal of renovation work going on at the construction site before the tragedy, including excavation, demolition, and the building of new structures. To keep everyone on the job site safe and reduce the likelihood of an accident, strict safety procedures and standards had to be implemented. The risk has been generated from the hazards which result in harm to the system elements and led to accidents.

On the day of the incident, the crew was working on the building's upper floor, installing electrical wiring. There was a tremendous boom, and then a massive object fell from the top of the structure, according to the people who were eyewitnesses, however, what caused this remains unclear. Several employees were injured as the object crashed through the floor below them.

There was one fatality and three major injuries as a result of the falling object, which severely damaged the building and many pieces of equipment. The injured workers were taken to the hospital quickly, where they were treated by doctors and later listed in critical condition.

The area was sealed off and the injured workers were taken to the hospital immediately after the tragedy. To guarantee the workers' safety and secure the site, the emergency response team responded quickly and investigated the situation. Authorities were alerted, and a probe into the incident's origins was initiated.
According to the results of the investigation, the incident occurred because standard safety measures weren't followed. The construction company had not performed a thorough safety inspection before beginning work, and workers lacked essential protective equipment including safety harnesses. Not only were workers not properly supervised, but they also lacked the proper education and training to do their jobs safely.

Tragically, seven construction workers were killed and many more were seriously injured in an accident at the Victoria, British Columbia, site of a project to expand the city's hospital complex. The incident occurred because standard safety measures weren't followed, highlighting the significance of making safety a top priority on building sites. This incident underlines the importance of construction firms providing their employees with proper safety training, education, and equipment to avoid similar incidents in the future.

b)

1. Multiple factors contributed to the accident that occurred on the Victoria Hospital complex expansion project's construction site. Among these are:

- The construction company's insufficient safety culture contributed to a lack of safety consciousness on the part of both employees and upper management. The utmost priority is given to safety and employees are trained and encouraged to follow safety measures only if there is a strong safety culture.

- The building firm did not conduct a thorough enough risk assessment or hazard identification, which led to a lack of precautionary measures being used. To guarantee that possible dangers are uncovered and the right steps are taken to remove or minimize them, hazard identification and risk assessment are crucial (Houcks, 2019).

- Inadequate communication between management and employees prevented safety issues from being identified and resolved. The safety of the workforce depends on the open exchange of knowledge about potential dangers and the means to avoid them.
The basic risks related to constriction are burns, breathing issues, eye injuries, fractures, tripping, falling, spillages, electric shock, explosions, dirty water, and falling from height. According to the investigation, the construction firm in question had a low-level safety culture in which worker protection was not a top priority. There was a breakdown in communication between management and workers, as well as a failure to properly identify and analyze hazards, according to the assessment.

2. Safety measures and processes have eliminated or greatly reduced the likelihood of harm. The building firm should have applied the following safety practices to reduce risks and eliminate or reduce major injuries:

- The construction firm ought to have implanted a robust safety culture by giving safety training to employees and management and rewarding them for following these guidelines.

- Before beginning construction, the organization should have carefully identified potential dangers and assessed the associated risks. This method would have let the organization spot possible dangers and take preventative action (SafetyCulture, 2023).

- The construction firm should have facilitated open communication between supervisors and employees by setting up proper lines of communication. Workers should be informed of potential dangers and given the tools they need to avoid accidents through regular safety meetings and updates as part of this line of communication. This will also eliminate the confusion and waste of resources.

- Safety policies should be implemented that comply with the Work Health and Safety framework defined by the Australian Government like the WHS Act, Regulations, and Codes of Practices.

- The construction firm should have given its employees ongoing safety training so that they would be prepared for any potential dangers on the job site (Karthick, Kermanshachi, and Ramaji, 2022).

- The identification of the hazards is a very crucial process that can be done by site analysis and finding things that can affect workplace safety. Training of the workers about site safety is required. Analyze the risks and unsafe hazards and inspect the equipment regularly.

- These precautionary measures have been established because they are consistent with established best practices and industry standards. According to NIOSH, preventing accidents in the construction sector requires a strong safety culture, the identification, and assessment of hazards, efficient communication, and regular safety training.

Last year, in Australia, 18% of casualties belonged to the construction industry. Inadequate safety culture, inadequate hazard identification, and risk assessment, and a lack of communication all contributed to the accident that occurred on the construction site of the Victoria Hospital complex expansion project.

Question 2

a)

It will be necessary to put into place appropriate plans and measures to prevent such accidents in the future operations of the construction site for this project and future projects. Among these plans and measures are:

- The culture of safety at the construction company should be one of the highest priorities at all times. All employees should be educated on the significance of following safety procedures, and the company culture should emphasize this value from the top down. In addition to providing regular safety updates, the employer should incentivize safe work practices (Nicholas, 2020).

- The construction company should perform a comprehensive hazard identification and risk assessment before beginning any work. The first step in this procedure should be to catalog the many risks that could arise. The results of this analysis will inform the development of safety protocols designed to either eradicate or significantly reduce the identified threats.

- The construction firm should give its employees ongoing safety training to keep them apprised of potential dangers and how they can be avoided. There should be a focus on issues like hazard recognition, risk evaluation, PPE, and emergency procedures in this training.

- A consistent means of communication is the basic requirement for every construction firm. This can guarantee that clear and concise information has been conveyed to all staff members and supervisors. This will also help workers to inform about the vulnerable dangers and get knowledge on how to mitigate them onsite.

- The building firm should think about implementing technological measures to boost security on the job site. Drones may be used for inspections, wearable devices can track employee well-being, and simulated environments can be used to teach employees proper safety protocols.

Safety requirements that must be followed by building firms include the primary and applicable safety regulations and standards. This involves making certain that all employees have the necessary certifications, that all safety equipment is regularly serviced and inspected, and that all safety protocols are strictly adhered to. The construction firm should examine and enhance its safety protocols regularly to guarantee that they are efficient in preventing accidents. Accident and near-accident records, as well as employee comments on safety practices, should all be part of this examination (Scanlan, 2023). The performance indicators – leading and lagging can be used to identify whether the current policies of safety are effective and appropriate for the workplace.

Figure 1 Safety measures at the construction site

The construction firm is responsible for the supervision of its subcontractors and the training of its workers in safety procedures. The organization should also perform safety checks on its subcontractors regularly to see if they are following the rules. Best practices and industry standards back up these plans and procedures. OSHA, or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, places a premium on a company-wide commitment to safety, as well as the discovery and evaluation of potential dangers, the provision of ongoing safety education and instruction, the maintenance of open lines of communication, and the observance of legal requirements. Construction companies are increasingly adopting the use of technology to boost site security.

The execution of effective plans and procedures is necessary to prevent similar mishaps in the future operations of the construction site for this project and future projects. To name a few examples, there is the need to ensure effective communication, review and update safety procedures, use technology, comply with safety regulations, identify and assess hazards, train employees regularly, and manage contractors and outside workers with care. Construction firms may do their part to protect their employees and reduce the likelihood of accidents by adopting these policies and procedures.
b)

Several options exist for enhancing the current project's safety management system. Programs, plans, policies, processes, and procedures that contributed to or enabled risky situations or actions are among those suggested for revision and improvement.

Figure 2 Use of safety equipment

Specific recommendations include:

These recommendations were developed using safety management system best practices and industry requirements (Wei and Gang, 2018). A full safety management system will include enhancements to hazard identification and risk assessment, safety training, communication, policy and procedure revision, increased supervision and oversight, enhanced reporting and investigation, and enhanced subcontractor management. Moral obligations, regulations, and cost-effectiveness are the reason for the requirement of an effective SMS. It includes examining the hazards, risk management procedures, continuous monitoring, and improvement. It has three phases – planning, performance, and assessment. If the building company follows these recommendations, it can reduce the likelihood of future incidents and boost site safety. To ensure that safety management systems are efficient and in line with current best practices, they should be reviewed and updated regularly.

Question 3

a)

The following suggestions can be used to improve safety leadership and spread a culture of safety throughout the organization’s initiatives:

Generate a safety vision and purpose statement. This safety vision includes the work health and safety policy that provides information about the goals, obligations, scope, responsibilities, application, monitoring and review, laws that abide by the policy, and communication of this policy. This will aid in conveying the organization's dedication to safety and serve as a foundation for safety management and culture. Hire a safety manager to ensure that safety policies and procedures are followed, that employees receive enough safety training, and that all applicable laws and requirements are met. Staff members should be encouraged to take part in safety committees, offer suggestions on how to improve workplace safety, and contribute to the formulation and implementation of safety policies and procedures (Fang et al., 2020). Produce a reward program for those staff who followed safety procedures regularly and for promoting safety at the workplace. Consistently, safety audits should take place to examine any risks that compromise the safety guidelines. An effective method for reporting should be deployed which will work as the alarm in case any mishappening takes place. Based on research on effective safety leadership and culture, these guidelines have been developed. Moreover, establishing a reporting and investigation system, conducting regular safety audits, providing ongoing safety training, and establishing a safety vision and mission statement are all essential components of fostering a strong safety culture (Zhang, Shi and Yang, 2020). WHA site management plan can be used to plan before starting work on the project which will help the companies to meet the safety standards and health and safety requirements of the site.

b)

In the construction business, the risk of injury is high due to the prevalence of manual handling activities. The following suggestions can be applied to improve the occupational health and safety of manual handling works in the remaining construction site operations for this project:

- Risk assessments should be performed before beginning any manual handling work to identify potential hazards and establish control methods for mitigating such risks. Employees should also receive instructions on proper manual handling techniques.

- The risk assessment at the construction site can be done by analyzing what are the prominent hazards, and risks, their impact and seriousness, and the action plan used to mitigate them.

- The use of cranes, forklifts, and conveyor belts can help reduce the amount of manual labor required, hence they should be made available whenever possible.

- The Safe work method statements can be used to define the set of instructions at the job for every person which will eliminate the chances of confusion and clear communication can establish.

- Workers can lower their risk of harm when performing manual handling jobs by donning protective gear such as gloves, safety goggles, and shoes.

- Workers who conduct manual handling duties regularly should get regular checkups to detect any musculoskeletal diseases or injuries early on (Ajith, Sivapragasam, and Arumugaprabhu, 2020).

- Encourage workers to take breaks frequently while performing manual handling jobs to prevent weariness and injuries.

- Workers should be educated and trained on safe manual handling practices regularly. This includes instruction in good lifting techniques, the appropriate use of mechanical aid, and the value of rest periods.

- Set up a system for reports and probes: Encourage employees to report any incidents or near-misses involving manual handling, implement an investigation mechanism to determine the reason for the occurrence, and create preventative measures.

These suggestions will help the company guarantee the health and safety of its employees performing manual handling tasks during the project's final stages of construction. Musculoskeletal disorders and injuries can be avoided by conducting regular risk assessments, employing mechanical assistance, using appropriate PPE, monitoring workers' health, encouraging rest breaks, providing training and education, and instituting a reporting and investigation system. 

Conclusion

The case study stresses the significance of safety management systems and processes in preventing accidents on construction sites. Inadequate risk assessment, poor communication, and disregard for established safety procedures were some of the primary factors pinpointed by the accident sequence analysis. Plans and procedures for safety that might have prevented more serious incidents or perhaps deaths were also considered. Accidents of a similar nature can be avoided in the future if the organization implements the suggested changes to its safety management systems, leadership, and culture. The study concluded with suggestions for improving the safety of physical labor on the construction site as a whole. By adhering to these guidelines, businesses will be able to provide their employees with a healthy and risk-free workplace.

References

MBA673 Business Analytics Lifecycle Report 3 Sample

Your Task

Creating an analytics project roadmap

• This report is to be done individually and submitted via Turnitin on Tuesday week 13 23:55 AEDT.

• Covers LO1 to LO4

Assessment Instructions

Section 1: [ 500 words, 10 marks]

a. Describe the different phases of the business analytics lifecycle that you have learnt about week by week during this trimester, i.e. asking meaningful business questions, data discovery and preparation, forecasting, etc.

Section 2: [ 750 words, 15 marks] Consider the ‘garments_worker_productivity.csv’ dataset that you used in assessment 2 and answer the following:

b. Articulate a few business questions in relation to that data set.

c. What type of data cleaning and preparation would you possibly apply to this data?

d. What type of analytics (or models) did you apply to the data and could you potentially apply to this data in the future?

e. Compare correlation and causation. Consider variables such as incentive and actual_productivity. What methods could you use to find evidence for causality in this case, i.e. incentives cause higher productivity.

f. By considering the task you did in assessment 2 as a project, describe how you could extend or automate it.

g. Section 3: [ 250 words, 5 marks] Create a cycle or flow chart to represent the project road map and summarise each component of the cycle/flow chart.

Solution

a. In order to use data effectively to generate actionable insights and make wise business decisions, each stage is essential. The many phases I have researched week by week are described as follows:

1. Understanding the business challenge and Formulating Meaningful Business Questions: This is the first step in the process. University Assignment Help, As it establishes the framework for the entire analytics procedure, this phase is essential. Analysts identify the main areas of concern and create quantifiable targets to direct the following steps in collaboration with stakeholders.

2. Data Discovery and Preparation: Following the identification of the business questions comes the phase of data discovery and preparation. Finding and gathering the pertinent data from numerous internal and external sources is what this stage comprises. To assure the quality and suitability of the data for analysis, analysts must clean, validate, and convert it. Dealing with missing values, outliers, and inconsistent data may also be part of this procedure.

3. Exploratory Data Analysis: To comprehend the dataset more thoroughly, exploratory data analysis (EDA) is carried out after data preparation. Data patterns, correlations, and trends are found using EDA techniques including data visualization, summary statistics, and correlation analysis. EDA aids analysts in producing hypotheses for additional research and identifying prospective variables of interest.

4. Statistical Modelling and Analysis: During this stage, statistical modeling methods are used to analyze the data and provide answers to the queries posed by the company. To create models that can explain and forecast the phenomenon under research, many statistical techniques such as regression analysis, time series analysis, classification algorithms, and others are used. The models are verified with the proper assessment criteria and improved as required.

5. Predictive analytics and forecasting: A key component of business analytics is forecasting, which is speculating on potential future trends, demands, and consequences. Key variables of interest are forecast using time series analysis, machine learning algorithms, and other predictive modeling methods. Businesses may foresee changes in the market, allocate resources efficiently, and take aggressive action during this time.

6. Reporting and visualization: After the analysis is complete, it is important to properly inform the stakeholders of the results. Reporting entails delivering the findings in an understandable and succinct manner, frequently making use of visualizations such graphs, charts, and dashboards. These visual representations make it easier to understand complicated information and to make decisions.

7. Making decisions and putting them into practise: The last stage of the business analytics lifecycle is using the insights gained from the analysis to guide decisions. Decision-makers analyze the results, weigh possible risks and advantages, and choose the best course of action. Monitoring and assessment occur concurrently with decision-making in order to gauge the effectiveness of the selected course of action.

An iterative and collaborative approach must be maintained throughout the business analytics lifecycle. The relevance and efficacy of the insights produced are ensured through feedback from stakeholders, ongoing model review, and improvement of analytic tools. To ensure ethical and reliable analytics practices, regulatory compliance, data protection, and other factors must be incorporated across the whole lifespan.

b. Based on the 'garments_worker_productivity.csv' dataset, here are a few business questions that can be explored:

1. How does the authority's intended productivity compare to the actual productivity of the workforce?

2. What connection exists between productivity and overtime? Does working extra hours result in increased or decreased productivity?

3. Is there a connection between the volume of style modifications and output? Do frequent changes in style affect employees' productivity?

4. Does the money given to employees have a beneficial impact on productivity? Does the quantity of the incentive correlate with actual productivity?

5. How does productivity differ depending on the department and team size? Do certain teams or departments routinely produce more than others?

6. Does the actual productivity obtained depend on the standard minute value (SMV) allotted for each task?

c. To make sure the "garments_worker_productivity.csv" dataset is trustworthy and appropriate for analysis, there are a number of critical procedures that may be taken during data cleaning and preparation.

1. The first step is to locate and deal with any missing values in the dataset. Missing values can be filled up with appropriate values based on the nature of the variable or, if required, the relevant rows or columns can be removed. This makes sure that a whole dataset is used for the study.

2. Outliers and other data anomalies should be controlled. Making a decision on how to manage outliers is crucial since they can have a major impact on the analysis's findings. If extreme findings are found to be inaccurate or deceptive, they can be removed. or they can be transformed or replaced with more appropriate values.

3. The next step is to make sure that each variable's data type is valid and that the appropriate format has been allocated. Dates, for instance, need to be translated to the suitable date format, and categorical variables need to be given the right data type. This guarantees correctness and consistency in subsequent analyses.

4. If necessary, approaches for normalizing or scaling variables can be used. When using some methods that are sensitive to discrepancies in magnitude, normalization guarantees that variables are on a comparable scale.

5. To analyze patterns at a deeper level, data aggregation may also be taken into consideration. To determine average productivity or other aggregated metrics, the data must be aggregated by team, department, or other pertinent characteristics. This offers a wider perspective and aids in seeing patterns or trends that might not be obvious at the level of a single record.

6. Validating data is also very important. To find any differences or errors, it is necessary to compare the data with domain knowledge or other trustworthy sources. It makes sure the data is of a high caliber and increases the validity of the analysis's findings.
The dataset is made more trustworthy, consistent, and analytically ready by carrying out extensive data cleaning and preparation. By doing this, the possibility of bias is reduced and the accuracy and reliability of the insights and conclusions reached through the analytics process are guaranteed.

d. One might use numerous analytics models and methodologies on the dataset from the prior assessment. Some of the potential strategies include:

1. Descriptive statistics: Descriptive statistics give us quick access to metrics that provide a spotlight on the structure, dispersion, and central tendency of the variables in the dataset. A quantitative summary of the data is provided by measures like mean, median, mode, standard deviation, and range. These statistics serve as a starting point for additional study by allowing us to spot patterns, trends, and variances in the variables.

2. Regression analysis: Examine the link between different independent variables (such as overtime, incentives, and SMV and the dependent variable (actual productivity) using regression models in order to discover key variables that have a substantial impact on production.

3. Time Series Analytics: Analyze productivity trends over time, taking into account seasonality, trends, and possible patterns, using time series models like ARIMA or SARIMA.

4. Classification Models: Build classification models that forecast levels of productivity based on other factors, such as department, team, or style changes.

5. Clustering analysis: Utilize clustering analysis to find teams or groups of employees who have comparable productivity trends.

6. Predictive analytics: To forecast future events, predictive analytics uses historical data and a variety of statistical modeling approaches. Predictive analytics may be used to anticipate productivity levels in the context of the dataset depending on elements like department, team, incentive amount, and other variables. Predictive models may be built using machine learning techniques such as decision trees, random forests, or gradient boosting.

7. Prescriptive Analytics: By offering suggestions for the best courses of action to take in order to achieve desired results, prescriptive analytics goes beyond predictive analytics. Prescriptive analytics can assist in determining the most productive course of action for the dataset. For instance, it can recommend the best distribution of resources across teams or departments, identify the best incentive system, or offer suggestions for process changes to boost efficiency.

8. Forecasting models: Create forecasting models to project future productivity using data from the past and other pertinent factors.

e. The concepts of correlation and causation are different. A statistical metric known as correlation shows the degree to which two variables are related, whereas causation suggests that one variable causes the other.
Some techniques that can be used to determine whether there is a causal relationship between elements like incentives and actual production are:

1. Conduct a controlled experiment in which one group of employees is given incentives while the other is not. If the group receiving incentives continuously outperforms the other group, causality can be deduced by comparing the productivity levels between the two groups.

2. In randomized controlled trials (RCTs), workers are divided into two groups, one of which is given incentives and the other is not. Causal linkages can be established by contrasting the results between the two groups.

3. Use statistical approaches like propensity score matching or instrumental variable analysis to account for confounding variables and establish a causal association as part of a causal inference process.

It's crucial to remember that proving causation necessitates careful study design, accounting for potential confounding variables, and reproducing findings in order to guarantee dependability.

f. To extend or automate the project from Assessment 2, several steps can be taken:

1. Include other data sources: Include data from extra relevant sources, such as staff performance measurements, client feedback, or market trends, to get a more in-depth insight of what influences productivity.

2. Construct real-time dashboards: Make dynamic dashboards that continuously update with fresh data to give stakeholders access to current information on productivity levels, trends, and performance indicators.

3. Using predictive models Create artificial intelligence models that can forecast future productivity based on a variety of variables. This may make it possible to plan resources and make preemptive decisions.

4. Establishing methods for detecting anomalies Utilize machine learning tools to spot odd production trends or anomalies so that timely action can be taken to prevent disruptions.

5. Automate the preparation and cleansing of data: Create automated workflows or scripts to perform routine data preparation and cleaning chores, such as missing value imputation, outlier identification, and data type conversions.

6. Utilize machine learning algorithms to deploy recommendation systems that make suggestions for process enhancements, resource allocation, or incentive structures based on past trends and industry best practices.

7. Put automatic reporting into practice: Create automatic reports that highlight performance data, provide actionable advice for various stakeholders, and summarize significant results.

8. Keep an eye on and assess: Follow up on any comments you receive, keep an eye on how well the solutions you've adopted are working, and keep refining your models and procedures to get better results over time.

Organizations can gain from more timely and accurate insights, simpler procedures, and data-driven decision-making by extending and automating the project, which will ultimately increase productivity and performance.

G.

Summary:

1. Problem Identification & Defining Objectives: During this phase, the project's business problem is located and its specific project objectives are specified. In order to comprehend their requirements and concerns, stakeholders must work together.

2. Data collection, Preparation & Exploratory Data Analysis: This stage focuses on gathering pertinent data from multiple sources, both internal and external. The gathered data is subsequently checked, converted, and made ready for analysis. The prepared data is then utilized for exploratory data analysis to uncover new information and comprehend the properties of the dataset. Patterns and relationships are found using visualizations, summary statistics, and correlation analysis.

3. Statistical Modelling and Analytics: To analyze the data and respond to particular business problems, statistical modeling techniques are used. These techniques include regression analysis, time series analysis, and classification algorithms.

4. Predictive Analytics, Reporting & Visualization: Developing models and methods to predict future trends, requests, and results based on previous data is the goal of the phase.. It supports future productivity forecasting, risk detection, and resource allocation optimization. Clear and succinct reports, visualizations, and dashboards are used to convey the analysis' conclusions. In this stage, the results are presented to the stakeholders in a clear and usable form.

5. Decision Making and Implementation: During this phase, analysis-derived insights are applied to make well-informed judgements. Decision-makers analyze the results, weigh the risks and rewards, and take action according to the suggested solutions.

6. Monitoring and Evaluation: During this stage, the decisions that have been put into action are monitored and their effects are assessed. In order to evaluate the success of the solutions and pinpoint opportunities for development, key performance indicators are monitored.

References:

MBIS4008 Business Process Management Report 2 B Sample

Assessment Description

In this project, you will write a comprehensive report analysing the current As-Is of an organisation. You will evaluate the existing business processes and then using the concepts, BPM frameworks that you have learned in this unit you will design a To-Be business process model that addresses the main limitations and challenges of the previous scenario. There are many cases that students can explore. This includes services across different industries such as e-Health, telehealth, transportation, online banking, online studies etc. Students should discuss their topics first with the unit coordinator to confirm their preferred topic.

You are encouraged to attend the workshop on Referencing and Research Practice organised with the Academic Success Team (AST). You may also schedule a one-on-one workshop with the AST by emailing academicsuccess@aih.nsw.edu.au.

The structure of the project is a 2000-word report, the contents of which are detailed below. It is the report that requires submitting as the finished piece of work and this will be marked based on the rubric provided on page 5. Ad hoc work in whatever form will not be marked if submitted.

The word count is 2000 words. This is subject to plus or minus 10%. The word count does not include the executive summary, the table of contents, the list of references or any appendices. However, please note that appendices should be used for supplementary information only: they will NOT be considered for marking.
The report content will comprise of the following sections:

Title page: this must contain the title of the report and your names, unit name, unit number and date of submission.

Table of contents (TOC): ideally, but not necessarily, constructed using the hyperlink functions in Word. Lists of figures and tables are not required.

Executive summary: an executive summary provides an overview of the ENTIRE report. It is NOT an introduction section. It is NOT a background section. The purpose of an executive summary is to provide an understanding of the document without having to read the complete report. Ideally, half to one page in length (but no longer), the executive summary will contain a summary sentence or two on each section of the report. Do not use headings or titles in the executive summary; it should be written in essay narrative format and read seamlessly.

Introduction: the introduction informs the reader of the aims and methods applied in the project. It also defines the scope of the project (what is included and what is not). Whilst it may mention the chosen organisation by name, the introduction DOES NOT talk in detail about the chosen organisation or its industry.

Background: a background informs that reader of the context to the project. Here the organisation and its industry are described. Information about the past performance is presented along with any notes about major milestones. It is easy to ‘go overboard’ with this section and consume much word count; one page is all that’s needed to set the scene for the project.

Moreover, in this and other sections, too many students often over-rely on company websites. Most times, these websites present an organisation’s promotions (advertising) or opinions masquerading as facts. Because of the convenience and profusion of this type of information, it is too easy for students to ignore the authoritative sources of data that can be reached through AIH library databases: however, the use of AIH library databases is the way to higher marks!
Methodology: This section highlights the methodologies applied to your given case. You need to clearly state a reason as to why they used that technique and provide supporting references especially if the technique is relevant for that particular industry.

Results: In this section, students will provide the results of their analyses. The results need to be provided in a logical sequence to ensure that the document is coherent and well synthesized. The results need to clearly show the application of the techniques covered in this unit and that the relevant assumptions in terms of the data have been given due considerations.

Key Findings: The findings of the analyses will be explained in this section. You are expected to be elaborate, and provide an in-depth explanation of the results and why they support or don’t support the results of the analyses. You need to provide the necessary reference to support any claims to ensure that the findings are supported by others in that field.

Recommendations: The recommendation highlights any key findings from the analyses that would help the business and organisation address areas that can be improved based on the findings. Recommendation sections are usually concise and provide practical advice to an organisation on areas that needs to be addressed.
Conclusions: Through logical reasoning, this section should summarise how the project objectives have been achieved using appropriate business analytics tools and techniques.

List of references: this should be formatted in Harvard style.

Solution

Introduction

The intention of the study is to analyses the present condition (As-Is) of the organization and determine its existing business processes. The report will construct the future state (To-Be) business process model that solves the primary constraints and problems of the organization's present situation using concepts and BPM frameworks taught in this unit. The purpose is to give a broader analysis and recommendations for improving efficiency, effectiveness, and customer satisfaction inside the selected organization. For Assignment Help, As well as it discussed the existing business processes inside the chosen organization, identifies constraints and obstacles, and develops a future state (To-Be) business process model that addresses those concerns. The study will concentrate on a certain industry or service, taking into account its unique requirements and peculiarities.

Background

Cuppa and Co. is a well-known Australian coffee and tea business. The business has established itself as a leading supplier of premium beverages thanks to its dedication to providing exceptional taste experiences. Cuppa and Co. get its ingredients from reputable suppliers to make sure they are of the highest quality and done so in an ethical way. They have a wide selection of coffee and tea blends to choose from, each one carefully crafted to make a variety of tastes. Cuppa and Co. are concerned about sustainability and advocates environmentally friendly packaging and sustainable farming practices as well as the company show to delight coffee and tea enthusiasts with its dedication to excellence and flavor innovation, and it has a strong presence in Melbourne (Huy et al., 2021).

Cuppa and Co. have achieved significant milestones and performed admirably which insists to enhanced revenue and market presence steadily. They have successfully expanded their product line by introducing novel coffee and tea blends that have received favorable customer feedback. Cuppa and Co. have received praise for their eco-friendly packaging and support for fair trade practices as a result of their commitment to sustainability. They are able to reach a larger global audience thanks to their strong partnerships with suppliers and distributors. Also, Cuppa and Co.'s commitment to quality and customer satisfaction has earned the company a devoted following and a solid brand reputation in the sector.

Figure 1: Logo of Cuppa and Co.
(Source: https://finefoodwholesalers.co.nz/listing/cuppa-and-co-wholesale-tea-suppliers)

Methodology

There are a number of reasons why this report makes use of the To-Be and AS-IS business models:

Understanding the Situation Right Now: The AS-IS model provides a comprehensive examination of Cuppa and Co.'s current processes, challenges, and workflows. It assists in locating inefficiencies, bottlenecks, and limitations that hinder organizational performance. Before making any changes or improvements, it is essential to have this understanding.

Identifying Obstacles and Obstacles: The limitations and difficulties of the current business processes can be thoroughly examined using the AS-IS model. It provides a clear picture of the areas that need to be improved, assisting in the process of prioritizing and concentrating efforts on the most pressing issues (Lindgren, 2022).

Evaluate the Future State: Cuppa and Co's desired future state is depicted in the To-Be business model, which incorporates proposed enhancements, process redesigns, and technological advancements to overcome the identified limitations. It offers a path to operational excellence, customer fulfilment, and competitive advantage.

Analyses of Gaps: A gap analysis can be carried out by contrasting the To-Be model with the AS-IS model. The differences between the current state and the state that is desired in the future are emphasized by this analysis. It provides a foundation for the creation of action plans to close the gap and assists in identifying specific areas that require adjustments.

Measurement and Evaluation: Process enhancements' efficacy can be assessed using the AS-IS and To-Be models as benchmarks. The organization can assess the efficacy of implemented changes and, if necessary, make additional adjustments by comparing them to the proposed future state (Turner et al., 2019).

This way, the report's use of the AS-IS model and the To-Be business model makes it possible to take a methodical and structured approach to improving processes. It provides a foundation for driving organizational transformation and achieving strategic objectives by assisting in the identification of limitations, the development of specific solutions, and the visualization of the desired future state.

Gateways

- AND gateway works as a representation of parallel process flows for highlighting task which are carried out concurrently.

- XOR gateway works as a representation of a decision point where only a specific path should be chosen.

- NOR represents a decision point which creates only an output signal at the time of there being no signal in the input convection.

Results

Using the AS-IS model, we can examine Cuppa and Co.'s current state to gain insight into the business processes, structure, and performance of the company.

Figure 2: Using methods for coffee extraction of Cuppa and Co Company
(Source: Self-developed)

Process analysis: Coffee and tea products are sourced, produced, and distributed as part of Cuppa and Co.'s processes. In order to guarantee the freshness and flavour of their blends, the organization follows a meticulous process of selecting high-quality ingredients from reputable suppliers. Examining inventory management practices, mapping the flow of materials from sourcing to packaging, and evaluating production timelines are all possible components of this process analysis (Olegovich, 2020).

Evaluation of Performance: Cuppa and Co.’s key presentation pointers might incorporate consumer loyalty levels, deals development, and functional effectiveness measurements. It is crucial to evaluate the company's ability to meet customer expectations, address questions or concerns, and maintain consistent product quality. In that case, sales data have been used to understand the trends in revenue, market share, and customer loyalty. Operational efficiency measures, such as order fulfilment time, production yield, and waste management, can help pinpoint areas where process efficiency and resource utilization can be improved.

Stakeholder Participation: Understanding the current circumstance necessitates speaking with stakeholders such as customers, suppliers, and employees. The relationships between suppliers, customer preferences, and employee satisfaction can all benefit from the insights gleaned from focus groups, surveys, or interviews. Stakeholder feedback can assist in determining areas that need improvement, such as potential process bottlenecks or customer concerns, as well as areas of strength, such as excellent customer service (Lufti et al., 2022).

Culture and Organizational Structure: For determining how well the organization supports efficient processes, it is important to examine its structure and culture. Improvement opportunities can be found by comprehending the company's roles and responsibilities, communication channels, and decision-making procedures. Additionally, assessing the company's culture, which includes its dedication to sustainability, innovation, and employee development, can reveal potential areas for utilizing strengths or addressing difficulties.

Systems and Technology: It is essential to evaluate the existing technology infrastructure and strategies to better understand the technological capabilities. Opportunities for data analytics, automation, and integration can be discovered by analyzing the current systems for inventory management, order processing, and customer relationship management. Identifying potential areas for improvement or investment in new solutions is made more accessible when the alignment of technology and business requirements is evaluated (Zimon et al., 2020).

Risk and Conformity: It is necessary to evaluate Cuppa and Co.'s compliance with industry regulations, health and safety guidelines, and ethical sourcing practices. The effectiveness of the organization's risk management procedures, such as supply chain resilience and quality control, is guaranteed. In order to safeguard the brand's reputation and earn the trust of customers, this evaluation enables the identification of areas in which additional compliance measures may be required.

Key findings

Key findings for Cuppa and Co. based on the AS-IS analysis include manual and fragmented processes, limited process visibility, inconsistent quality control, poor inventory management, limited customer engagement, sustainability practice gaps, and limitations in technology and systems. These findings highlight the need for process streamlining, enhanced transparency, standardized quality control, improved inventory management, customer-centric initiatives, stronger sustainability practices, and technology upgrades to address the limitations identified and drive organizational improvement (Masoud, 2023).
Limitations and challenges

Cuppa and Co.'s AS-IS model faces a number of significant obstacles and limitations that must be overcome:

Fragmented and manual procedures: The organization is heavily dependent on manual procedures, which can lead to errors, delays, and inefficiencies. There is a lack of integration between the various departments, which results in information silos and fragmented workflows (Li et al., 2021). Communication, coordination, and process efficiency are hampered as a result.

Limited Process Visibility: Since the company doesn't have real-time visibility into its processes, it's hard to find bottlenecks, monitor performance, and make decisions based on data. Effective process management is hampered by this lack of transparency, which also prevents timely improvements and interventions.
Quality Control inconsistency: The organization's quality control measures are not always used at all stages of the production process. Variations in the quality of the product and dissatisfaction among customers can result from this inconsistency (Ulfah et al., 2021). Standardized procedures and monitoring mechanisms for quality control are essential.

Inadequate Inventory Control: It is difficult for the organization to effectively manage inventory levels. Production schedules are impacted as well as the fulfillment of customer orders by stockouts and overstocking. The efficiency of the supply chain as a whole can be increased and stock levels can be optimized with the help of robust inventory management systems and demand forecasting methods.

Limited Engagement from Customers: Cuppa and Co. does not have a comprehensive strategy for engaging customers. In order to better tailor products and services, it is necessary to improve communication channels, gain a better understanding of customer preferences, and collect feedback. Long-term success will depend on building relationships with customers and implementing customer-centric initiatives.

Practices for Sustainability: There is room for improvement, even though Cuppa and Co. have demonstrated some commitment to sustainability. Promoting eco-friendly waste management, researching renewable energy sources, and improving eco-friendly packaging can help the business stay in line with sustainable practices and keep up with changing customer expectations (Abdou et al., 2022).

System and technology limitations: The technology infrastructure and systems of the organization are constrained. Obsolete frameworks and manual information section processes thwart computerization, coordination, and information investigation capacities. Current technology investments and system upgrades can support growth in the future and make operations run more smoothly.

Recommendations

The following elements can be incorporated into a To-Be business process model to effectively address Cuppa and Co.'s main limitations and challenges:

Integration and automation of processes: For making streamline operations and increase productivity, integrate systems across departments and use tools for process automation (Butt, 2020). Order processing, inventory management, and production scheduling can all be automated to reduce manual labor and boost productivity. Better collaboration and seamless information flow are made possible by integration.

Real-time Process Monitoring and Analytics: In order to gain insight into key performance indicators (KPIs) and identify areas for improvement, real-time process monitoring dashboards and analytics tools should be implemented. For improved process control and optimization, this enables proactive decision-making, early issue detection, and continuous performance monitoring. Insights based on data aid in decision-making and operational excellence.

Procedures for Standardizing Quality Control: To guarantee consistent product quality, standardize quality control procedures at each stage of the production process (Schallmoser et al., 2020). To maintain high standards and reduce variability, implement quality checkpoints, inspections, and testing protocols. To guarantee that quality control measures are adhered to, regular audits and compliance checks should be carried out.

Management of Inventory Based on Demand: Improve order fulfillment and stock levels by utilizing advanced inventory management methods and demand forecasting techniques. Precise interest forecast assists in adjusting acquirement to request changes, diminishing stock holding costs, and limiting stockouts. To guarantee effective inventory management, follow just-in-time inventory practices.

Enhanced Engagement with Customers: Create a comprehensive strategy for engaging customers to increase their loyalty and satisfaction (Liu and Jo, 2020). Put mechanisms in place for customer feedback to record preferences and expectations. Make use of personalized marketing strategies and digital platforms to strengthen relationships and improve communication. Utilize customer insights to tailor products and services to meet individual requirements.

Improved Strategies for Sustainability: Integrate principles of sustainability throughout the organization. Explore renewable energy sources, use eco-friendly packaging materials, and work with suppliers who source their products ethically. Customers should be informed about sustainability efforts and the benefits of their choices. To lessen the impact on the environment, implement recycling programs and waste management strategies that are environmentally responsible.

New technologies: To overcome system limitations, make investments in cutting-edge technology solutions. In order to facilitate effective data management, integration, and analysis, you can either implement new software and tools or upgrade existing systems. Customer relationship management (CRM) software and an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system can boost operational efficiency, customer relationship management, and data-driven decision-making.

Conclusion

The main aim of the project is to find out the current business process of the organization. The organization is very renowned for making authentic coffee and tea. But from their current business process by using the AS-IS model, it is found that there are various loopholes in that. The limitations or gaps are identified in the result analysis part of the report. From that, it is found that the main issue related to their business process is their lack of use of technologies as they still use a manual process which can delay the process and creates a quality issue. On the basis of that the future business process using advanced technologies is recommended.

Reference

The Positive Correlation Between Climate Change and Ocean Identification Report Sample

There are two written assignments in this topic, namely:

- Assignment 1: Select a theme and summarize selected scientific publications (10% of the total mark)

- Assignment 2: Write a science-informed article on the selected theme (30% of total mark)

Instructions for Assignment 2

Select one of the following themes:

a. Climate change & population growth
b. Climate change & deforestation
c. Climate change & emission gaps
d. Climate change & ocean acidification
e. Climate change & wildfires

Write a science-based newspaper article on the selected theme that should be as informative and interesting as possible. See https://www.sciencenews.org/ for examples.

Your article must be based on verifiable scientific facts.

Here are the requirements for your article:

1. The title should reflect the content.

2. The text should be split up into three or more sections, each of 2-3 paragraphs.

3. The first section must introduce the reader to your theme and explain why your theme is relevant. The last section should be a summary with some open questions.

4. Include 1-3 scientific illustrations to underpin your text. The illustrations must have captions including reference to the source.

5. Add a reference list as an appendix.

6. A strict word limit of 1000 words (exclusive references) applies to your article. You must include a word count.

Notes: News articles do not use us reference links such as (Miles et al., 2022). Instead, you should rather write that “Dr Miles and her colleagues from Flinders University demonstrated that …”. You are allowed to use short quotes, but only if these are necessary.

Use exclusively your own words. No plagiarism! Plagiarism will be reported to the university.

The marking rubric for this assignment is shown on the next page. 

Solution

Introduction

The world has witnessed mass extinction of marine life, 250 million years ago. The major reason behind 90% extinction of marine life was due to ocean acidification. This extinction has disrupted the ecological system in the most devastating way. In the last few years, scientists, researchers, and environmentalists are worried because they are predicting a repetition of such event. For Assignment Help, Massive changes in climate are causing ocean acidification. The Economist published that, deep sea coral reefs, baby oysters are getting killed due to such acidification and contamination. Therefore, if people, governing bodies, and other responsible authorities fail to take immediate actions it can cause massive destruction to the plant earth.

Climate Change and Its Relation to Ocean Acidification

Fossil fuels are burning and this is increasing the level of carbon-di-oxide. Increase in the level of Co2 is the major reason behind global warming. The heat that is generated due to global warming are stockpiled by the ocean. This is leading to ocean acidification, which is further having a detrimental impact on the marine life and ecosystem. According to the reports of NRDC, the ocean water is slightly basic because its PH level is 8.1. However, researchers and experts are currently predicting that the PH level of the ocean can dip down to 7.8 units. This can make the ocean water acidic. This change in the PH level of the ocean looks small. However, the ocean has encountered such dip in the PH level about 14-15 million years ago. Scientists are predicting that this slight dip in the PH level of the ocean can have serious implications. Marine species will not only get impacted. It can also have an impact on the organisations who are operating the marine industries.

Illustrations

The Science behind Acidification of Ocean

Professor Jason Hall-Spencer who is one of the researchers in the University of Plymouth says that ocean is the quick absorber of Carbon-di-oxide. Once Co2 is absorbed in the ocean water it reacts with the molecules of water (H2O). This reaction further forms carbonic acid. Carbonic acid can also be broken down into an Hydrogen ion (H+ ) and bicarbonate. The Hydrogen ion is further responsible for decreasing the PH level of the ocean. With the decrease in the level of PH, ocean starts becoming acidic. This reaction concludes that ocean acidification and climate change are interconnected environmental crises.

Henry’s Law

Sander says that according to Henry’s Law, for a dilute solution, the equilibrium ratio between the abundances in the aqueous phase and the gas phase is constant. This means with Co2 concentration in the atmosphere and ocean is increased simultaneously. CO2 emissions have started increasing following the industrial revolution. Along with Co2 harmful gases are eliminated in the atmosphere which is further leading to major changes in the climate.

Implications on marine life

The marine life is highly affected due to ocean acidification. With the rise in the temperature of water, the oxygen levels are decreasing. This is further leading to a difficult living of aquatic animals. Marine heat waves and bleaching of corals are few events in the ocean that are results of ocean acidification. In 2019, the Union of concerned statistics published in a report that the absorption rate of CO2 by ocean in the polar regions is more. When the water of the ocean is cold, it absorbs more Co2 than warmer tropics. This is one of the major reasons marine lives in the polar regions are getting highly affected. This difference in ocean acidification can be identified as regional acidification.

Mitigation

The problem that has been identified is serious. Climate change is real and this is having an impact on the lives of millions of aquatic species. Therefore, it is the current responsibility of each people in the world to take preventive actions. Crises like climate change and ocean acidification not only threatens the lives of marine species but it also can have life threatening impact on human and other terrestrial species. Therefore, if immediate and necessary actions are not undertaken then the earth will become a difficult place to live in.

The primary mitigation strategy is reducing the emissions of greenhouse gases and Co2. This is a long and time-consuming mitigation strategy. Organisations operating in different industries must take actions to reduce the impact of business operations on the environment. However, growing sea plants is the most favourable option. As said by Jones, sea grasses are capable of increasing the PH level of ocean by 0.38 units. This is how the acidity level can be decreased in the ocean. Moreover, the author also states that the saturation level of aragonite can be increased with the help of Sea grass. This can further increase the growth of Corals. Thus, from the above discussion it can be found that Sea grass can reduce ocean acidification and protect marine species simultaneously.

Conclusion

This article clearly identifies the interconnection between climate change and ocean identification. Due to industrial revolution, the emission of greenhouse gases and Carbon-di-oxide is increasing. This is further leading to global warming. The atmosphere along with the ocean is getting warmer. Ocean absorb Co2 from the atmosphere. It reacts chemically with water molecules and form carbonic acid. The Hydrogen which is an integral part of the carbonic acid are responsible for decreasing the PH level of the ocean. With the decrease in the PH level, ocean becomes more acidic. This article is relevant in the current scenario because it discusses about the implications of ocean acidification on the lives of aquatic animals. Conserving energy, reducing emission of greenhouse gases, and planting more sea grasses are solutions to this major problem. However, environmentalists, researchers, marine engineers, and other responsible authorities must come together to develop more innovative strategies and reduce the impact.

Reference List

MBA6304 Hospitality Management Report 3 Sample

Introduction

This is an Individual assessment. Each student is required to write a report on the contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges faced by a hospitality operator in relation a situation of a change management or a crisis.

Task

The purpose of this assessment is to assess the contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges faced by a hospitality operator in relation a situation of
a change management or a crisis. They will report on their analysis and possible strategies to assist management of that organisation.

Your report must include:

› Title Page: The title of the assessment, your group name and name and student ID for each of the students within the group.

› Executive Summary

› Table of Content

› Introduction: A statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of project (one or two paragraphs).

› Body of Report: Describe the tasks you performed as mentioned in the task.

› Findings and Recommendations

› Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

› References: A list of sources used in your text.
They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. You are required to have at least 15 scholarly references.

› The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number.

Solution

Introduction

With the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, critical global responses such as travel restrictions, lockdowns, shelters-in-place, international travel bans and social distancing orders were introduced (Davahli, et al., 2020). For Assignment Help, These travel bans impacted major parts of the world’s population because of partial or complete border closures imposed across countries. The hospitality industry was one of the worst affected sectors with millions of people becoming unemployed, global fears of spread and future waves and uncertain economic situations (Davahli, et al., 2020). The report here aims to assess various contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges present during such crisis by considering the example of a hospitality operator. It has also conducted an analysis and suggested possible strategies for better management of the organization. In this regard, Hilton Hotel has been undertaken as the hospitality operator, which is one of the world’s fastest-growing and largest hospitality companies (Hilton, 2023a). It comprises of 22 brands across 123 countries and territories with around 7295 properties worldwide. In this report, the analysis has been emphasized mainly on the Hilton Hotels present in Australia for identifying and evaluating different ethical and legal, social and cultural challenges during the pandemic crisis.
Analysis of Challenges Faced by Hilton Hotel

Impact of COVID-19 on Hospitality Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic generated catastrophic effects on the hospitality industry of Australia, forcing around 70% of business to decrease their staff hours while 43% sacking workers or placing them under unpaid leaves (Knaus, 2020). Around 78% of various accommodation and food service businesses were also required to bring changes to their workforce. In this regard, more than 30% of these businesses ceased down because of the impact from the pandemic outbreak (Knaus, 2020).

Fig 1: COVID-19 Impact on Hotel Industry Performance in Australia

(Source: Statista, 2023)

From the figure 1, it can be observed that around 24 out of 90 respondents opined about how they expected revenues to reduce by 81% or more in the upcoming years, while 19 of them expected about the decline in occupancy rates (Statista, 2023). Thus, this implies the negative impact on sales and revenues of the hospitality companies in Australia because of the pandemic crisis.

Furthermore, Victoria, Australian Capital Territory and New South Wales were the worst affected states for the hospitality sector because of lockdown and travel restrictions (Deputy, 2021). The pandemic outbreak also transformed this industry by causing an 80% decrease in shift-hours during April 2020, thus, leading of operations of businesses with half of their employment capacity. Besides, Hilton Hotels was also affected across various countries, which resulted in its laying off around 22% of its global corporate workforce (Valinsky, 2020). It also extended existing furloughs for numerous staff members for additional 90 days alongside pay cuts for executives. This was the first global crisis faced by the hotel chain that brought travel to a virtual standstill, thereby causing huge losses for the hospitality company (Valinsky, 2020). In addition, the hotel chain’s revenues and occupancy rates were also badly affected with the lingering effects of the pandemic.

Ethical and Legal Challenges

Various ethical and legal challenges were residing in the hospitality industry with the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. Australia introduced a mandatory 14-day quarantine period in designated facilities like hotels or hotel-like service apartments for responding to the threat of infection (Haire, et al., 2022). Hilton Hotel in Australia also became a part of providing such quarantine facilities. While travelers supported this concept of quarantine in the hotels, this public policy was criticized as they often felt exposed to various risks (Haire, et al., 2022). This is because of the apparent inadequate system of infection control provided within such hotel facilities. It was also pointed out that often hotel facilities seemed inappropriate or inadequate for health and wellbeing of people living with their children (Haire, et al., 2022). Thus, systematic issues regarding infection control in hotel quarantines were common that generated risks to safety of individuals. Here, hotel quarantine points out towards ethical issues of human rights and infringement of liberty of individuals, who could have also quarantined at their own homes (Williams, et al., 2022). This is because strict restrictive measures were being imposed by the government in such emergency quarantine situations, which could be viewed as threat of harm to such individuals. COVID quarantines further involved larger populations at these hotel facilities. These measures can often be viewed inconceivable both legally and ethically in the public eyes (Williams, et al., 2022). Thus, its imposition cannot always be termed as ethical or legal as part of a risk-based measure to be undertaken at the hotel facilities.

Furthermore, the pandemic outbreak changed various legal aspects of contracting issues and employment laws of the global hospitality and travel industry. Force majeure clauses rose in commercial contracts that could excuse the hotel companies like Hilton from performing their contractual obligations (Edwards, 2021). Issues with payment of fees and negotiation of payment holidays were also being faced by these hospitality operators. They were further bound to rethink their cancellation policies with customers because of shifts in their expectations amidst uncertain travel (Edwards, 2021). Various employment issues also increased for the hospitality industry during the pandemic crisis because companies had to deal with the dilemma of imposing vaccine mandates and handling employees refusing to get vaccinated. Moreover, hospitality businesses were also faced with stricter data privacy laws, making it difficult to provide personalized services to the customers (Edwards, 2021).

Social and Cultural Challenges

Various social and cultural challenges were also faced by Hilton in ensuring health and safety measures for its workforce and customers alongside maintaining diversity and inclusion in the workplace environment. Hospitality companies were forced to lay off thousands and millions of workers without customers. Employment casualties led to around 290,000 hospitality workers being laid off in Australia (Goh & Baum, 2021). Hilton Hotek participated in the innovative strategies of ‘quarantine hotels’ that enabled it to change it service delivery standards. In this regard, the company made sure to introduce contactless services alongside providing increased hygiene control measures (Goh & Baum, 2021). These were essential for ensuring a safe working environment for both its employees and guests. The hotel had to be more mindful of these social measures as the workers in quarantine facilities became more exposed to risks of transmission from guests sharing the same hotel space (Goh & Baum, 2021). Such risky environment further often resulted in the spread of the pandemic cases being transmitted to hotel workers. This shows how it became generated numerous social and cultural challenges for Hilton Hotel. Thus, this made it essential for the company to provide more meaning work and safe working conditions to its employees at different hotel facilities. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic caused disastrous effects on the hospitality sector alongside the people working in this industry (Mehta, et al., 2022). Social distancing measures, travel restrictions and lockdowns affected businesses of hotels like Hilton, which further impacted employment conditions of its employees. Their professional and personal wellbeing were majorly hampered, thereby giving rise to social and cultural challenges for the hospitality operator (Mehta, et al., 2022). This shows that changing variants of COVID-19 created profound effect on the psychological and personal health of the workers in the hospitality sector, thus, making it difficult for Hilton Hotel to deal with social and cultural challenges.

Despite these challenges, Hilton successfully responded to the pandemic crisis by implementing various health, safety and security programs like Hilton CleanStay and Hilton EventReady, where were solutions for cleanliness and customer service (Johann, 2022). It already consisted of some pre-pandemic innovations in place, which helped in providing contactless experience to guests in the hotels. The hospitality operator further constantly tracked various travel restrictions and requirements for better responding to crisis circumstances (Johann, 2022). This shows its adaptability towards the changing environment in offering safe traveling conditions alongside dealing with potential social and cultural challenges.

Findings

From the above analysis, it has been observed that Hiton Hotel faced various contemporary ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges while operating during the COVID-19 pandemic. It had to deal with ethical issues of human rights and infringement of liberty for providing quarantine facilities at its hotels. It also faced the risks of causing threats to potential health and safety conditions of its guests and workers at such facilities because of lacking proper infection control mechanisms in those areas. Furthermore, the company faced legal challenges of employment issues and contractual laws like cancellation policies, paid or unpaid leaves, vaccine mandates, data privacy laws, commercial contracts and payment of fees and negotiation of payment holidays. These challenges were dealt with abiding with the new legal realities put forward with the pandemic outbreak. Besides, it also had to manage the social and cultural issues regarding healthy and safe working environment of its workers working at the quarantine hotel facilities, dealing with increased transmission of the disease and managing impact on employees’ psychological and personal wellbeing arising from employment issues. However, Hilton Hotel handled these challenges successfully by ensuring safe, healthy and secure environment for its guests and workers alongside undertaking all preventive policies to deal with social and cultural challenges.

Recommendations

The Hilton group has faced significant challenges due to the outbreak of the pandemic. The objective of the following part of the report is to recommend actions that can help the firm recover from these challenges.

Plan-Do-check-act model

Plan

Managing the safety of the customers, employees and other stakeholders of the organization must be the primary goal of the firm.

Do

Communicate necessary actions to the employees. This can help them to initiate strategies that aims at visitors’ safety. Customers who are travelling must be provided with services like new towels, washroom essentials, masks, and many more in order to ensure safety.

Check

The feedbacks from customers must be checked in order to ensure improvement.

Act

The feedbacks of customers must be used as their opinions. This can help the firm to think creatively and ensure a safer environment for the visitors.

Six Sigma model

The organizational leaders of Hilton group are suggested to use this model in order to avoid social challenges and ensure diversity within the workplace. Lean six sigma projects are responsible for collaborative approach. They ensure amalgamation of employees from different departments. The objective of this collaboration is to improves the quality of services. Such approach not only fosters collaboration but ensures diversity within the workplace (Seiler, 2023). Hilton group can use this model to form teams with team members from different cultural backgrounds. These diverse teams can focus on innovation and creativity. Such creative ideas can also help the firm to overcome drastic impact of the pandemic.

Lean thinking

According to this model, it is the responsibility of the organizational leaders to focus on the values of customers and what they are willing to pay. While analyzing challenges, it can be found that the organization was bound to rethink their cancellation policies. In such situation, lean thinking can help these leaders to communicate the safer environment that visitors can get while staying in their hotel. Such value addition can empower customers and prevent them from cancelling their bookings.

Conclusion

The report aimed at assessing various contemporary legal, ethical, social and cultural challenges of the chosen hospitality operator Hilton Hotel during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis. The first section of the report provided a brief background about the pandemic and its implications for hospitality sector alongside company overview of Hilton. The body found out how this pandemic impacted the hospitality industry and identified various ethical, legal, social and cultural challenges for the companies operating under this sector. Ethical issues were human rights challenges and infringement of liberty and legal challenges were changes in employment laws and commercial contracts. Besides, social and cultural issues were related to health and safety of guests and workers alongside implications on psychological and personal wellbeing of the employees impacted by the pandemic. However, it was observed that Hilton has been successfully operating with various measures to respond to such challenges. Despite this, some strategies for managing the company going forward were suggested, which include plan-do-check-act, lean thinking and six sigma approach.

References

MEM602 Engineering Risk Management Report 2 Sample

Task Summary

The case study shown below provides an overview of Road Transit Systems (RTS) - a specialist preventative vehicle maintenance program operator in NSW, Australia. A number of attributes have been provided in the case study to give the reviewer (i.e., you as student) the opportunity to draw on material and construct a response that is relevant to the information provided (in the case study). Reference to the case study is required for ALL three assessments and your critique of the case study will differ across ALL three assessments.

For assessment 2 the Managing Director of RTS has assigned you as Project Engineer to oversee the development of a risk management plan for the organisation based on the findings provided in the Risk Strategy Report. Critical to the Risk Strategy Report were a number of external and internal risk-based issues that impacted RTS’s approach to compliance and governance. The findings from the Risk Strategy Report, suggested to RTS senior management that the engagement of key personnel across the organisation and engagement of interested parties external to the organisation was inadequate. To rectify this situation, a stakeholder analysis together with a risk management plan has been benchmarked for action. As Project Engineer, you will work with other colleagues in providing a formal report in 2500 words (+/- 10%) that outlines a risk management plan as an action plan for RTS. Your group report will be broken into 4 main categories: discussion of the risk issues, review of risk controls, performing a risk assessment (identify and analyse) and undertaking a cause and effect analysis. Within these categories you will address the likelihood and consequence of the risk occurring, evaluating the risk (treatment) and prioritise the significance of the risk. Please note, this is a group assessment and it is expected that you undertake appropriate academic cues in preparing your submission.

Task Instructions – Assessment 2

To complete this assessment, you need to critically analyse the case, develop appropriate plans and review of current systems for further action and benchmark an innovative approach to furthering compliance and organisational effectiveness in view of actioning an ‘organisational risk evolving culture’.

Report criteria:

1. Refer to the Case Study. Take into account ALL of the case’s context;

2. Produce a risk management plan;

3. Develop and map a stakeholder analysis;

4. Address the risk issues identified in the strategy report by:

• discussing the risk issues;

• reviewing the risk controls;

• performing a risk assessment (identify and analyse risks–some of which must be process-based risks);

• undertake a cause and effect analysis

5. From addressing the risk issues determine the likelihood and consequence of the risks occurring and;

6. Prioritise the significance of the risk through the use of a risk register

The following diagram will aid you in this process:

Report structure:

1. Executive Summary (what is the purpose and nature of the report);

2. Contents page;

3. Introduction - Background information;

4. Body (as outlined in report criteria);

5. Conclusion;

6. Recommendations;

7. List of References;

8. Appendices

This assessment is relevant to the following SLOs (subject learning outcomes):

a) Develop a systematic risk management approach to strategically and operationally identify, evaluate, analyse, manage and govern risks in an engineering context;

b) Implement a risk management approach in engineering practice workplace situations;

c) Assess and apply methodologies and tools to improve safety, reliability and to reduce hazards;

d) Develop risk management plans for engineering projects and systems in accordance with appropriate risk management standards;

e) Consider and be able to adapt technologies and innovative ideas to improve risk management processes.

Assessment criteria and weighting is as follows (also refer to the assessment rubric).

1. Evidence of addressing the SLOs for the assessment: 20% of this assessment

2. Analytical depth and discussion: 35% of this assessment

3. Academic and Industry evidence to support arguments: 45% of this assessment

4. Quality of the style and structure of the response: 10% of this assessment 

Solution

Risk Management Plan

The above Figure 1 represents the steps involved in the Risk Management Plan. Risk management helps the project manager to look ahead of the potential risk and reduce its negative impact. Academic interest in risk management has significantly increased in recent years (Rampini et al., 2019). In reducing the risk related to preventive maintenance programs, the Road transit system (RTS) has to undertake a series of steps to maintain a smoother flow of vehicles and prevent risk regarding vehicle maintenance.Risk management process requires to identify the inherent risk and optimal avoidance measure of the project(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021)

Establishing the Context

RTS is involved in pricing vehicle maintenance programs in New South Wales in Australia which is mostly preventive. It is involved in reducing the maintenance cost of vehicles and reducing the cost due to unpredictable behaviors. The maintenance of vehicles has to be done based on the local policies and conditions. For Assignment Help, Topography, Urban services and weather must be considered. A proper risk management plan is to be adopted by RTS to prevent the risks and accidental hazards which could happen during the vehicle maintenance program.Assessments of interassociation are required in mega projects among the risk for segmenting them in various categories(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021).

Communication and Consultation

After identifying the extent of the risk and mitigating tool RTS will be required to acquire and contact the local regulatory authorities to inform them about it. Effective communication must be maintained with the vehicle owner and vehicle maintenance centers for taking the preventive measures.The present situation regarding the defects in the vehicle maintenance is to be consulted and communicated with regulatory authorities.Risk management help to determine the future consequences nad help to identify possible risk factors which have a significant impact on risk management(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021)

Identifying the Risk

As RTS works as a preventive vehicle maintenance program operator in Australia RTS will be required to identify the issues vehicles are facing like unpredictable repairs, increasing maintenance costs and unpredictable reports. The preventive maintenance program must be loaded so that it will be able to identify the issue more quickly so that necessary action can be taken to deal with it. Maintenance and operation have their own impact in each field (Kamlu et al., 2019).

Analyzing the Risk

The scale of the damage that can happen to vehicles while running off the road must be measured on the basis of the local conditions throughout Australia. The scale of damage must be measured with the help of the PMP inspection process. The solution which is to be used for mitigating the risk must be considered after calculating the damage it may cause to the individual. Risks are considered as the negative or positive probable events which impact any of the project objectives (Ullah et al., 2021).

Evaluating the Risk

RTS needs to adopt the principle and framework of ISO 31000 for managing the risks. ISO 31000 provides a certain level of reassurance in terms of economic resilience, professional reputation and environmental and safety outcomes (ISO, 2023). It will help RTS to determine whether the uncertainty of the objectives is considered negative or positive. Business decisions are made under risks and uncertainty (Dvorsky et al., 2021)

Treating the Risk

Risk treatment for RTS can be conducted by including proper safety management, forecasting working conditions, providing proper PPE to maintenance workers and by implementing proper supervision and management on work sites. Complying with ISO 31000 guidelines for safety and risk management is a vital part of risk treatment.Risk management policies are important in the construction of megaprojects(Banerjee Chattapadhyay et al., 2021))

Monitoring and reviewing

After identifying the risk RTS needs to grow the project to staff which poses the necessary qualification to deal with the preventive maintenance of the vehicles. The local road condition and life of the vehicle are to be reported to the necessary steps for vehicle maintenance can be undertaken. Reporting must be done to local authorities regarding the conditions of the road and conducting changes in the transport infrastructure to avoid accidental hazards and risks.Risk management is considered as a rapidly changing field which helps to navigate the complexities for a rewarding career(Chance and Brooks, 2021).

Stakeholder analysis

Figure 2: Stakeholder Matrix
(Source: self-created)

Stakeholder analysis involves the process of collecting information regarding any person who is to be impacted by the project. It helps to identify all of the stakeholders and their needs and importance in the project. It helps to identify the individuals who are involved in the process and communicate the plan and goals regarding the ways RTS will be able to conduct risk management in activities. Stakeholder analysis has helped to identify who is the stakeholder and how it has helped to understand the interactions between them (Heslinga et al., 2021). Customers, employees, suppliers and manufacturers are required to be kept satisfied. Employees are ordered to adopt the risk management standard of ISO 31000. ISO 31000 helps organizations increase the likelihood of achieving objectives and improve the identification of threats and opportunities (ISO, 2023). These people are considered at the forefront of the services which RTS provide so taking necessary steps to reduce the risk which will not impact them is necessary. Government authorities and policymakers must be managed closely. Primary and secondary lenders must be managed with minimum effort as they do not play such an important role in the function of the business. Insurers and local communities are required to be kept informed about the risk as they are the most affected by it. They are to be informed of the changes RTS is implementing in its operation so they can be aware of it which will help to remove any kind of misunderstanding.

Table 1: Stakeholder Analysis
(Source: Self-created)

Table 2: Stakeholder Concerns
(Source: Self-created)

Figure 3: Risk Analysis
(Source: Self-created)

Risk analysis involves the process of identifying the potential future events which will adversely affect the company. It helps to understand the financial implications of the event. In the above figure, the risks which are severe and are more likely to happen are highlighted in red while the risks which are not significant are highlighted with yellow and light colors. This risk can be faced by RTS while providing its vehicle maintenance services.

Figure 4: Strategic Risk Management Plan
(Source: Self-created)

A risk management plan helps to define how the project risk management will be executed and enables the project manager to see ahead of the potential risk and reduce its negative impact. It helps to identify the potential problems before they occur. In the above figure the activities which are to be taken by RTS to deal with the calculated risks of vehicle maintenance are highlighted.

Recommendations

Implementing Routine Maintenance programs

Routine maintenance activity involves machine serving regular inspections which is important for keeping the vehicle system up to date and functional. It will help RTS to reduce the cost of maintenance. It will lead to fewer failures, increased productivity and improved safety for the vehicle which will help to manage and prevent risks. Routine maintenance can be done on the basis of the ISO 31000 principles and guidelines of risk management. It will help in improving the performance. ISO 31000 quality management standards help to work more efficiently and help to reduce product failures (ISO, 2023). It will help to customize the maintenance process. Regular maintenance will also help in providing mechanics with a detailed idea of the road condition in Australia which will help to deal with the issue. As mentioned in the identification of the risks in the Risk management plan Routine maintenance programs will help to identify the risk associated with vehicle maintenance which will contribute to improving the safety of passengers

Hiring Experienced staff

RTS should focus on hiring mechanics to reduce risk in conducting the preventive maintenance of vehicles. Experienced individuals will be able to maintain the railways applying the knowledge of the industry regulations and standards. They will more likely remain in compliance. It will help to reduce the cost of repairs and ensure that the same issues are not raised further with an increase in the level of safety and maintenance. It will help to conduct activities in a scheduled manner. It will help RTS to evaluate the inspection process which will help to put more emphasis on the tracking reports and the work order and maintaining the guidelines and principles of ISO 31000. . As mentioned in the measurement in Risk Management Plan Staff who possess experience in vehicle maintenance will be able to analyze the extent of damage to the vehicle which will help to reduce the chances of further risk.

Using Data

RTS must focus on obtaining data about the road condition, and the vehicle features. It will help to manage the risk-related issues. Data plays a vital role in preventing risk. It will help to conduct top decision support making. Data risk assessment helps to shed light on the necessary sensitive information which is vital for the job. Implementing data management will be vital for the RTS which will involve the process, procedures, governance and compliance and will help to reduce the data risks. Data regarding the rural area where the trains run, the local topography and weather and service designs are to be collected for providing maintenance services to vehicles in accordance with their place of use. As observed in the measurement in the Monitoring and Reporting Risk Management Plan will help to assess the future risk which may arise during vehicle maintenance and necessary steps can be undertaken to mitigate it.

References

MBA5003 Operations Plan Report 2 Sample

Developing an Operational Plan

Operational planning takes the broad strategies and objectives outlined in the Strategic Plan, turns them into specific tasks and allocates the people and other resources of the organisation to get them done. It addresses the question – ‘What do we need to do to make it all happen and know we are on track?’ It provides the staff and volunteers in the organisation with their day to day and week to week tasks, lets them know where they are going and gives them a measure of what they are expected to achieve. It makes sense that the people who are most directly responsible for ensuring that the outcomes are achieved are included in the development of the workplans. Specific activities are nominated that are necessary to achieve the strategies and goals set by the board or management committee. Specific staff, timelines and resources are allocated to these activities which then form the basis for reporting and evaluation. Assignment task requires a description of the allocation of resources, a timeline, and the performance indicators against which the plan will be measured and assessed. This will involve a description of:

Allocation of Human Resources (Who is responsible?)

Allocation of Financial Resources (How much budget?)

Setting Timelines (When does this happen?)

Setting Performance Indicators (What are we aiming to achieve?)

Word Limit : 1500 words (excluding references).

TASK: develop a detailed Operations Plan for an operation relating to a product or service to be delivered across national borders (Australia)

Structure of the Report

VIT Assessment Task Sheet with Student Details

Executive Summary

Table of Contents

Introduction

Background

Scope or Theory

Suggested Operations Plan

Recommendations

Conclusion

Reference List

Appendices

Assessment Task Sheet with Student Details: Title of the report, Student name, Student ID, Lecturer, Course Code & Title

Executive summary: Write a 250-word abstract or summary of what you did in the Operations

Plan report

Introduction: Introduce what you are going to do in this report, what critical material will you use to support your arguments, and include any relevant or previous study on this issue

Background: (a) Brief background of the company - reason for selecting this particular company - a brief current situation of the company based on analysis of its operation, vision, finances, etc - describe the key operations in this company and how these operations relate to the company’s strategy, its competitive priorities, and the key performance indicators used by the company; (b) a brief background of the country of origin and Australia – use PESTLE (Political, Economic, Social, Technological, Legal and Environmental factors) – just 1-2 lines each key area (no need to go into detail) Scope: or Theory: Describe the theory used and the specific question or idea that you are trying to raise – operations management theory

Suggested Operations Plan: identify a product or service and describe the detailed Operations plan - clearly identify the transforming and transformed resources, the transformation process, and the outputs and outcomes of the operation: Analysing the Market – existing Product/Service or designing New Product/Service Management of the Operations/Supply Chain - Operations Timeline Allocating Human Resources – who will do what and how?

Allocating Financial Resources - Organizing Finances, Resource Repurposing, and Finance Management Plan

Results or Outputs – Value Addition

Recommendation: Provide a critical review of this key operation and its management that might underpin its future improvement and contribution to the company’s competitive priorities

Conclusion: Explain the significance of the operations plan for you and what can be learnt from it

Reference List: This needs to be in the latest APA Style - at least 10-15 references including the latest relevant journal articles, books, and company annual statement - also note that these references should be used within the case study report to support your arguments as in-text citations

Appendices: Please take a screenshot of the relevant tables from company profile/annual statement and paste it here with the source (Company name, Annual Statement 2022, page no. XYZ) – you can refer to a table or graph given in an appendix within the case study report (See Appendix 1).

Solution

1. Introduction

The crucial process of creating an operational strategy for the well-known international e-commerce behemoth Amazon, with an emphasis on cross-border delivery of goods and services, especially in the context of Australia (Wang et al., 2019). Operational planning is a crucial process that converts the company's strategic plan's high-level goals and strategies into concrete activities. For Assignment Help, This plan is essential to provide an answer to the issue of how to implement those methods and monitor outcomes. Cite prior research and industry best practices on global development, cross-border logistics, and e-commerce operations to bolster claims. Look at the essential elements of operational planning, such as allocating financial and human resources, defining delivery and implementation schedules, and creating performance metrics to gauge and evaluate progress (Wang et al., 2019).

2. Background

2.1 Background of the company

The selection of Amazon, a multinational e-commerce behemoth, for this investigation, was based on its importance and significance within the digital marketplace, especially with respect to Australia. According to the most recent information available, Jeff Bezos established the international company Amazon in the United States in 1994 (Bader Althafairi et al., 2019). With its expansion into e-commerce, cloud computing (Amazon Web Services), streaming services (Amazon Prime Video), and other areas, it has become one of the biggest and most varied corporations in the world. Amazon's activities in Australia are mostly focused on e-commerce, using a large network of fulfilment centres, logistics, and delivery services to provide a broad selection of items to consumers (Wang et al., 2019).

2.2 PESTEL Analysis

1. Political (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's headquarters will benefit from the political stability and robust legal system of the United States. However, the company's operations and market domination may be impacted by political changes and possible regulatory changes, particularly in the IT sector. Although the political environment there is stable, Amazon may face new regulatory obstacles as a result. The company's market entrance and operation may be impacted by strict import controls and competition policies, necessitating compliance with local laws (Bader Althafairi et al., 2019).

2. Economic (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's expansion is supported by the substantial consumer market and robust economy that the U.S. has to provide. However, shifts in the economy and disparities in income might affect consumer spending, which would affect Amazon's earnings. Australia's economy is solid, albeit it is not as large as that of the United States. Consumer behaviour, the state of the economy, and exchange rates all have a significant impact on Amazon's financial success in this market ( Akash Desai, 2021).

3. Social (U.S and Australia)

Amazon's customer centric strategy is in line with social trends in the U.S., such as the acceptance of ecommerce, convenience driven buying, and an ecologically concerned client base. Comprehending the constantly changing tastes of society is essential for Amazon's service and product lines. Online shopping and convenience are driving changes in consumer preferences in Australia. Amazon has to follow these trends while also taking into account regional cultural quirks, such as holiday customs and purchasing patterns (Amiri & Vida, 2023).

4. Technological (U.S and Australia)

The United States leads the world in technological innovation, providing Amazon with access to cutting-edge resources and know how. In terms of supply chain, logistics, and cloud services, the firm has a competitive advantage because it utilises cutting-edge technology. Australia's technical landscape is developed, however, it may not be the same as that of the United States. Taking into account elements like internet penetration and digital infrastructure, Amazon must modify its technical solutions and infrastructure to meet local demands (Amiri & Vida, 2023).

5. Legal (U.S and Australia)

The U.S. legal system is well established and business friendly, but to stay out of trouble with the law, Amazon must comply with and modify constantly changing legislation about labour practices, data protection, and antitrust. A unique set of legal requirements, including consumer protection, competition, and tax legislation, apply to Amazon in Australia. Maintaining compliance with Australian legislation is crucial to avoid legal conflicts and limitations on market access ( Akbalik, 2020).

6. Environmental ( U.S and Australia)

American consumers and authorities are beginning to place a greater emphasis on sustainability and environmental issues. To comply with changing environmental regulations, Amazon has to make investments in environmentally friendly operations and lower its carbon footprint. Due to the country's particular environmental issues, such as bushfires and conservation initiatives, Amazon must pay close attention to social responsibility and ecofriendly practices, such as waste minimization and supply chain sustainability (Akbalik, 2020).

Table 1 PESTEL Analysis
Source (Akbalik, 2020)

3. Scope

This paper seeks to investigate, within the field of operations management theory, the important subject of how global ecommerce behemoths, like Amazon, modify their operational strategies when venturing into new markets aside from the US and Australia (Umar, 2022). Examine several aspects of operations, such as resource allocation, supply chain management, logistics, and adherence to regional laws. The concepts of operational efficiency and flexibility serve as the foundation for the overall theory that directs this examination. By examining how multinational corporations handle the intricacies of heterogeneous marketplaces, may get a deeper understanding of the more comprehensive approaches and procedures that facilitate prosperous globalization within the domain of operations management (Umar, 2022).

4. Suggested Operations Plan

1. Analysing the Market

The first step is determining customer preferences, doing in-depth market research, and evaluating the current selection of electric bicycles. The goal of this stage is to create a distinctive selling proposition and improve the product design (Dobni & Sand, 2018).

2. Management of the Operations/Supply Chain

A clear operations schedule is essential. It covers the following: distribution, production, quality assurance, and raw material procurement. Every stage has a deadline to guarantee production and delivery efficiency (Dobni & Sand, 2018).

3. Allocating Human Resources

Human resources are distributed among several positions, including engineers for product design, assembly workers for factories, supply chain management professionals for logistics, and sales and marketing teams for market penetration (Ciocca, 2019).

4. Financial Resource Allocation

The budgetary allotment for every operational stage is specified in a finance management plan. This involves managing expenses for production and marketing, securing funds for research and development, and repurposing resources to maximize costs (Ciocca, 2019).

5. Results or Outputs

By combining cost, environmental sustainability, and inventiveness, the process adds value by converting raw materials into electric bicycles. In the end, this results in a superior product, a more efficient supply chain, and commercial success, which in turn helps to lower carbon emissions and satisfy customer demand for environmentally friendly transportation (Ciocca, 2019).

5. Recommendation

1. Improving the Resilience of the Supply Chain

Strengthening supply chain resilience is one important area where Amazon's cross-border operations, especially in Australia, need improvement. The foundation of Amazon's international operations is its supply chain, and interruptions may have far reaching effects (Garcia, 2023). To do this, the business should work with many suppliers in various locations to diversify its sourcing tactics and lessen reliance on a single source. Predictive analytics and technological investments may also aid in the early identification of possible bottlenecks and supply chain disruptions. Improving ties with regional logistics suppliers and partners in Australia may help to increase distribution effectiveness even more. Lead times may be shortened and customer satisfaction raised by putting in place a real-time tracking and monitoring system for items that are in transit (Pi & Wang, 2020).

2. Localized Market Strategies

In order to improve its competitive standing and adaptability to local consumer needs in Australia, Amazon need to use more regional marketing tactics. Even though Amazon is renowned for its standardized processes, it is crucial to adjust to the unique requirements and preferences of the Australian market (Pi & Wang, 2020). This entails adjusting product offers, marketing strategies, and customer service in addition to comprehending cultural variances. Data-driven analytics teams that track regional market trends and consumer behavior may be established by Amazon. In order to get additional knowledge and establish a stronger connection with the Australian market, the business have to think about working with regional influencers and brands. By doing this, Amazon will be able to increase its market share, meet the particular requirements of the Australian market, and fortify its competitive objectives in this area (Pi & Wang, 2020).

6. Conclusion

The suggestions made about Amazon's cross-border activities in Australia are in line with how dynamic the world of business is. Amazon's flexibility and ability to address regional issues are critical to its sustained success in global markets. Through the implementation of tailored market strategies and the reinforcement of supply chain resilience, Amazon can maintain its competitiveness and adaptability to the unique needs of the Australian market. These suggestions not only support Amazon's customer-first approach but also recognize how crucial operational adaptability is in the face of changing and varied markets. Having the capacity to recover from supply chain interruptions and provide customized solutions to clients is essential to keeping a competitive advantage.

References

Appendix
Appendix 1: Amazon

Appendix 2: PESTEL Analysis

MGMT6009 Managing People and Teams Report 1 Sample

Assessment Task

This assessment requires you to explore and critically discuss the models, concepts, and theories presented in Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1 and their practical application through your experiences and observations by contributing to a group discussion and then submitting an individual critical discussion report.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

Successful managers take a 360-degree view of their environment and are cognisant of opportunities to learn and apply ideas from other industries and disciplines. The first three sub-modules (Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1) of this subject serve to orient you to the varying roles and contexts in which managers must operate and introduces foundational skills in managing people and teams. This assessment is designed for you to demonstrate not only an understanding of managerial concepts but also their practical application. In doing so, you will demonstrate critical thinking and evaluative skills as well as effective communication skills required in a virtual environment.

Instructions

Report Structure

Please structure your report as follows:

• Cover sheet: With student details (student name, ID number, subject code & name, assessment number and title)

• Introduction: Outline the context, purpose, and structure of your report (5–10% of word count)

• Main discussion section: Answer each of the questions above (80–90% of word count)

• Conclusion: Provide a summary of the report (5–10% of word count)

• Reference list

• Appendices: You MUST include a copy of your posts and replies to your group discussion activities

Please note that this is a short report with a word limit of 750. Therefore, it is important that you make use of tables, figures, and diagrams as these are not part of your word count.

5. You will be assessed against the assessment rubric below and your level of insight and application of knowledge from Modules 1.1, 1.2, and 2.1.

You are strongly advised to read the rubric, which is an evaluation guide with criteria for grading your assignment—this will give you a clear picture of what a successful critical discussion report looks like.

Solution

Introduction

This report covers subjects relevant to my electrical engineering and managerial roles. The subjects addressed include project management, organisational behaviour, project leadership, and negotiation. Each topic provides significant insights and skills for project management, team collaboration, and success. For Assignment Help, I want to study these topics and improve my managerial skills and career success.

Discussion

Module topics

I find the topic “The Role of Management” relevant since it emphasises some of the most important ideas in management. As an electrical engineer, I often work in teams on various projects and may be put in positions of leadership where strong management skills are essential. Mintzberg's classification of managerial roles has helped me better appreciate the breadth and depth of managerial duties.

Figure 1: Mintzberg Managerial Roles
(Source: Relivingmbadays.wordpress.com, 2012)

“Understanding Organisational Behaviour” is relevant because it highlights the need to understand organisational behaviour in managerial roles. As an electrical engineer, I often collaborate with others and learn from their unique experiences and viewpoints. I draw on my understanding of human behaviour, team dynamics, and organisational behaviour to successfully communicate, interact, and encourage team members.

Because it emphasises the significance of project leadership and the manager's role in accomplishing project goals, I find the topic “Project Leadership” relevant. Working knowledge of good project leadership and the ability to steer and influence team behaviour is essential for completing projects successfully.

“Project Management Defined” is relevant to me since it emphasises the basics of project management and the most important subfields. To succeed in project management, one must appreciate the transient nature of projects, their individual qualities, and the variety of teams involved.

The need for efficient conflict management is highlighted in “Conflict”, which is relevant to me since it addresses a prevalent issue in the workplace. It is essential for everyone interested in team dynamics and collaboration to be able to tell the difference between healthy and unhealthy forms of conflict.

Since negotiation is a skill that may be used in many contexts, including personal and professional interactions, “Negotiation” is relevant to me. Every day as a manager or team member, I face circumstances requiring negotiation to establish mutually beneficial agreements or settle problems.

Discussion Forum

Due to my technical background and competence in the sector, my perceptions and experiences vary from those of the other group members. My concentration on electrical engineering concepts and problem-solving methodologies moulds my perceptions and experiences, while others may have intuitive or functional communication styles. My communication style may differ from those who take a more intuitive or functional approach since I value facts, figures, and empirical proof more. Through this conversation, I've understood how crucial it is to strike a healthy balance between my analytical and other communication styles, including personal and functional, to promote efficient communication and the development of strong relationships. The need to support a diverse work environment and be receptive to various communication styles is essential for employees (Project Management Institute, 2017). I plan to put these lessons into practice by listening carefully to others, thinking about their perspectives, and tailoring my communication style to their requirements while still using my analytical talents when necessary.

Figure 2: Communication styles
(Source: Author)

My perceptions and experiences vary from those of the other group members, mostly because of my technical background and knowledge in the sector. As an electrical engineer, I have a more in-depth appreciation for the technical requirements and difficulties of overseeing electrical systems, including power generation, transmission, distribution, and utilisation. Since then, I've become an expert in electrical engineering and the management techniques that stem from it. By incorporating engineering principles and practises into the management strategy, people can ensure the efficient and effective execution of electrical engineering projects in the future, considering technical constraints, safety regulations, and industry standards (Cun et al. 2021).

In the information technology (IT) industry, I have emphasised the significance of technical skills, supply chain management, and government regulations. In contrast, others have concentrated on work from home rules and market competitiveness. I can provide a fresh point of view to discussions about the future of work, technological progress, and AI's effects because of my electrical engineering background. The need to work across disciplines and the worth of including technical skills in strategic decision-making are essential (Al Dabbagh, 2020). In the future, I want to continue using my engineering background to make meaningful contributions to diverse businesses via discussion and problem-solving.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the talks and courses on management themes have given me significant insights and views applicable to my profession as an electrical engineer. I'll be more successful as a professional if I grasp management concepts, organisational behaviour, project leadership, conflict management, and negotiation. Using these lessons, I may improve teamwork, resolve issues, and achieve project success.  

References

MBA6301 Event Management Report 3 Sample

Assessment 3: Individual Project

This is an Individual assessment. Each student is required to write a report on success of the event.

Task

It is important to critically evaluate and recommend improvements to an event management project in order to ensure that the event is successful. There are a number of factors that need to be considered when planning an event, and it is essential to have a clear understanding of all aspects of the event in order to identify potential problems and make recommendations for improvement.

Submission Instructions

Your report must include:

Cover Page:

Executive Summary

Table of Content

Introduction: A statement of the purpose for your report and a brief outline of project (one or two paragraphs).

Body of Report: Describe the tasks you performed as mentioned in the task.
Findings and Recommendations

Conclusion: A summary of the points you have made in the body of the paper. The conclusion should not introduce any ‘new’ material that was not discussed in the body of the paper. (One or two paragraphs)

References: A list of sources used in your text. They should be listed alphabetically by (first) author’s family name. You are required to have at least 15 scholarly references. The footer must include your name, student ID, and page number.

Solution

Introduction

Even management is a type of practice that is use to govern an effective support towards systematic functioning of any event with each function arranged as per the requirements of client (Shone and Parry, 2019). Reb Bull is an energy drink making company which organised event for promotion of brand new courses of energy drinks. The re-evaluation of respective event in context with project management governed for Red Bull in prior project will be examined in the report. For Assignment Help, The effectiveness and manner in which Red Bull event could be more done in order to articulate success of event.

Red Bull protein was new drink which recites in healthy section and was newly to be launched by the brand. In order to govern an effective support of event management the various types of sections that is communication and control, safety and emergency measures, stewarding, security and crowd management, removal of structures and environmental facilities with monitoring. The bifurcated was allotted teams to handle and governance of each work was intensely managed by each team head. The main aim of event was to promote the drink by creation of awareness about its goodness and governing organisation effective customer base through promotional event. In current report, the manner in which communication and control within the entire event was governed will be analysed.

Body of Report

Communication plays a vital role in governing any task in prominent manner. The connecting link between stakeholders is drafted by communication and the voids in communication might revert adverse effects on systematic functioning of event. In the Reb Bull event management, the communication plan was sectioned into two sections that is internal communication and external communication (Bladen, et al., 2022). The internal communication was governed between the stakeholders functioning for the event and the manner in which event was handled. External communication was governed for stakeholders who were not directly linked in event plan working but were major part of the respective. Different types of strategies in communication and controlling section were used in order to govern channelizing function for information transfer.

The major seven elements of Red Bull event were event, infrastructure, audience, attendees, organisers, venue and media (Zhou et al., 2020). Communication plan was managed by event management software initially in which all types of information regarding any type of plan, new changes, orders, requests, time line, today’s goals etc. was communicated in simple language to all stakeholders. It can be analysed that event management is a type of building and going practice so that effectiveness in communication needs to be regularised in effective manner. Aim of communication plan was to inform all stakeholders about any decision, link people with status of work and consolidate a channelizing flow of communication with the organisers (Viola et al., 2021).

Red Bull is a very big company and offering healthy protein based drink in order to target the audience of wider range was the major theme of event (Wang, 2021). Communication plan was sectioned majorly into four parts which was information governance, effective two-way communication, allocation of change and monitoring the working in an effective manner. Use of tech based services were governed in such a manner that all types of data such as reports, brochures, designs, lists etc. were recorded so that access to stakeholders can be provided.

Communication strategy for Red Bull event that was used was centralised system working. The software was used to govern communication between the stakeholders in both official and unofficial manner. Groups of each task and activity was made and whole on official group was made in order to govern effective communication (Lachance and Parent, 2021). Event management the various types of sections that is communication and control, safety and emergency measures, stewarding, security and crowd management, removal of structures and environmental facilities with monitoring had one single group each and whole Red Bull event was governed with one group. Additionally, one team managers of each section was linked with organisers to keep communication clear and clean (Tkaczynski and Rundle-Thiele, 2020).

The software was used so that effective controlling of data and communication can be governed. Using of social media channels like What’s app was avoided as it has forwards option which actually creates confusion within the stakeholders. Communication and monitoring team worked for all types of sections and tried to link any type of query with the other stakeholder. The internal communication plan had steps like posting one day before event related work, time wise scheduling for work, delay time addition and implementation of work. Monitoring of work in a span of 1 hour of gap for each sectional team was governed (Lee et al., 2015).

The surveillance was not based on commanding but supporting attitude which is any issue faced by a department will be solved by communication team (Venkatesan, 2017). Additionally, quality and assurance was always matched by the designs and creative content which was posted in the morning. Red Bull required a theme based even in which many types of theme based functions were governing. End of each day had a meeting session which was held on the video calling through team managers in order to govern effective status wise analysis of each team’s work. It can be understood that team managers were handling the team so can choose any type of leadership or working style they like to. Planning was drafted in bifurcation of segments and task asked functioning which as governed by internal and external communication sectioning.

Later, the organisers were governed with the report, pictures and status of work to keep them well informed. The part that I was allocated was team management for external communication that is for the communication with audience (Heagney, 2016). The communication plan governed for audience engagement was drafted by social media, television and informed sessions in education centres. Thea aim of external communication was to create awareness and sense of attraction within the audience in order to have larger groups and crowds reaching in the events. Innovation was the key in our section and we tried to use innovative marketing strategies in order to promote the event.

We used reverse strategy for social media engagement that is instead of governing information about the event we tried to show activities and fun that event will have through influential reels in Instagram. We choose to show people how the fun and enjoyment is being planned and manner in which event will happen. The Instagram reels were highlighted by sponsored marketing technique in which we intended to involved local social media influencers of Australia. Making attractions like prices and passes reduction cost, we made an image of organisation that was thrived to announce its drinks and intends to govern an event which is like one-day party. The reverse strategy governed attraction of audience and high indulgence due to celebrity based sponsorship was also governed (Lock, 2020).

Passes and assistance centre was made in which link to garb the passes using different types of discounted offers was governed. Communication plan with the external stakeholders was made in very informal language but all ethics were governed in strict manner. Additionally, issues and queries of customers were solved by another panel. I was appointed as social media handler in external communication team and was asked to govern best content possible on social media. Red Bull is a big brand and do not need any type of new brand image. Coordination with the social media handling team of Red Bull was governed and event related data was posted. Working in form of collaborative manner with the Red Bull team was governed (Bahrami and Kiani, 2023).

Ethics and awareness wise data posting was governed which was assisted and approved by the managers of Red Bull first. Engagement of youth was also governed by awareness small boots in educational institution. In this placing of empty newly launched drinks was governed on the canteen tables of mess. Additionally, sugar content wise visual and informative labels about the drink was focused on (Tuten and Solomon, 2017). Students intend to learn through visual effects more so during breaks Red Bull drink wise dance was governed as surprise in canteens. These reels were made and again posted on social media, students were requested to tag so that they can govern more discount on passes. In this manner indulgence of students and signing up was governed in innovative manner.

However, on the spot planning was major concern which in some cases did not governed in an effective manner. Many times permissions took very long, many universities did not allow to govern event promotion, customers online were handled by one person initially which was not sufficient and issues in monitoring of KPI for each day due to lesser time was seen (Hammerl et al., 2019). Technical issues that is hanging, bugs and security issues were seen in one or two cases due to high traffic volume within the media channel and links. Initially the working of plan and customer acquisition was governed in an optimised manner as per the plan, but the communication wise governance of customers and audience with entertaining the social media engagement governed stressed and tedious job for the team.

Feedback many times was not assisted in effective manner and selection of new team member for supportive work required training and information governance for new member. Hence, the only solution that was governed was work distribution and just handling the customers with quick replies using Chat GPT. Tech based services were governed is that effective solution to issues in communication plan could be swiftly managed (Shafeeg et al., 2023).

Findings and Recommendations

Planning for Red Bull event in communication and monitoring was governed in prominent manner which not only linked all stakeholders but customers, audience and organisers within the event function. But communication linking was governed without monitoring. No such big or focused monitoring techniques were used. KPIs were used to understand the customer engagement on social media but it’s utilisation or application was not governed. For any event the highest selling of passes is governed when the event is about to occur and in that section of time stressed situation was rendered. This was due to lack of managerial functions in forecasting of the volume of customers going to get indulged (Vinerean, 2017).

Overall, it can be understood that effective planning and innovation in attracting of customers from all types of sections that is through social media and educational institutions was governed. The event management planning and communication could be improved by understanding about the risk factors and possible outcomes that might cluster and govern quality issues for later stages. The use of software based function was positive decision as it to only controlled the forwards bit also had records that could only be accessed through permissions (Lee et al., 2015). The use of technology reduced the work of team managers in team handling. Additionally, the reverse strategy for social media with pumping function of influencers was aid the managers to have good customer engagement.

Communication with external stakeholders needs to defined, quick, clear and effective with information transfer and good assistance function. In order to have systematic communication the rendering of each attributing function with communication needs to be examined in intense manner.

Recommendations

Red Bull has very high brand name and equity and event by the respective company will govern attention of many people so crowd handling on online channel required consolidated strategy that can function throughout for the event plan. Following recommendations could be used in order to govern effective support to issue procured in current planning of communication and monitoring team.

Monitoring techniques: consistency is key to any type of systematic communication. The monitoring techniques used in current plan could be changed and assistance of a person to govern monitoring the numbers and volume of capture on social media could have been done. In initial days, the number of audience might be less but later the volume will increase and the assistance will be required as well. The monitoring can be governed by understanding social media engagement and KPI reporting. These can be analysed and informed to respective stakeholders that technical team and social media handlers so that channelizing the information transfer can be governed in procured manner.

Technical assistance: FAQs reply, use of Chat GPT that is AI based communication and handling crowd so that secured channel is required to be governed by current team. The use of technology in terms of such big event could be imposed before handed so that event planning in later stages has no issues. Additionally, technology will aid in communication as well as recording and no audience will be left un-heard (Maijanen, 2023).

Data recording: from day one both online and offline data recording of audience engagement must be governed so that capacity of event can be matched up by the volume of facilities. Online recording can be governed by KPI reporting and offline can be managed by employees handling offline modes of passes taking (Hammerl et al., 2019).

Theme regulation: energy drink with protein was lesser known fact within the social media communication channel so the customer’s eccentricity towards the new product by brand needs to be increased in order to have Red Bull promotion event. Same customer base can be attracted by informative videos, Red Bull tags etc. types of simple techniques with current innovative techniques.

Conclusion

Communication and monitoring task for Red Bull’s promotion event has been elaborated in the current report. It can be analysed that effective planning and good analysis was functioned within the plan in order to have good communication. The various types of sectioning, bifurcation, team regulation and assisting types of strategies on real grounds has been explained in the above report. Social media handling was major task assisted and its intensified analysis has been presented in the report. Innovation was the key for successful audience attraction and engagement on social media pallet. However, many types of issues in handling the traffic was seen in the current management which was due to lesser risk based analysis. The larger perspective and frames in selection of mode of communication and number of members to be handling the social media team was required. In procuring the solution the of respective the last section governs recommendations for communication and monitoring strategy.

References

MBA642 Project Management plan Report 3 Sample

Assessment Instructions

Presume that you have just been employed by one of the companies listed below to manage the project to deliver the following new setup in Melbourne.

A standard setup house

A music festival

A traditional chocolate shop

For the purposes of this assessment, you are to assume the setup in Melbourne will be an identical model and operations, with the location being entirely sustainable (without goods/services being shared between the two locations). Within your research, consider the size, location, and requirements of the new setup in Melbourne and make sure you identify the unique operational, management and procurement needs of the company you select. Then, when considering your plan, think about your chosen company’s various operational and logistical requirements to begin operations in Melbourne.

Your final proposal must include the following:

• A one-page executive summary that covers all the significant proposal items (not included in the page limit)

• A one-page overview of the company, its operations and identifying the essential requirements for the move.

• In your own words, outline the project and briefly address the background, context, main
objectives and main work packages in the project.

• An outline of the main steps and work packages within the project life cycle, being your baseline for the further identification of risks, project team and requirements.

• Outline the resources (Human, material, services, approvals) required to deliver the project
successfully.

• The following original documents as part of your Word document submission (not in pdf or other formats): Work Breakdown Structure, highlighting the main tasks and elements of your project.

A Gantt chart showing the main tasks and overall project schedule (Minimum of 20 tasks and maximum of 40 tasks in different levels), including the define activities process.

A scheduling flowchart showing the links, dependencies and critical path between your various tasks.

Risk assessment plan, including identification, classification, categorisation, potential impact (likelihood and severity matrix), and a mitigation and action plan for the most critical ones for your project.

Your plan should detail everything required to have an open, functioning location with the same standards and specifications as the existing location. However, you do not need to consider any elements relating to marketing, communications, or other methods of gaining new customers for this location.

As this is a professional report for the assignment help, it is expected that you will complement your research with matrix diagrams, tables, or other formats to present your findings clearly and concisely that align with best practices in project management. Also, your report must include:

• Title page, table of contents, introduction, context and project objectives.

• The WBS and the Gantt chart. You may include the full Gantt chart in the appendix.

In preparing this proposal, you will need to utilise relevant theories and concepts covered in weeks 1 to 12, use at least 10 sources of information, and reference these following the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles. These references should be presented as in-text citations and a reference list at the end of your proposal. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Overview of the company

Hickinbotham Homes is a real estate development and construction company specialising in building and renovating outdoor living spaces. The company has been in operation since 2012 and is based in Australia. The company focuses on creating outdoor living areas that are both functional and aesthetically pleasing. Hickinbotham Homes' processes involve designing, constructing, and maintaining outdoor living spaces. They are experienced in designing and building outdoor living areas such as decks, patios, pergolas, kitchens, fireplaces, lighting, and entertainment areas. In addition, they offer landscaping services such as lawn care, garden maintenance, and irrigation systems. The essential requirements for implementing Hickinbotham Homes operations include the proper licensing and permits from the local government and the relevant authorities, as well as the necessary certifications and insurance. They must also have a team of experienced and qualified professionals who can carry out the job efficiently and safely. The company must also have a reliable supply of materials and equipment and access to the necessary tools and machinery.

The Project

Hickinbotham is planning to build a new set-up in another part of Melbourne. Since the company mainly deals with construction and building, they are about to start building a new project in Melbourne. The clients from whom this company collects and uses raw materials for building a construction project, such as cement, sand, steel, etc., are very reliable and genuine. This company has the best-experienced employees and designers who give their best and complete any project exceptionally. The Hickinbotham family's mindfulness of the need to further develop building and improvement techniques, safeguard the climate and protect the valuable water asset has seen them acquire numerous extreme advancements with their local area domains.

Background

Being South Australian, Hickinbotham has private information on neighbourhood building conditions and money, plan, land, soil types, and other structural considerations. With South Australia's best scope of the estate, yard, customary and two-story homes, Hickinbotham offers an unparalleled range of more than 300 plans. In many cases, a house and land bundle is the most helpful speculation, particularly for first-time financial backers. It removes the mystery of independently choosing a house plan and a block of land and furnishes a bundle that permits occupants to move in when the house is constructed. Hickinbotham house and land bundles for clever financial backers are accessible across South Australia in prime improvement regions that will probably draw in the best rental returns.

Context

Hickinbotham mainly offers construction consultancy. Recently they have been trying to provide house projects to their clients at the lowest price they can help so that they can grow more in the market of construction consultants. The Hickinbotham record remains solitary, implying clients can relax, realising their fantasy home is good to go. A 25-year primary assurance means something when a family has been doing business for over sixty years. At Hickinbotham, they coordinate the best home plans with pursued blocks of land across South Australia and afterwards bundle these with broad incorporations and additional discretionary items to give a reach to invigorate and move others.

Main objectives

The main objective is to build another new set-up in Melbourne. They are currently attempting to offer house ventures to their clients at the most negligible value they can. So they can fill more in the market of development advisors. The Hickinbotham record stays single, which infers clients can unwind, understanding their dream home is all set. A house and land bundle is a reasonable answer for house buying, where a block of land and another home can be bought in a total bundle. The comfort and reasonableness of a house and land bundle make it the ideal choice for first-homebuyers and first-time financial backers the same.

Main work packages

Initiation- In the initiation of the project it would cost $50000.

Planning- Planning is the second, which is more about innovative ideas and knowledge rather than finance.
Execution- In this stage, labour costs, various equipment costs, and costs of the raw materials are considered, which is $30000.
Closing- It insinuates cleanup of the area, reviewing each ace and cons of the entire construction work and alongside that last documentation and legitimate papers, which nearly costs $20000.

Project Life Cycle

Initiation

The initiation stage is the first stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage the idea for the project is established and the project is formally initiated. During this stage, the project sponsor must define the project's scope, set the budget, and identify the stakeholders and resources required to complete the project. The first step in the initiation stage is to define the size of the project. This includes identifying the goals of the project, the timeline for completion, and the resources that will be required. It is also essential to identify the stakeholders involved in the project and determine their roles and responsibilities. Once the project's scope has been defined, the project sponsor will need to set the budget for the project. This includes estimating the cost of materials, labour, and other resources necessary to complete the project. The funding will also need a contingency plan in case of unexpected expenses or delays. It is essential to ensure that the budget is realistic to complete the project within the given timeframe and budget. Once the scope of the project and the budget have been determined, the project sponsor will need to identify the stakeholders involved in the project. This includes subcontractors, suppliers, and other professionals interested in the project. It is essential to ensure that all stakeholders clearly understand their roles and responsibilities and that they have the necessary resources to complete their tasks (Willaret al., 2021).

Planning

The planning stage is the second stage of the project life cycle; during this stage, the project is planned in detail. During this stage, the project team will need to develop a detailed project plan, including the timeline, tasks, resources, and stakeholders. The program should be documented to be easily referenced and updated as the project progresses. The first step in the planning stage is creating a project timeline. This includes identifying the significant milestones that need to be met and the tasks that will be completed to meet those milestones. It is essential to ensure that the timeline is realistic and achievable so that the project can be completed on time. Once the timetable has been established, the project team must create a detailed plan. This includes identifying the tasks that need to be completed, the resources that will be required, and the stakeholders who will be involved. The program should also include risk management plans to mitigate potential risks that may arise during the project (Alnaggar, and Pitt, 2019).

Execution

The execution stage is the third stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is implemented and executed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks are completed on time and that all resources are utilised effectively. The project team will also need to monitor the progress and make adjustments as needed. The first step in the execution stage is to assign tasks to the appropriate individuals and ensure that all stakeholders have the necessary resources to complete their studies. The project team must ensure that the charges are completed on time and that any problems are addressed promptly. The project team should monitor its progress to ensure it is on track. Once all tasks have been completed, the project team must ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion. This includes providing feedback to the stakeholders, ensuring that all documentation is complete, and ensuring that all resources have been utilised effectively (Malacarneet al. 2018).

Closing

The closing stage is the fourth stage of the project life cycle, and it is during this stage that the project is formally closed. During this stage, the project team must ensure that all tasks have been completed, that all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team will also need to document the progress and create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. The first step in the closing stage is to ensure that all tasks have been completed and that all resources have been utilised effectively. The project team should also ensure that all stakeholders know the project's completion and that all documentation is complete. Once all tasks have been completed, and all stakeholders are aware of the project's completion, the project team will need to create a final report to be submitted to the project sponsor. This report should include a summary of the project's progress, tasks completed, and recommendations for future projects (Kavishe and Chileshe, 2019).

Work Breakdown Structure

A work breakdown structure (WBS) is a tool used in project management to break down a project into smaller, more manageable tasks. It typically includes a hierarchical decomposition of the project into levels that represent increasing detail. Each level of the WBS contains tasks that are necessary to complete the project. It is used to organize and define the scope of the project in order to develop an appropriate schedule and cost estimate. Using a WBS helps to ensure that all of the necessary tasks are identified and accounted for in the project plan.

The WBS is divided into five parts and each part is subdivided into different tasks:

Planning and Admin

- Design and Architectural Rendering
- Plans and Drawings
- Specifications
- Permits

Substructure

- Excavation
- Foundations
- Footings

Envelope

- Frame, Beams, Ties, Trusses
- Sub Floor
- Exterior Walls
- Exterior Doors
- Windows
- Siding

Finishes and Finish Carpentry

- Paint
- Tile
- Flooring
- Cabinetry
- Drywall, Plaster
- Baseboard, Molding

Utilities and Systems

- Electric
- Heating and Air Conditioning
- Plumbing
- Gas
- Water
- Internet

Resources

Human

Architecture and Design: An architect or a designer will help plan the layout and design of the house, taking into account your preferences, budget, and local building codes.

Construction: A general contractor will oversee the construction process, hire and manage subcontractors, and ensure that the work is done according to the plans and within budget.

Engineering: Structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing engineers will design and specify the systems that make up your house, such as the foundation, roof, walls, heating and cooling, and plumbing.

Tradespeople: According to Suresh (2020), a team of skilled tradespeople, such as carpenters, electricians, plumbers, and roofers, will perform the hands-on work of building the house.

Materials Suppliers: Companies that supply building materials, such as lumber, roofing, and electrical components, will provide the materials you need to construct the house.

Inspectors: Building inspectors from your local government will periodically inspect the work to ensure that it complies with building codes and standards.

Financial

Purchasing the land to build a standard house is the first step in the setup process. According to Krajewska, Szopinska, and Sieminska, (2021), land costs can differ significantly depending on the location, size, and other aspects. The materials needed to construct a typical house include lumber, roofing, electrical parts, plumbing fixtures, and more. It's crucial to budget appropriately for these materials because they can be pricey. The price of labour can be high, mainly if you work with experts like architects, engineers, and contractors. The wages of the tradespeople who will perform the actual physical labour of building your house must also be paid. It can be expensive to obtain all the permits and inspections needed to build a house.

Material

The house's walls, floor, and roof are all constructed from lumber. The house is shielded from the elements by roofing materials, which can be made of tiles, metal panels, or asphalt shingles. Windows and doors allow access to the house and natural ventilation and lighting. According to Paraschiv, Paraschiv, and Serban, (2021) insulation lowers energy costs by keeping the house cool in the summer and warm in the winter. The wiring, outlets, switches, and lighting fixtures that make up an electrical system are necessary for the house to be powered and illuminated. Sinks, toilets, and showers are examples of plumbing fixtures that provide water and waste removal for a home. Carpet, hardwood, or tile are flooring materials that add comfort and style to a home.

Services

The various services needed for setting up a standard house are Architecture and design, site preparation, construction, cleaning and landscaping, financing, legal services and inspections. These services are essential for constructing a new standard house. These services cover all aspects of the project.

Data

Different types of data are needed for building a standard house by a company. The floor plan, cross sections, and material list are important design data. The budget data is also essential to have a clear understanding of funds distribution. The schedule and contractor information together gives the company a good idea regarding the project's timeline.

Project Timeline

Figure: Gantt Chart
Source: (Self-made, 2023)

The project timeline for the construction of a new standard house includes following steps such as acquisition of land, contacting engineers, house design, land clearance, labour, construction materials, foundation and finally construction. These events happen one after another and the overall time required for these events to complete defines the total timeline for the project. The house shall need an approximate value of 15 weeks to be completely usable after it is done with furnishings, interior and other small detailings. The legalities shall be done with the buyers by the company and the timeline acts as an estimate for the company to understand the investment to be made for the project.

Scheduling Flowchart

A scheduling flowchart is a visual representation of the steps involved in a scheduling process. It is typically used to help organize and streamline the scheduling of resources, such as personnel, equipment, or materials. The steps of the scheduling flowchart are as follows:

- Schedule an initial consultation
- Gather information about the space
- Prepare a design plan
- Estimate cost of materials and labor
- Make any changes to the plan
- Order materials and schedule delivery
- Confirm delivery date and begin setup
- Assemble furniture and install fixtures
- Arrange accessories and decor
- Clean and inspect the space
- Finalise the setup and document the process
- Follow up with the client for feedback

Critical path

Critical path is a project management technique used to identify the sequence of activities that must be completed in order for a project to be completed on time. It is the longest path through all of the tasks that need to be completed in order to finish the project. Identifying and managing the critical path can help project managers ensure that the project is completed on time and within budget.

Risk Assessment Plan

Risk analysis has been a tool for allowing and supporting determining the level of risks and their impact, which can cause some potential threats. Depending upon the results obtained, the analysis of changes in constructing a house can assess the existing risks and assign the factors with specific weight. To a great extent, the risk assessment plan influences the business continuity management development strategy (Paunescu and Argatu, 2020).
The primary risks are:

- Cost Overrun: Cost overrun is defined as the increased cost of the whole project of the construction than the estimated cost that was calculated during the beginning of the project. Several factors can be responsible for cost overrun, such as significant errors in designs and extra labour costs can be the reasons. Because of the competitive nature, a construction organisation's expectations beyond reality can suffer the project. In some cases, the cost of the projects exceeds due to meeting unrealistic deadlines from the architects and the contractors. This is a common risk factor in the construction industry.

- Incompetent contractors: One of the significant problems in the construction of a house is the incompetency of the labours. Unprofessional contractors can increase troubles in paperwork and with subcontractors. They delay the project, which leads to missed deadlines. Communication with the owner is also a problem. If multiple tasks are happening for the same contractors, possibilities are there that they will need help to perform with a specific speed and concentration.

- Design Errors: Because of the inadequate design of the structure, design errors can arise. The concrete of the house will be under more significant stress. The symptoms of these kinds of errors are due to insufficient design of the structures, which show spalling cracking of concrete. Moreover, high pressure and shear torsion can result in the cracking of concretes. Additionally, the size of the rooms can get distorted due to design errors. Abrupt changes in the design plan can cause stress on the construction, which may result in cracking. For instance, when thin sections are tied rigidly with massive teams as well as replacement concrete which is ununiform in the dimension of the plan.

- Safety hazards: The primary safety hazards in the construction of a house are:

- Vibration syndrome
- Working at height
- Trips, slips and falls
- Noise
- Handling of material by labour and equipment
- Moving of construction objects.

Mitigating strategy for the most critical risk and Action Plan:

Mitigating strategies help to implement mitigation in decision making (Stehn et al., 2021). Design error is the most critical risk of house construction (Sharma and Gupta, 2019). To identify errors in design that can lead to structural damage, the first inspection should be conducted on the plan of the structure. With the help of petrographic analysis, testing the concrete's strength can be done. And proper communication regarding the design should be conducted.

References

CVE80010 Principles of Sustainability Report 3 Sample

Instruction:

In this assignment, you need to calculate the energy requirements of your dream house. In your house, there should have at least two bedrooms, one lounge, one kitchen, one laundry and one bathroom. One example of a house is provided in Figure 1.

Your tasks:

Make a sketch of your house. You may use CAD software or hand sketching. If you use hand sketching, it does not necessary to be scaled drawing. However, the dimensions should be mentioned in the sketch. Mention the size of the rooms in the report.

Calculate the total heat gain for your building.

How many light bulbs will you use in the house?

If you get the electrical energy from bituminous coal, how much CO2 emissions were there in summer?

What are the options available to reduce the heat gain? What percentage of heat gain can be reduced for each of the options? You need to show at least three options.
If you adopt all the options, what percentage of heat gain can be reduced?

Provide Justifications for each of your suggestions. For example, how the proposed solution reduces heat gain or heat loss? Present the detail calculation where appropriate. Provide reference for each of your suggested measures or action.

Solution

Sketch of Proposed House

In this sketch, the house is divided into different sections, including two bedrooms (Bed 1 and Bed 2), a lounge, a kitchen, a bathroom, and a laundry. Each room is labeled with its size, and the locations of windows and doors are indicated.

Bed 1 measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has a window in the North-West corner and a door in the West. Bed 2 also measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has a window on the East side and a door in the West. The lounge measures 3000 mm by 2500 mm and has windows on the West and North sides and doors on the North and South. The kitchen measures 1800 mm by 1800 mm and has a window on the East side. The bathroom measures 1600 mm by 1800 mm, and the laundry measures 1000 mm by 1800 mm. Overall, this sketch shows a simple and compact house design that includes all the necessary rooms for a comfortable living space.

Total heat gain of Building

To calculate the cooling load of the given house, we need to calculate the heat gain through each external element such as walls, windows, doors, and roof.
First, we need to calculate the area of each external element:

Area of Bed 1 = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Bed 2 = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Lounge = 7.5 m² (3m x 2.5m)
Area of Kitchen = 3.24 m² (1.8m x 1.8m)
Area of Bath = 2.88 m² (1.6m x 1.8m)
Area of Laundry = 1.8 m² (1m x 1.8m)
Total external wall area = 45 m² [(7.5m x 2) + (7.5m x 2) + (7.5m x 2) + 3.24m + 2.88m + 1.8m]
Total window area = 9.3 m² [0.54m² (Toilet) + 1.62m² (Kitchen) + 10.71m² (Lounge) + 1.62m² (Other)]
Total door area = 5.5 m² [2.5m² (Bed 1) + 2.5m² (Bed 2)]
Next, we need to determine the U-value of each external element using the table given:
U-value of external walls and doors = 2.7 W/(m².K)
U-value of windows = 6.4 W/(m².K)
U-value of roof = 2.6 W/(m².K)
Now, we can calculate the heat gain through each external element using the equations given:
Heat gain through walls = 45m² x 2.7 W/(m².K) x 6.0 K = 729 W
Heat gain through doors = 5.5m² x 2.7 W/(m².K) x 6.0 K = 89.1 W
Heat gain through windows = 9.3m² x 6.4 W/(m².K) x 11.0 K = 670.0 W
Heat gain through roof = 200m² x 2.6 W/(m².K) x 23.0 K = 11,960 W
The total heat gain through all external elements is:
Total heat gain = 729 W + 89.1 W + 670.0 W + 11,960 W = 13,448 W

Number of Light Bulb

There will be total 10 light bulb to be used in house.

Carbon dioxide Emission

To calculate the CO2 emissions from using electrical energy generated from bituminous coal, we need to determine the amount of energy used by the 10 light bulbs and the 13,448 W heat gain.

First, we need to convert the heat gain from watts to kilowatts (kw):
13,448 W ÷ 1000 = 13.448 kW

Next, we need to calculate the total power consumption of the 10 light bulbs. Let's assume that each light bulb has a power rating of 60 watts:
10 light bulbs x 60 watts = 600 watts or 0.6 kW

Therefore, the total power consumption of the 10 light bulbs and the heat gain is:
0.6 kW + 13.448 kW = 14.048 kW

Now, we can calculate the amount for the assignment helpline of CO2 emissions from using 1 kwh of electrical energy generated from bituminous coal, using the heat rate and CARBON DIOXIDE emissions data provided:

Average Operating Heat Rate for Bituminous Coal = 10,459 Btu/kwh
CO2 Emissions per million BTU of energy for Bituminous Coal = 205.7 pounds
To convert Btu/kwh to million BTU/kwh, we need to divide the heat rate by 1,000,000:
10,459 Btu/kWh ÷ 1,000,000 = 0.010459 million BTU/kWh

We can now calculate the CO2 emissions per kwh of electrical energy generated from bituminous coal:

CO2 Emissions per kwh = 0.010459 million BTU/kwh x 205.7 pounds/million BTU
CO2 Emissions per kWh = 2.1491 pounds/kWh

Finally, we can calculate the total CO2 emissions for the 10 light bulbs and the heat gain over the summer, assuming that they were used for 8 hours per day, 7 days a week, for 3 months (June, July, and August), which is a total of 2,016 hours:

Total energy consumed over summer = 14.048 kW x 2,016 hours = 28,273.408 kWh

Total CO2 emissions from bituminous coal over summer = 28,273.408 kWh x 2.1491 pounds/kWh

Total CO2 emissions from bituminous coal over summer = 60,793.087 pounds or approximately 30.4 tons of CO2 emissions.

Options available to reduce the heat gain

Heat gain is an inevitable occurrence in most buildings, especially during the summer months. However, it can lead to a significant increase in cooling costs and energy usage. Therefore, reducing heat gain is an important consideration for any building owner or occupant. Here are three options available to reduce heat gain and the percentage of heat gain reduction that can be achieved by each option:

Window Treatments

Windows are a crucial component of any structure because they let in natural light and connect the interior and outside areas. However, windows also contribute significantly to heat transfer, which raises energy consumption and utility costs. Window coverings can aid in this situation to lessen heat intake and the effects of outside elements including sunshine, wind, and temperature variations. Any sort of covering or material used to control the quantity of light, heat, and sound that enters a room through windows is referred to as a window treatment. For window coverings, there are several solutions available, each having pros and cons.

Window coverings have the potential to significantly minimise heat absorption through windows and boost a building's energy efficiency. Insulated panels, reflective films, and shades or blinds are all suitable choices that can reduce heat absorption to varied degrees. The kind and quality of the window treatment, the size and orientation of the window, and the local climate conditions may all affect how much heat gain is reduced. Nevertheless, window coverings can offer an economical and sustainable alternative for lowering energy use and enhancing interior comfort.

Insulation

Insulation is one of the most effective and widely used options available to reduce heat gain in a building. It refers to the use of materials with high thermal resistance to reduce the amount of heat transferred between the inside and outside of a building. Insulation can be used in walls, roofs, floors, and other parts of a building envelope to minimize heat gain and loss.

The percentage of heat gain that can be reduced with insulation depends on several factors, including the type and quality of insulation, the thickness of the insulation layer, and the climate conditions in which the building is located. However, it is generally agreed that insulation can significantly reduce heat gain, with estimates ranging from 25% to 80%.

There are several types of insulation materials available, including fiberglass, cellulose, mineral wool, and foam. Each of these materials has its own advantages and disadvantages, and the choice of insulation material depends on factors such as cost, effectiveness, and ease of installation.

Roofing

Roofing is a crucial aspect of building construction that plays a significant role in reducing heat gain in a building. There are various types of roofing materials available in the market that are designed to reflect heat and reduce heat absorption.

The percentage of heat gain that can be reduced depends on several factors such as the type of roofing material, the color of the material, the thickness of the insulation, and the local climate conditions. However, the above options have been proven to reduce heat gain significantly. Cool roofs, for example, can reflect up to 80% of the sunlight and reduce roof temperatures by up to 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Green roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 50%, depending on the thickness of the vegetation layer and the type of plants used. Insulated roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 60%, depending on the thickness and type of insulation used.
% Reduction in Heat Gain

The amount of heat gain that can be reduced, even if we use all three options (window treatments, insulation, and shading devices), will depend on a number of elements, including the type and quality of the materials used, the size and orientation of the windows and doors, and the local climate. However, it is generally reasonable to anticipate that if all three alternatives are taken, the overall heat gain can be decreased by up to 90%.

Up to 80% of heat gain can be reduced using reflective films or coatings. Up to 70% less heat gain may be achieved by using insulated panels or shutters, which also offer great insulation and light control. Up to 50% less heat gain can be achieved by using shading structures like awnings or overhangs. Combining all three alternatives will result in a considerable decrease in the overall heat gain, which will minimise cooling expenses and energy consumption. It is crucial to keep in mind that these choices can need an initial expenditure, and how cost-effective they are will depend on things like the size of the structure and the local environment.

Justification

Window treatments: Blinds, drapes, and other window coverings can assist lessen heat input or heat loss via windows. These coverings can reflect sunlight and block it from entering the room when closed during warm weather, which lowers the amount of heat that enters the area. They can provide as an insulating barrier in cold weather, keeping heat from escaping through the windows. The kind of window treatment and the material chosen will determine how much heat gain or loss may be stopped. For instance, reflecting blinds may reflect up to 85% of sunlight, while cellular shades are particularly good at keeping heat out of windows.

The use of reflective films or coatings is one of the best ways to lessen heat input through windows. These films' metalized constituents reflect heat and light, which lowers the quantity of heat that enters the space. Reflective films may be made to fit any window size or shape and are simple to install. Additionally, they are reasonably priced and over time, they can result in considerable energy savings. The kind and grade of the film, as well as the size and orientation of the window, can all affect how much heat gain is reduced by reflective films. Reflective coatings often minimise heat input by up to 80%, saving a substantial amount of energy.

Utilising blinds or shades is a further alternative for limiting heat penetration through windows. These window coverings may be changed to regulate the amount of light and heat that enters the room. They are constructed of a variety of materials, including cloth, wood, or vinyl. The shapes and patterns of shades and blinds vary, ranging from basic roller shades to intricate motorised systems. They are extremely effective in controlling light and may be positioned either inside or outside the window frame. Shades or blinds can reduce heat gain to a different degree depending on the material, colour, and thickness of the treatment. These window coverings often result in modest energy savings by reducing heat input by up to 50%.

Insulated panels or shutters are a third way to lessen heat absorption via windows. These window coverings are made to fit over the window and act as an insulator between the interior and the glass. Insulated panels may be created to fit any window size or shape and are often comprised of materials like foam, fibreglass, or reflective foil. They can offer good security, noise reduction, and light and noise control. Insulated panels, however, might cost more than ordinary window coverings and can need expert installation. The material and thickness of the panel, as well as the size and orientation of the window, may all affect how much heat gain is reduced with insulated panels. Generally, insulated panels can reduce heat gain by up to 70%, resulting in significant energy savings.

Insulation: In particular, insulation may stop heat from escaping through floors, walls, and ceilings of a structure. By minimising the amount of heat lost to the outside, adding insulation to these places can aid in maintaining a pleasant inside temperature. The kind and thickness of the insulation, as well as the environment where the structure is located, all affect how much heat loss can be stopped. Up to 20% more energy may be saved by boosting attic insulation from R-11 to R-49, according to the US Department of Energy.

One of the most prevalent and well-liked forms of insulation is fibreglass insulation. It is commonly put in batts or rolls between wall studs, ceiling joists, and floor joists and is constructed of glass fibres. Although it is affordable and simple to install, fibreglass insulation may not be as efficient as other insulation materials, particularly in locations with high humidity.

Cellulose insulation is often blown into walls and attics using a special machine and is comprised of recycled paper fibres. In comparison to fibreglass, it is more ecologically friendly and significantly reduces heat absorption. However, it costs more than fibreglass and can need expert installation. The qualities and techniques of installation of mineral wool insulation, which is formed of rock or slag fibres, are comparable to those of fibreglass. Although it is more costly, it is also more expensive than fibreglass and may be more effective at preventing noise transmission.

The more costly but highly effective method for lowering heat gain is foam insulation. To cover gaps and holes in walls and other places, it is often sprayed as a liquid that expands and hardens. Foam insulation offers an airtight seal that reduces heat absorption and loss, but it may not be appropriate for all types of structure and requires professional installation.

Shading devices: By preventing direct sunlight from entering a building, shading structures like awnings, pergolas, or trees can aid to lower heat gain. These gadgets may considerably lower the quantity of solar radiation that enters a structure in hot weather, which lowers the amount of heat that is absorbed by the building's walls and windows. The amount of heat gain that may be reduced depends on the building's orientation, size, and position of the shade device. The Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory claims that shade equipment put correctly can cut a building's cooling energy use by up to 20%.
The following are some of the roofing options available to reduce heat gain in a building:

Cool Roofs: Cool roofs are designed to reflect sunlight and heat away from the building, reducing the amount of heat absorbed by the building. These roofs are usually made of materials that have high solar reflectance, such as white or light-colored materials. Cool roofs can reflect up to 80% of the sunlight and reduce roof temperatures by up to 50 degrees Fahrenheit, which can significantly reduce the heat gain in a building.

Green Roofs: Green roofs are another option for reducing heat gain in a building. These roofs are covered with vegetation, which absorbs the sun's energy and provides insulation to the building. Green roofs can reduce the heat gain by up to 50%, depending on the thickness of the vegetation layer and the type of plants used. They also provide several other benefits such as improving air quality, reducing stormwater runoff, and increasing the lifespan of the roof.

Insulated Roofs: Insulated roofs are designed to provide thermal insulation to the building, reducing heat transfer through the roof. These roofs are usually made of materials such as foam, which have a high R-value (thermal resistance) and prevent heat gain through the roof. Insulated roofs can reduce heat gain by up to 60%, depending on the thickness and type of insulation used.

Conclusion

In order to calculate the cooling load needed for a building, the total heat gain of the structure must be calculated. We can determine the heat gain through walls, doors, windows, and the roof by computing the area of each exterior element, figuring out its U-value, and applying the provided formulae. The CO2 emissions resulting from the usage of electrical energy produced from bituminous coal may then be calculated using the total heat gain. We can take into account solutions like enhancing insulation, putting in shading devices, utilising reflecting materials, or upgrading to more energy-efficient windows and doors to prevent heat gain. It is crucial to reduce heat gain to lower cooling costs, energy usage and CO2 emissions, and to create a more sustainable and energy-efficient building.

Reference

ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals, Chapter 28: Heat Transfer through Building Envelopes

ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019: Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings

Energy Information Administration. (2019). Average Operating Heat Rate for Selected Energy Sources.

Energy Information Administration. (2021). Carbon Dioxide Emissions Coefficients.

National Renewable Energy Laboratory. (2019). Residential Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (RECS).

U.S. Department of Energy. (2015). Building Energy Codes Program: U-Factor Table.

U.S. Department of Energy. (2018). Building Energy Codes Program: Fenestration U-Factor, Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, and Visible Transmittance.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2019). Energy Star Certified Light Bulbs.